Home

ZyXEL Communications NWA3160-N User`s guide

1. PIPO 227 19 1 Maintenance Overview A 227 19 2 System Status Screen NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only see 227 gu Ecc coger ET 228 TSS PBS CCIM LIS 228 19 4 Channel Usage NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only sse 229 19 5 FON Upload BOBS eenscsqei ssisbettk ke eiie pie tadasd s plsdda vs ett rbd PER REED ieia uu INO aiian 230 15 59 Congue SES s rr riva etd ea vk e eeu is og tu Rv ta i a ua 232 jx cames sp E i NEN 232 19 6 2 Resiore e nis Tipus M 233 19 5 9 Back to Factory Defaults 1 ete epi Epp aeta Ee n nasi AARSE KEENAN ERE qe urea e DE lU 234 NEL Idm IULIUS 234 Part Ill SMT Troubleshooting and Specifications 235 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Table of Contents Chapter 20 introducing the SMT scars MICE NINE TERRORIST OUR 237 COMMI to ihe SMT Tcr canna EEE elu Miandad ana ielanlabanulohiienas 237 20 2 Accessing the SMT via the Console POM 1iioeseee rote ttr tpre tete borde a atta pups tend ainera 237 ax EN A E E O A N AE E P N AN 237 A02 Emering Dhe PaWoN ansera 238 20 3 Connect to your ZyXEL Device Using Telnet ie rm ene odd ntt bo 239 20 4 Changing the System Password ene enaec ttma nna Ema ba nua ERR ARX x ERR A 4 ku Ert paa Rada a uua 239 20 5 SMT Men Overview EXITIDIG 2 crusicc ceo bett t1 eror etta ER PP EU Ex OPI IUS EE pea ai e epe a Deu keet 240 20 6 Navigating Th
2. eese nnne en nnn nnns 268 FRIAS 185 ea EP ENN NIU cei e 281 Figure 186 Masonry Plug and M4 Tap SOOW secsicsssccccisstcesisiacesssassrccduveiecsrvinsseieneesieanasesieae 281 Figure 187 Windows 95 98 Me Network Configuration eese nennen 288 Figure 188 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties IP Address cc eccccccceeesccceeteeeacaceeseeeacceaneneeas 289 Figure 189 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration seseeeeeeeeees 290 Figure 190 Windows XP Start NI Lelusiuscenikni pice ik iticeteks epa e ei d P dx a bt neci i nb Li rdc 291 Figure T91 Windows XAF Conitol Panel eer c Em 291 Figure 192 Windows XP Control Panel Network Connections Properties 0 cee eee 292 Figure 193 Windows XP Local Area Connection Properties ssssssee 292 Figure 194 Windows XP Advanced TCP IP Settings 2 usse torret portta p popa tuna tue er apes tae pe cma prae 293 Figure 195 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties eeeeeeeeeeeennenennnnee 294 Figure 196 Macintosh OS 8 9 Apple MOM saci c ERE PCI EEERR MAS EREEREEEN ND EP ERE n PERP REX E REA PIBQU EE 295 Figure 197 Macinteshi OS 8 9 TOPP uuisccpeccsessesiexekoeudeneskeetbidutte peve suus canes deaur a pda id esas advances 295 Figure 198 Macintosh OS X Apple Menu cccceeceeeeeeeencccaece cee eeee ee saaaaaaeaaeeaeeeseeeeseeeseesesencaneaeees 296 Figur T99 MacnmoskOS MI e
3. Highest Host ID 192 168 1 190 Table 127 Subnet 4 LAST OCTET BIT IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 192 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 11000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 192 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 193 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 255 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 254 Example Eight Subnets Similarly use a 27 bit mask to create eight subnets 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 and 111 The following table shows IP address last octet values for each subnet Table 128 Eight Subnets SUBNET ADDRESS FIRST ADDRESS ADDRESS ADDRESS 1 0 1 30 31 2 32 33 62 63 3 64 65 94 95 4 96 97 126 127 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 128 Eight Subnets continued SUBNET ADDRESS FIRST ADDRESS ADDRESS ADDRESS 5 128 129 158 159 6 160 161 190 191 7 192 193 222 223 8 224 225 254 255 Subnet Planning The following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 24 bit network number Table 129 24 bit Network Number Subnet Planning NO BORROWED SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS NO HOSTS PER NET HOST BITS SUB 1 255 255 255 128 25 126 2 255 255 255 192 26 62 3 255 255 255 224 27 30 4 255 255 255 24
4. Choose Channel ID Set the operating frequency channel depending on your particular region To manually set the ZyXEL Device to use a channel select a channel from the drop down list box To have the ZyXEL Device automatically select a channel click Automatic Select instead RTS CTS Threshold Request To Send The threshold number of bytes for enabling RTS CTS handshake Data with its frame size larger than this value will perform the RTS CTS handshake Setting this attribute to be larger than the maximum MSDU MAC service data unit size turns off the RTS CTS handshake Setting this attribute to its smallest value 256 turns on the RTS CTS handshake Enter a value between 256 and 2346 Fragmentation Threshold The threshold number of bytes for the fragmentation boundary for directed messages It is the maximum data fragment size that can be sent Enter an even number between 256 and 2346 Output Power Set the output power of the ZyXEL Device in this field If there is a high density of APs in an area decrease the output power of the ZyXEL Device to reduce interference with other APs Select one of the following 100 Full Power 50 25 12 5 or Minimum See the product specifications for more information on your ZyXEL Device s output power Rates Configuration This section controls the data rates permitted for clients of an AP using this radio profile For each Rate select an option from the Confi
5. 6 4 1 The Radio Profile Screen Use this screen to configure radio profiles Radio profiles contain information about an access point s wireless settings and can be applied to APs managed by the ZyXEL Device In AP Controller mode NWA 3160 only click Profile Edit gt Radio The following screen displays Figure 55 The Profile Edit gt Radio Screen Radio SSID Security RADIUS Layer Isolation MAC Filter Index Profile Name 802 11 Mode Channel ID radio01 802 11b g Auto radio02 802 11b g Auto radio03 802 11b g Auto radio04 802 11b g Auto radio05 802 11b g Auto radio06 802 11b g Auto radio07 802 11b g Auto radio08 802 11b g Auto radio09 802 11b g Auto radio10 802 11b g Auto radio11 802 11b g Auto radio12 802 11b g Auto radio13 802 11b g Auto radio14 802 11b g Auto radio15 802 11b g Auto radio16 802 11b g Auto ES The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 21 The Profile Edit Radio Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Index This field displays the index number of each radio profile Profile Name This field displays the identification name of each radio profile on the ZyXEL Device ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 6 AP Controller Mode NWA 3160 Only Table 21 The Profile Edit gt Radio Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION 802 11 Mode This field displays the IEEE 802 11
6. SNMP Service DNS Service Port This field shows the port number for the remote management service You can change the port number for a service if needed but you must use the same port number to use that service for remote management Access Select the access interface if any by pressing the SPACE BAR Choices are LAN only WAN only All or Disable The default is LAN only Secured Client IP The default 0 0 0 0 allows any client to use this service to remotely manage the ZyXEL Device Enter an IP address to restrict access to a client with a matching IP address Certificate This field displays the name used to identify this certificate The ZyXEL Device has an automatically generated self signed certificate by default The factory default certificate is common to all ZyXEL Device s that use certificates You can replace the certificate when you log into the ZyXEL Device see Chapter 2 on page 43 or you can use the Certificates configuration screen see Chapter 16 on page 183 Authenticate Client Certificates Select Yes by pressing SPACE BAR The internal RADIUS server uses one of the certificates listed in the My Certificates screen to authenticate each wireless client The exact certificate used depends on the certificate information configured on the wireless client Once you have filled in this menu press ENTER to save your configuration or press ESC to cancel ZyXEL NWA 3160 Se
7. Serial Number This field displays the certificate s identification number given by the certification authority Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate such as Common Name CN Organizational Unit OU Organization O and Country C Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as Common Name Organizational Unit Organization and Country With self signed certificates this is the same information as in the Subject Name field Signature Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to sign the certificate Some certification authorities use rsa pkcs1 sha1 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the SHA1 hash algorithm Other certification authorities may use ras pkcs1 md5 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the MD5 hash algorithm Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Key Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the certificate s key pair the ZyXEL D
8. tick stdtime gov tw tock stdtime gov tw time stdtime gov tw When the ZyXEL Device uses the pre defined list of NTP time servers it randomly selects one server and tries to synchronize with it If the synchronization fails then the ZyXEL Device goes through the rest of the list in order from the first one tried until either it is successful or all the pre defined NTP time servers have been tried ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Wireless Configuration This chapter discusses how to configure the ZyXEL Device s Wireless screens 8 1 Wireless LAN Overview This section introduces the wireless LAN WLAN and some basic scenarios 8 1 1 BSS A Basic Service Set BSS exists when all communications between wireless stations or between a wireless station and a wired network client go through one access point AP Intra BSS traffic is traffic between wireless stations in the BSS When Intra BSS traffic blocking is disabled wireless station A and B can access the wired network and communicate with each other When Intra BSS traffic blocking is enabled wireless station A and B can still access the wired network but cannot communicate with each other Figure 60 Basic Service set n A Fa O y 4 x 4 7 i H DAN H AP BSS 1 i e 5 N r 4 A D 4 4 X s a Au r 9 SSS u ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s
9. Internet Access Wireless Router AP Troubleshooting 28 1 Power Hardware Connections and LEDs 2 e The ZyXEL Device does not turn on None of the LEDs turn on 1 Make sure you are using the power adaptor or cord included with the ZyXEL Device 2 Make sure the power adaptor or cord is connected to the ZyXEL Device and plugged in to an appropriate power source Make sure the power source is turned on 3 Disconnect and re connect the power adaptor or cord to the ZyXEL Device 4 Ifthe problem continues contact the vendor e One of the LEDs does not behave as expected Make sure you understand the normal behavior of the LED See Section 1 7 on page 39 Check the hardware connections See the Quick Start Guide Inspect your cables for damage Contact the vendor to replace any damaged cables Disconnect and re connect the power adaptor to the ZyXEL Device If the problem continues contact the vendor ah WD ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 271 Chapter 28 Troubleshooting 28 2 ZyXEL Device Access and Login 272 forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device 1 The default IP address is 192 168 1 2 2 Ifyou changed the IP address and have forgotten it you might get the IP address of the ZyXEL Device by looking up the IP address of the default gateway for your computer To do this in most Windows computers click Start gt Run enter cmd and then enter ipconfig The IP address of
10. Ethernet Address This shows the MAC address of the port IP Address This shows the IP address of the network device connected to the port IP Mask This shows the subnet mask of the network device connected to the port DHCP This shows the DHCP setting None or Client for the port System Up Time This is the time the ZyXEL Device is up and running from the last reboot ZyNOS F W Version Refers to the ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System system firmware version ZyNOS is a registered trademark of ZyXEL Communications Corporation Name This displays the device name ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 25 System Information and Diagnosis 25 2 System Information To get to the System Information 1 Enter 24 to display Menu 24 System Maintenance 2 Enter 2 to display Menu 24 2 System Information and Console Port Speed 3 From this menu you have two choices as shown in the next figure Figure 172 Menu 24 2 System Information and Console Port Speed Menu 24 2 System Information and Console Port Speed 1 System Information 2 Console Port Speed Pleas nter selection The ZyXEL Device also has an internal console port for support personnel only Do not open the ZyXEL Device as it will void your warranty 25 2 1 System Information Enter 1 in menu 24 2 to display the screen shown next Figure 173 Menu 24 2 1 System Information Informat
11. Trademarks ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System is a registered trademark of ZyXEL Communications Inc Other trademarks mentioned in this publication are used for identification purposes only and may be properties of their respective owners Certifications Federal Communications Commission FCC Interference Statement The device complies with Part 15 of FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions This device may not cause harmful interference This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operations This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This device generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 335 Appendix F Legal Information If this device does cause harmful interference to radio television reception which can be determined by turning the device off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures 1 Reorient or relocat
12. oe 7 security0 None 8s security08 None 9 security09 None security10 None security11 None security12 None security13 None security14 None security15 None security16 None Edi The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 40 WIRELESS gt Security LABEL DESCRIPTION Index This is the index number of the security profile Profile Name This field displays a name given to a security profile in the Security configuration screen Security Mode This field displays the security mode this security profile uses Edit aa an entry from the list and click Edit to configure security settings for that profile The next screen varies according to the Security Mode you select 9 9 1 Security WEP Select WEP in the Security Mode field to display the following screen BS If you use WEP in IEEE 802 11n g mode NWA 3165 only the data rate will not exceed 54Mbps To attain a faster data rate use a different security type such as WPA 2 or WPA 2 PSK ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless Security Configuration Figure 74 WIRELESS gt Security WEP Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter Name fsecurity02 Security Mode WEP E WEP Encryption 64 bit WEP v Authentication Method Auto 64 bit WEP Enter 5 ASCII characters or 10 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for each Key 1 4 128 bit WEP
13. In the following example wireless clients 1 and 2 can communicate with access point B and file server C but not wireless client 3 Enter the server s and your ZyXEL Device s MAC addresses in the MAC Address fields Enter File Server C in C s Description field and enter Access Point B in B s Description field ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 151 Chapter 11 Other Wireless Configuration Figure 90 Layer 2 Isolation Example 2 Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter Layer 2 Isolation Configuration Profile Name I2isolationo1 Allow devices with these MAC addresse Set MACAddress Descripion Set MACAddress Description Ki 00 00 c5 00 00 66 File Server C 17 oo 00 00 00 00 00 B 00 00 c5 00 00 cc Access Point B n 00 00 00 00 00 00 E 00 00 00 00 00 00 Joo 00 00 00 00 11 4 The MAC Filter Screen The MAC filter function allows you to configure the ZyXEL Device to give exclusive access to devices Allow Association or exclude devices from accessing the ZyXEL Device Deny Association Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC Media Access Control address The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters for example 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 You need to know the MAC address of each device to configure MAC filtering on the ZyXEL Device The MAC filter profile is a user configured list of MAC addr
14. LABEL DESCRIPTION Automatic Refresh Enter how often you want the ZyXEL Device to update this screen Interval Refresh Click this to update this screen immediately System Information System Name This field displays the ZyXEL Device system name It is used for identification You can change this in the System General screen s System Name field Model This field displays the ZyXEL Device s exact model name Firmware Version This field displays the current version of the firmware inside the device It also shows the date the firmware version was created You can change the firmware version by uploading new firmware in Maintenance F W Upload System Up Time This field displays the elapsed time since the ZyXEL Device was turned on Current Date Time This field displays the date and time configured on the ZyXEL Device You can change this in the System Time Setting screen WLAN Operating This field displays the current operating mode of the first wireless module Mode AP Bridge Repeater AP Bridge or MBSSID You can change the operating mode in the Wireless gt Wireless screen Management VLAN This field displays the management VLAN ID if VLAN is active or Disabled if it is not active You can enable or disable VLAN or change the management VLAN ID in the VLAN gt Wireless VLAN screen IP This field displays the current IP address of the ZyXEL Device on the n
15. Scripting amp Active scripting Q Promp 3 Allow paste operations via script Q Disable 9 Enable Q Prompt amp Scripting of Java applets Q Disable OQ Prompt Lene AuhSenkie Sin E b te custom settings Reset to Medium Reset ced Java Permissions From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Click the Custom Level button Scroll down to Microsoft VM Under Java permissions make sure that a safety level is selected 5 Click OK to close the window Figure 212 Security Settings Java A amp oxN2 Security Settings Settings Q Disable 9 Enable i Font download Q Disable 9 Enable Q Prompt 3 Microsoft VM E Java permissions Custom fisable Jav 9 High safety Q Low safety Reset custom settings Reset to Medium v Reset ced ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 317 Appendix C Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions JAVA Sun 1 From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Advanced tab 2 Make sure that Use Java 2 for applet under Java Sun is selected 3 Click OK to close the window Figure 213 Java Sun General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings O Use inline AutoComplete O Use Passive FTP for firewall and DSL modem compatibility Use smooth scrolling HTTP 1 1 settings Use HTTP 1 1 O Use HTTP 1 1 thro
16. This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the SHA1 algorithm Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format This read only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form You can copy and paste a certification request into a certification authority s web page an e mail that you send to the certification authority or a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later manual enrollment You can copy and paste a certificate into an e mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste a certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution via floppy disk for example Export Click this button and then Save in the File Download screen The Save As screen opens browse to the location that you want to use and click Save Apply Click Apply to save your changes You can only change the name except in the case of a self signed certificate which you can also set to be the default self signed certificate that signs the imported trusted remote host certificates Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the My Certificates screen Click CERTIFICATES gt Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen This screen displays a summary list of certificates of the certification authorities that
17. You should see a screen asking you to change your password highly recommended as shown next Type a new password and retype it to confirm then click Apply Alternatively click Ignore LES If you do not change the password the following screen appears every time you login ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Figure 8 Change Password Screen Use this screen to change the password New Password CJ Retype ta pr Confirm 6 Click Apply in the Replace Certificate screen to create a certificate using your ZyXEL Device s MAC address that will be specific to this device Figure 9 Replace Certificate Screen Replace Factory Default Certificate The factory default certificate is common to all NWA models Click Apply to create a certificate using your NWA s MAC address that will be specific to this device E a You should now see the Status screen See Chapter 2 on page 43 for details about the Status screen LES The management session automatically times out when the time period set in the Administrator Inactivity Timer field expires default five minutes Simply log back into the ZyXEL Device if this happens 2 2 Resetting the ZyXEL Device If you forget your password or cannot access the web configurator you will need to use the RESET button This replaces the current configuration file with the factory default configuration file This means that you wi
18. ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 13 Table of Contents 9 2 3 2 ATCTWMM from WLAN to LAN ierra rrr erra enean 109 SECRETA ci a e T 109 BBS DBO RR 109 8 3 4 2 DSCP and Per Hop Behavior iijsisssssssseresssnassecisasaasseevasnaesereibanesic 109 98 9 5 TOS Type of Service and WMM OOS ic cosicasaaholaticnsodereuuareiviadia amon YUR E RPPO CR MRNA 110 5 4 Spanning Treo Protocol SUP iisecccesaessecctssmssecect ensaas ster sente cete sueea ee eod saca c ober aedu ECC as Re pEUk dua 110 cm Cu cre ecl TET 110 ds GTP PSEUD Losada pi zSU pr PREVEDE kPa p rb VD ertt aM d Ard EUM 111 paa RON STP WOIRS uicta fe b n bac o b qe ER ROS d e Rt ao nutus 111 opm cili arc MN S eT ree ee 112 ech DFO e M 112 BS Wireless Re BR LI aM 112 3 7 Comiguring Wireless SelingS meer 113 8 7 1 Access Point Mode NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 seen 113 8 7 2 Access Pont Mode NWA F9165 aiiai inapoi pan pn Kerne eau ERN a nsa aai aAA 114 8 7 3 Bridge Repeater Mode NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only eese 116 8 7 4 AP Bridge Mode NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only see 120 GIA TUE UL sz MNT COT ETT NION 121 Chapter 9 Wireless Security Configuration uu ccc recipe nuoto nia ure tho khe Rak paura inniinn aiani 123 9 1 Wireless Security OVEIMIOW 123 SETEN IOT ined eects gd AE A 123 BoLepesumied ACCESS nineio a as a eee ee 123 Sa AR
19. zZyxEL10 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable DEN sso ZyXEL11 security01 radius 1 NONE Disable Disable DE ssi zyxELO2 security 1 radiusD1 NONE Disable Disable DHEA ssp ZyXEL13 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable DE ssiD4 zyxELM security 01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable DEJ ssp ZyXEL15 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable DEJ ss ZyXEL16 security 1 radius01 NONE Disable Disable est The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 49 SSID LABEL DESCRIPTION Index This field displays the index number of each SSID profile Profile Name This field displays the identification name of each SSID profile on the ZyXEL Device SSID This field displays the name of the wireless profile on the network When a wireless client scans for an AP to associate with this is the name that is broadcast and seen in the wireless client utility Security This field indicates which security profile is currently associated with each SSID profile See Section 9 9 on page 128 for more information RADIUS This field displays which RADIUS profile is currently associated with each SSID profile if you have a RADIUS server configured QoS This field displays the Quality of Service setting for this profile or NONE if QoS is not configured on a profile Layer 2 Isolation This field displays which layer 2 isolation profile is currently associated with each SSID profile
20. 03 28 Singapore 609930 Support E mail support zyxel es Sales E mail sales zyxel es Telephone 34 902 195 420 Fax 34 913 005 345 Web www zyxel es Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Arte 21 5 planta 28033 Madrid Spain Sweden Support E mail support zyxel se Sales E mail sales zyxel se Telephone 46 31 744 7700 Fax 46 31 744 7701 Web www zyxel se Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Sj porten 4 41764 G teborg Sweden Taiwan Support E mail support zyxel com tw Sales E mail sales zyxel com tw Telephone 886 2 27399889 Fax 886 2 27353220 Web http www zyxel com tw Address Room B 21F No 333 Sec 2 Dunhua S Rd Da an District Taipei e Thailand Support E mail support zyxel co th Sales E mail sales zyxel co th Telephone 662 831 5315 Fax 662 831 5395 Web http www zyxel co th Regular Mail ZyXEL Thailand Co Ltd 1 1 Moo 2 Ratchaphruk Road Bangrak Noi Muang Nonthaburi 11000 Thailand Document Title Appendix G Customer Support Turkey Support E mail cso zyxel com tr Telephone 90 212 222 55 22 Fax 90 212 220 2526 Web http www zyxel com tr Address Kaptanpasa Mahallesi Piyalepasa Bulvari Ortadogu Plaza N 14 13 K 6 Okmeydani Sisli Istanbul Turkey Ukraine United Support E mail support ua zyxel com Sales E mail sales ua zyxel com Telephone 380 44 247 69 78 Fax 380 44 494 49 32 Web w
21. 1 Configure the SERVER 1 network s SSID profile to use specific MAC filter and layer 2 isolation profiles 2 Configure the SERVER 1 network s MAC filter profile 3 Configure the SERVER 1 network s layer 2 isolation profile 4 Repeat steps 1 3 for the SERVER 2 network 5 Check your settings and test the configuration To configure layer 2 isolation you need to know the MAC addresses of the devices on your network which are as follows Table 7 Tutorial Example Network MAC Addresses DEVICE LABEL MAC ADDRESS ZyXEL Device Z BB AA 99 88 77 66 Secure Server 1 1 AA 99 88 77 66 55 Secure Server 2 2 99 88 77 66 55 44 Workstation C 88 77 66 55 44 33 Switch D 77 66 55 44 33 22 Security gateway E 66 55 44 33 22 11 To configure MAC filtering you need to know the MAC addresses of the devices Alice and Bob use to connect to the network which are as follows Table8 Tutorial Example User MAC Addresses USER MAC ADDRESS Alice 11 22 33 44 55 66 Bob 22 33 44 55 66 77 3 4 4 Configure the SERVER 1 Network First you will set up the SERVER 1 network which allows Alice to access secure server 1 via the network switch ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial You will configure the MAC filter to restrict access to Alice alone and then configure layer 2 isolation to allow her to access only the network router the file server and the Internet security gat
22. 4 The ZyXEL Device attempts to connect with a VLAN aware device You can now access and mange the ZyXEL Device though the Ethernet switch BES If you do not connect the ZyXEL Device to a correctly configured VLAN aware device you will lock yourself out of the ZyXEL Device If this happens you must reset the ZyXEL Device to access it again ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 215 Chapter 18 VLAN 18 2 4 Configuring Microsoft s IAS Server Example Dynamic VLAN assignment can be used with the ZyXEL Device Dynamic VLAN assignment allows network administrators to assign a specific VLAN configured on the ZyXEL Device to an individual s Windows User Account When a wireless station is successfully authenticated to the network it is automatically placed into it s respective VLAN ZyXEL uses the following standard RADIUS attributes returned from Microsoft s IAS RADIUS service to place the wireless station into the correct VLAN Table 86 Standard RADIUS Attributes ATTRIBUTE NAME TYPE VALUE Tunnel Type 064 13 decimal VLAN Tunnel Medium Type 065 6 decimal 802 Tunnel Private Group ID 081 lt vlan name gt string either the Name you enter in the ZyXEL Device s VLAN gt RADIUS VLAN screen or the number See Figure 141 on page 222 The following occurs under Dynamic VLAN Assignment 1 C When you configure your wireless credentials the ZyXEL Device sends the information t
23. Address Type the MAC address of the peer device in a valid MAC address format that is six hexadecimal character pairs for example 12 34 56 78 9a bc PSK Type a pre shared key PSK from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters including spaces and symbols You must also set the peer device to use the same pre shared key Each peer device can use a different pre shared key See Table 35 on page 113 for information on the other labels in this screen 8 7 4 AP Bridge Mode NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only Select AP Bridge as the Operating Mode in the WIRELESS gt Wireless screen to have the ZyXEL Device function as a bridge and access point simultaneously See the section on applications for more information ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless Configuration Figure 69 Wireless AP Bridge Layer Isolation MAC Filter AP Bridge Chenne 06 2437MH 9 See the tables describing the fields in the Access Point and Bridge Repeater operating modes for descriptions of the fields in this screen 8 7 5 MBSSID Mode Select MBSSID as the Operating Mode Refer to Chapter 10 on page 139 for configuration instructions and detailed information See Chapter 9 on page 123 for details on the security settings ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 121 Chapter 8 Wireless Configuration 122 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Wireless Security Configuration This chapter describ
24. Pop up Blocker Manage Add ons Synchronize Windows Update Windows Messenger Internet Options You can also check if pop up blocking is disabled in the Pop up Blocker section in the Privacy tab 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options Privacy ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 313 Appendix C Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 2 Clear the Block pop ups check box in the Pop up Blocker section of the screen This disables any web pop up blockers you may have enabled Figure 207 Internet Options Privacy Internet Options p General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet RE zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable LJ information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing Block pop ups 3 Click Apply to save this setting Enable pop up Blockers with Exceptions Alternatively if you only want to allow pop up windows from your device see the following steps 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options and then the Privacy tab 2 Select Settings to open the Pop up Blocker Settin
25. Security Mode Choose WPA2 or WPA2 MIX in this field ReAuthentication Specify how often wireless stations have to resend usernames and passwords in Timer order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Alternatively enter 0 to turn reauthentication off Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed The default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour Group Key The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP sends a new group key Update Timer out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA equivalent of automatically changing the group key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis Setting of the Group Key Update Timer is also supported in WPA PSK mode The ZyXEL Device s default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes PMK Cache When a wireless client moves from one AP s coverage area to another it performs an authentication procedure exchanging security information with the new AP Instead of re authenticating a client each time it returns to the AP s coverage area which can cause d
26. Table 15 AP Association List LABEL DESCRIPTION Index This is the associated client s index number MAC This displays the MAC Media Access Control address of the associated wireless client Associated AP This displays the description of the managed access point to which the wireless client is associated SSID This displays the SSID Service Set Identifier with which the wireless client is associated Security Mode This displays the type of security used by SSID to which the wireless client is associated Association Time This displays the length of time that the wireless client has been associated with the managed AP Signal Lvl This displays the RSSI Received Signal Strength Intensity of the link between the wireless client and the managed AP with which it is associated Automatic Refresh Select the frequency with which ZyXEL Device updates this screen Interval Refresh Click this to update this screen immediately 6 1 4 The SSID Information Screen Use this screen to see the security settings used by each wireless network controlled by the AP controller and the number of wireless clients associated with each network Each network is identified by its SSID Service Set IDentifier which is the name of the network The information that displays does not differentiate by access point Your network may have several APs using the same SSID This screen displays the number of wireless cl
27. Use the Status screens to look at the current status of the device system resources interfaces and SSID status The Status screen also provides detailed information about associated wireless clients channel usage logs and detected rogue APs Fields in this screen may differ depending on the ZyXEL Device model you are using These screens display differently when the ZyXEL Device is in AP controller mode see Section 6 1 on page 83 At the time of writing AP controller mode is available on the NWA 3160 only 4 1 The Status Screen Click Status The following screen displays ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Status Screens Figure 42 The Status Screen Automatic Refresh Interval None Refresh System Information System Resources System Name NWA Series Flash i Model NWA 3160 Memory e Firmware Version V3 60 AAL 1 b2 01 28 2008 pU c E System UP Time 06 37 20 M WLAN Associations Current Date Time 06 37 17 2000 01 01 WLAN Operating Mode AP M d piget EET Interface Status rds cs Interface Status IP 192 168 1 2 b 11 22 33 ei A LAN MAC 00 19 cb 11 22 3 WLAN Up ch WLAN MAC 00 19 cb 11 22 33 SSID Status SSID BSSID Security VLAN ZyXELOS3 00 19 cb 11 22 33 None Disabled System Status Show Statistics Association ust Channel Usage Loss Rogue AP List The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 10 The Status Screen
28. address of the unmanaged Model This is the model number of the unmanaged AP Description This is the description you enter for the unmanaged AP Add ao this to add an unmanaged AP to the Managed Access Points ist Automatic Refresh Interval Enter how often you want the ZyXEL Device to update this screen Refresh Click this to update this screen immediately 6 3 2 The AP Lists Edit Screen Use this screen to change the description or radio profile of an AP managed by the ZyXEL Device Click Edit in the CONTROLLER gt AP Lists screen The following screen displays Figure 53 The Controller gt AP Lists gt Edit Screen AP Configuration Model NWA3160 MAC Address 00 19 CB 11 22 33 Description WLAN1 Radio Profile Disable Apply Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 19 The Controller gt AP Lists gt Edit Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Model This is the model number of the managed AP MAC Address This is the MAC Media Access Control address of the managed AP Description Enter a short description of this access point up to 32 English keyboard characters WLAN1 Radio Profile Select the radio profile you want to use for this AP Configure radio profiles in the Profile Edit gt Radio screen Select Disable if you do not want to use a radio profile The AP s radio is not active when you select Disable ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter
29. bridges or routers It allows a bridge to interact with other STP compliant bridges in your network to ensure that only one route exists between any two stations on the network 8 4 1 Rapid STP The ZyXEL Device uses IEEE 802 1w RSTP Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol that allow faster convergence of the spanning tree while also being backwards compatible with STP only aware bridges Using RSTP topology change information does not have to propagate to the root bridge and unwanted learned addresses are flushed from the filtering database In RSTP the port states are Discarding Learning and Forwarding ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 8 Wireless Configuration 8 4 2 STP Terminology The root bridge is the base of the spanning tree it is the bridge with the lowest identifier value MAC address Path cost is the cost of transmitting a frame onto a LAN through that port It is assigned according to the speed of the link to which a port is attached The slower the media the higher the cost see the following table Table 33 STP Path Costs LINK SPEED DREUMMENDED Roe eee ey radi Path Cost 4Mbps 250 100 to 1000 1 to 65535 Path Cost 10Mbps 100 50 to 600 1 to 65535 Path Cost 16Mbps 62 40 to 400 1 to 65535 Path Cost 100Mbps 19 10 to 60 1 to 65535 Path Cost 1Gbps 4 3 to 10 1 to 65535 Path Cost 10Gbps 2 1to5 1 to 65535 On each bridge the root port is the port through which this bridge
30. click REMOTE MGNT gt www Figure 104 Remote Management WWW Server Port Server Access Server Port Server Access Secured Client IP Address Server Certificate Authenticate Client Certificates See Trusted CAs Secured Client IP Address feo WLAN amp LAN AUC Selected 0 0 0 0 auto generated self signed cert See My Certificates 443 WLAN amp LAN x ANC Selected 0000 Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 63 Remote Management WWW LABEL DESCRIPTION WWW Server Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Server Access Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP Address A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service HTTPS ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 14 Remote Management Screens Table 63 Remote Management WWW LABEL DESCRIPTION Server Certificate Select the Server Certificate that the ZyXEL Device will u
31. get the plaintext passwords the passwords must be stored Thus someone other than the authentication server may access the password file In addition it is possible to impersonate an authentication server as MDS authentication method does not perform mutual authentication Finally MD5 authentication method does not support data encryption with dynamic session key You must configure WEP encryption keys for data encryption EAP TLS Transport Layer Security With EAP TLS digital certifications are needed by both the server and the wireless clients for mutual authentication The server presents a certificate to the client After validating the identity of the server the client sends a different certificate to the server The exchange of certificates is done in the open before a secured tunnel is created This makes user identity vulnerable to passive attacks A digital certificate is an electronic ID card that authenticates the sender s identity However to implement EAP TLS you need a Certificate Authority CA to handle certificates which imposes a management overhead EAP TTLS Tunneled Transport Layer Service EAP TTLS is an extension of the EAP TLS authentication that uses certificates for only the server side authentications to establish a secure connection Client authentication is then done by sending username and password through the secure connection thus client identity is protected For client authentication EAP TTLS supports EAP
32. i 1 H 1 p z X lt gt g 2 Lu 3 we 4 kS x ra s JH x 1 p Wo j hy pe P oe NC i EN Z Y es aaa The steps below describe the roaming process 1 Wireless station Y moves from the coverage area of access point AP 1 to that of access point AP 2 2 Wireless station Y scans and detects the signal of access point AP 2 Wireless station Y sends an association request to access point AP 2 4 Access point AP 2 acknowledges the presence of wireless station Y and relays this information to access point AP 1 through the wired LAN 5 Access point AP 1 updates the new position of wireless station Y oo 11 5 1 Requirements for Roaming The following requirements must be met in order for wireless stations to roam between the coverage areas 1 All the access points must be on the same subnet and configured with the same ESSID 2 IfIEEE 802 1x user authentication is enabled and to be done locally on the access point the new access point must have the user profile for the wireless station 3 The adjacent access points should use different radio channels when their coverage areas overlap 4 Allaccess points must use the same port number to relay roaming information 5 The access points must be connected to the Ethernet and be able to get IP addresses from a DHCP server if using dynamic IP address assignment To enable roaming on your ZyXEL De
33. s Guide lt gt Warnings tell you about things that could harm you or your device ES Notes tell you other important information for example other things you may need to configure or helpful tips or recommendations Syntax Conventions The NWA 3160 NWA 3163 or NWA 3165 may be referred to as the ZyXEL Device the device or the system in this User s Guide Product labels screen names field labels and field choices are all in bold font A key stroke 1s denoted by square brackets and uppercase text for example ENTER means the enter or return key on your keyboard Enter means for you to type one or more characters and then press the ENTER key Select or choose means for you to use one of the predefined choices A right angle bracket gt within a screen name denotes a mouse click For example Maintenance gt Log gt Log Setting means you first click Maintenance in the navigation panel then the Log sub menu and finally the Log Setting tab to get to that screen Units of measurement may denote the metric value or the scientific value For example k for kilo may denote 1000 or 1024 M for mega may denote 1000000 or 1048576 and so on e g is a Shorthand for for instance and i e means that is or in other words ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Document Conventions Icons Used in Figures
34. with the ZyXEL Device but my Internet connection is not available anymore 1 Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1 7 on page 39 2 Reboot the ZyXEL Device 3 Ifthe problem continues contact your ISP The Internet connection is slow or intermittent 1 There might be a lot of traffic on the network Look at the LEDs and check Section 1 7 on page 39 If the ZyXEL Device is sending or receiving a lot of information try closing some programs that use the Internet especially peer to peer applications 2 Check the signal strength If the signal is weak try moving the ZyXEL Device closer to the AP if possible and look around to see if there are any devices that might be interfering with the wireless network microwaves other wireless networks and so on Reboot the ZyXEL Device If the problem continues contact the network administrator or vendor or try one of the advanced suggestions AO Advanced Suggestions e Check the settings for QoS If it is disabled you might consider activating it If it is enabled you might consider raising or lowering the priority for some applications ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 28 Troubleshooting 28 4 Wireless Router AP Troubleshooting 2 e cannot access the ZyXEL Device or ping any computer from the WLAN 1 Make sure the wireless LAN is enabled on the ZyXEL Dev
35. 00 13 49 DF 42 A8 initialize ch 2 ethernet address 00 13 49 DF 42 A9 initialize ch 3 ethernet address 06 13 49 DF 42 A8 initialize ch 4 ethernet address 0A 13 49 DF 42 A8 initialize ch 5 ethernet address 0E 13 49 DF 42 A8 initialize ch 6 ethernet address 12 13 49 DF 42 A8 initialize ch 7 ethernet address 16 13 49 DF 42 A8 initialize ch 8 ethernet address 1A 13 49 DF 42 A8 initialize ch 9 ethernet address 1E 13 49 DF 42 A8 initialize ch 10 thernet address 06 13 49 DF 42 A9 initialize ch 11 thernet address 0A 13 49 DF 42 A9 initialize ch 12 ethernet address 0E 13 49 DF 42 A9 initialize ch 13 ethernet address 12 13 49 DF 42 A9 initialize ch 14 ethernet address 16 13 49 DF 42 A9 initialize ch 15 ethernet address 1A 13 49 DF 42 A9 initialize ch 16 ethernet address 1E 13 49 DF 42 A9 initialize ch 17 thernet address 00 13 49 DF 42 A8 initialize ch 18 thernet address 00 13 49 DF 42 A8 initialize ch 19 thernet address 00 13 49 DF 42 A8 initialize ch 20 thernet address 00 13 49 DF 42 A8 initialize ch 21 thernet address 00 13 49 DF 42 A8 initialize ch 22 thernet address 00 13 49 DF 42 A9 initialize ch 23 thernet address 00 13 49 DF 42 A9 initialize ch 24 thernet address 00 13 49 DF 42 A9 initialize ch 25 ethernet address 00 13 49 DF 42 A9 initialize ch 26 ethernet address 00 13 49 DF 42 A9 Press ENTER to continue 20 2 2 Entering the Password The login screen appears a
36. 03 43 10 00 9e bb b3 ec 47 bf 85 a5 93 SHA1 Fingerprint 44 B3 c5 31 d7 cc c1 00 57 94 51 2b b6 56 d3 bf 82 57 84 6f Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format MIICNDCCAaECEAKtZn5ORfSeV288mBle3cAwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQECBQAwXzELMAKG A1UEBhMHCVVMxIDAeBgNVBAOTF1JTQSBEYXRhIFNI1Y3VyaXRSLCBJbmlfuMS4uLAYD NOOLEyVTZWNi1cmUgU2VydmVyIENlcnRpZmljYXRpb24gQXVO0aGSyaXRSMBAXDTkO MTEwOTAwMDAwMFoXDTEwMDEwNzIZzNTkiOVowXzELMAKkGA1UEBhMCVVIxIDAeBgNV BAoTF1JTQSBEYXRhIFNlY3VyaXRSLCBJbmMuMS4wLAYDVQOLEyVTZWNicmUgU2Vy duVyIENlenRpZmljYXRpb24gQXVOaG9yaXRSMIGbMAOGCSqGSIb3DQEBAQUAAAGJ ADCBhQJ AJLOesGugzSaqomDV6wlAXYMraGOLDfO6zVAZFQDSYRAUcm jwjiioII OhaGNiXpsSECrXZogZoFokvJSyVmIlZsiAePO4FZbYOHZXATCXY4m3dMA1CJVphI uR2nKROTLkoRUZweFdVJVCxzOmmCsZc5nGlwZ0j13S3WyBS7AgMBAAEwDQYJKOZI v Export Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 77 Trusted CA Details LABEL DESCRIPTION Name This field displays the identifying name of this certificate If you want to change the name type up to 31 characters to identify this key certificate You may use any character not including spaces Property Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device check incoming certificates that Check incoming are issued by this certification authority against a Certificate Revocation List certificates issued CRL by this CA against a Clear this check box to have the ZyXEL Device not check incoming certificates CRL that are issued by this
37. 249 Figure 170 Menu 24 System Moalrtonartee uui escono rrtnaei ii anin ea rb tt Epor edd e epa dr ka apttd aki 251 Figure 171 Menu 24 1 System Maintenance Status eseessssse seen nannten nane nante 252 Figure 172 Menu 24 2 System Information and Console Port Speed sssssssss 253 Figure 173 Menu 24 2 1 System Information Information 2 aaucscee eco ere tton nitore tuna itin pcne 253 Figure 174 Menu 24 2 2 System Maintenance Change Console Port Speed sssusss 254 Figure 175 Menu 24 3 System Maintenance Log and Trace cccccceseecccceeeteesccceeeeeesaceeeeteesaeeenteees 255 Figure 176 Sample Error and Information Messages eese eee nnn nnn nnne 255 Figure 177 Menu 24 4 System Maintenance Diagnostic ssssesssee 255 Figure 178 FTP Session Example 22 2 orci titer ctae prrtmat atero n pasto be caer Eee rr Lue pert Eus peo pe LP e E rte panda 259 Figuie 129 FUP Sessio ENN 1er vett DEOR RRCOLE SUR MH ESYHTUROIOO ARE REMO E EVE HOHER URL E UHR dd 261 Figure 180 Menu 24 Systemi Maintenance m 263 E U uRt Ee Bennet M 264 Figure 182 Menu 24 10 System Maintenance Time and Date Setting sssseesess 265 Figure 183 Telnet Configuration on a TCP IP NetWork 122 toti rtp a REED DE SH A REKEH PV ete br bete Fa ppt tea Ek RHUR 267 Figure 184 Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control
38. 3 Verifying a Certificate Before you import a trusted CA certificate into the ZyXEL Device you should verify that you have the actual certificate This is especially important since the ZyXEL Device also trusts any valid certificate signed by any of the imported trusted CA certificates 16 3 1 Checking the Fingerprint of a Certificate on Your Computer A certificate s fingerprints are message digests calculated using the MD5 or SHA algorithms The following procedure describes how to check a certificate s fingerprint to verify that you have the actual certificate 1 Browse to where you have the certificate saved on your computer 2 Make sure that the certificate has a cer or crt file name extension Figure 112 Certificates on Your Computer M a m r T VeriSign cer CA Certificates 3 Double click the certificate s icon to open the Certificate window Click the Details tab and scroll down to the Thumbprint Algorithm and Thumbprint fields ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Certificates Figure 113 Certificate Details General Details Certification Path Show lt All gt bd Value Fyissuer Secure Server Certification Au Evald from Wednesday November 09 19 IE vatid to Friday January 08 2010 7 59 IEj subject Secure Server Certification Au Epublic key RSA 1000 Bits I thumbprint algorithm shal 4463 C531 D CC C100 6794
39. 6 AP Controller Mode NWA 3160 Only Table 19 The Controller gt AP Lists gt Edit Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION WLAN 2 Radio Profile This field displays only if the managed AP has dual radios Select the second radio profile you want to use for this AP Configure radio profiles in the Profile Edit Radio screen Select Disable if you do not want to use a second radio profile The AP s radio is not active when you select Disable Apply Click this to save the changes in this screen Reset Click this to return the fields in this screen to their previously saved values 6 3 3 The Configuration Screen Use this screen to control the way in which the ZyXEL Device accepts new APs to manage You can also configure the pre shared key PSK that is use to secure the data transmitted between the ZyXEL Device and the APs it manages When the ZyXEL Device is in AP controller mode click CONTROLLER gt Configuration The following screen displays Figure 54 The Controller gt Configuration Screen AP Lists Configuration Pre Shared Key Ii 2345676 8 32 characters Registration Type Manual Always Accept Apply Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 20 The Controller gt Configuration Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Pre Shared Key This is the security key used to encrypt communications between the ZyXEL Device and its managed APs This key is used to encrypt DTLS Datagram T
40. 612B B656 D3BF 8257 846F Edit Properties Copy to File 4 Use a secure method to verify that the certificate owner has the same information in the Thumbprint Algorithm and Thumbprint fields The secure method may vary according to your situation Possible examples would be over the telephone or through an HTTPS connection 16 4 Configuration Summary This section summarizes how to manage certificates Use the My Certificate screens to generate and export self signed certificates or certification requests and import the ZyXEL Devices CA signed certificates Use the Trusted CA screens to save CA certificates to the ZyXEL Device 16 5 My Certificates Click CERTIFICATES gt My Certificates to open the ZyXEL Device s summary list of certificates and certification requests Certificates display in black and certification requests display in gray See the following figure ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Certificates Figure 114 My Certificates My Certificates Trusted CAs PKI Storage Space in Use ox 100 Replace Factory Default Certificate Factory Default Certificate Name auto_generated_self_signed_cert The factory default certificate is common to all NWA models Click Replace to create a certificate using your NWA s MAC address that will be specific to this device Certificates Setting Type ___Subject___ __Issuer__ Valid From Valid To
41. A Certification Authority CA issues certificates and guarantees the identity of each certificate owner There are commercial certification authorities like CyberTrust or VeriSign and government certification authorities You can use the ZyXEL Device to generate certification requests that contain identifying information and public keys and then send the certification requests to a certification authority In public key encryption and decryption each host has two keys One key is public and can be made openly available the other key is private and must be kept secure Public key encryption in general works as follows 1 Tim wants to send a private message to Jenny Tim generates a public key pair What is encrypted with one key can only be decrypted using the other Tim keeps the private key and makes the public key openly available Tim uses his private key to encrypt the message and sends it to Jenny Jenny receives the message and uses Tim s public key to decrypt it a kk WS DN Additionally Jenny uses her own private key to encrypt a message and Tim uses Jenny s public key to decrypt the message The ZyXEL Device uses certificates based on public key cryptology to authenticate users attempting to establish a connection not to encrypt the data that you send after establishing a connection The method used to secure the data that you send through an established connection depends on the type of connection For example a VPN tunnel m
42. AP and or wireless clients do not support WPA or WPA2 WEP is less secure than WPA or WPA2 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 307 Appendix B Wireless LANs Encryption Both WPA and WPA2 improve data encryption by using Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP Message Integrity Check MIC and IEEE 802 1x WPA and WPA2 use Advanced Encryption Standard AES in the Counter mode with Cipher block chaining Message authentication code Protocol CCMP to offer stronger encryption than TKIP TKIP uses 128 bit keys that are dynamically generated and distributed by the authentication server AES Advanced Encryption Standard is a block cipher that uses a 256 bit mathematical algorithm called Rijndael They both include a per packet key mixing function a Message Integrity Check MIC named Michael an extended initialization vector IV with sequencing rules and a re keying mechanism WPA and WPA2 regularly change and rotate the encryption keys so that the same encryption key is never used twice The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key PMK key to the AP that then sets up a key hierarchy and management system using the PMK to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients This all happens in the background automatically The Message Integrity Check MIC is designed to prevent an attacker from capturing data packets alter
43. Authentication RADIUS Server E Wireless Station am E The details below provide a general description of how IEEE 802 1x EAP authentication works For an example list of EAP MD5 authentication steps see the IEEE 802 1x appendix f 1 The wireless station sends a start message to the ZyXEL Device 2 The ZyXEL Device sends a request identity message to the wireless station for identity information 3 The wireless station replies with identity information including username and password 4 The RADIUS server checks the user information against its user profile database and determines whether or not to authenticate the wireless station 9 4 Introduction to WPA Wi Fi Protected Access WPA is a subset of the IEEE 802 111 standard Key differences between WPA and WEP are user authentication and improved data encryption ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless Security Configuration 9 4 1 User Authentication WPA applies IEEE 802 1x and Extensible Authentication Protocol EAP to authenticate wireless clients using a RADIUS database See later in this chapter and the appendices for more information on IEEE 802 1x RADIUS EAP and PEAP If you don t have a RADIUS server you should use WPA PSK WPA Pre Shared Key that only requires a single identical password entered into each access point wireless gateway and wireless client As long as the passwords match a client will be granted ac
44. CTS The threshold number of bytes for enabling RTS CTS Request To Send Clear Threshold To Send handshake Data with its frame size larger than this value will perform the RTS CTS handshake Setting this attribute to be larger than the maximum MSDU MAC service data unit size turns off the RTS CTS handshake Setting this attribute to its smallest value 256 turns on the RTS CTS handshake Enter a value between 256 and 2346 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 115 Chapter 8 Wireless Configuration Table 36 Wireless Access Point NWA 3165 LABEL DESCRIPTION Fragmentation The threshold number of bytes for the fragmentation boundary for directed Threshold messages It is the maximum data fragment size that can be sent Enter an even number between 256 and 2346 Output Power Set the output power of the ZyXEL Device in this field If there is a high density of APs in an area decrease the output power of the ZyXEL Device to reduce interference with other APs Select one of the following 100 Full Power 50 25 12 5 or Minimum See the product specifications for more information on your ZyXEL Device s output power SSID Profile The SSID Service Set IDentifier identifies the Service Set with which a wireless station is associated Wireless stations associating to the access point AP must have the same SSID Select an SSID Profile from the drop down list box Configure SSID profiles
45. DUO SNIP DEBBIE s1523adan osx rebas inel d e XR RU a eased opui naioier eateries 171 Table 65 SNMP Interface Index to Physical and Virtual Port Mapping eee 171 Table 66 Remote Management SNMP 1 rrr rrr rrr d bh PH dq aAa d ES Rd 173 Table 67 Remote Management SNMP User Profile ssssssssseeeemm 175 Table 68 Internal RADIUS Server Setting Screen Setting eeessecessseeese enne then naa 178 Ei cnc AUDIERUNT 181 Eo cw p tit coia ties uoiportnecis oaneeunloueis AN 182 Bc Tag uM gu Mec 186 Table 72 My CCRT IMPOR NT E T tr OS 188 Table 79 My Cerificate Create m 189 Lo Fog ere Doiie ces aes ae neh epee ease aa A aA SA 192 Wale ro WS eS eee Pm 195 Table 7G WSIS LG XI M 196 Tbe FE TRI 48 eT 197 i o 95 1 go ecce P 201 Table 7 Log SeuinGs Me 203 Table 80 System Maintenance LOGS cvieteceieistieccscsseencesethennnsceeastinnestetsannneseeassaemeetialenanadcuastioaaeedssaeces 204 Ttable STICMP NOIS 205 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide List of Tables WDNR 24 10 206 Table 83 Log Categories and Available Settings cccccecccececeeeececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeceaeaaeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 206 Era COM WIRELESS VLAN Mm 211 EE DUM COSE D 213 Table 86 Standard RADIUS PADS srisciriscanii inaina RH NEED RE RFHRA Ne M re f
46. Device has a 100 Mbps Ethernet connection Blinking The ZyXEL Device has a 100 Mbps Ethernet connection and is sending receiving data Off The ZyXEL Device does not have an Ethernet connection POWER SYS Green On The ZyXEL Device is receiving power and functioning properly Off The ZyXEL Device is not receiving power Red Blinking Either Ifthe LED blinks during the boot up process the system is starting up or fthe LED blinks after the boot up process the system has failed Off The ZyXEL Device successfully boots up ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Introducing the Web Configurator This chapter describes how to access the ZyXEL Device s web configurator and provides an overview of its screens BES When your ZyXEL Device is in CAPWAP Managed AP mode NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only the Web Configurator is not available The ZyXEL Device can be managed only through the controller AP s web configurator 2 1 Accessing the Web Configurator 1 Make sure your hardware is properly connected and prepare your computer or computer network to connect to the ZyXEL Device refer to the Quick Start Guide Launch your web browser Type 192 168 1 2 as the URL default Type 1234 default as the password and click Login In some versions the default password appears automatically if this is the case click Login
47. Enter 13 ASCII characters or 26 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for each Key 1 4 152 bit WEP Enter 16 ASCII characters or 32 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for each Key 1 4 ASCII C Hex Key1 C Key2 C Key3 C Key4 Apply Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 41 Security WEP LABEL DESCRIPTION Name Type a name to identify this security profile Security Mode Choose WEP in this field WEP Encryption Select Disable to allow wireless stations to communicate with the access points without any data encryption Select 64 bit WEP 128 bit WEP or 152 bit WEP to enable data encryption Authentication Select Auto Open System or Shared Key from the drop down list box Method The default setting is Auto ASCII Select this option to enter ASCII characters as the WEP keys Hex Select this option to enter hexadecimal characters as the WEP keys The preceding 0x is entered automatically Key 1 to The WEP keys are used to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless Key 4 stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission If you chose 64 bit WEP then enter any 5 ASCII characters or 10 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F If you chose 128 bit WEP then enter 13 ASCII characters or 26 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F If you chose 152 bit WEP then enter 16 ASCII characters or 32 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F Y
48. File Example ZYXEL PROWLAN VERSION 12 security security security security security security security 2 security radius radius radius radius wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg ssid ssid ssid ssid ssid ssid ssid 2 2 2 2 2 2 name Test 8021x mode 8021x static128 wep keyl abcdefghijklm wep key2 bcdefghijklmn wep keyindex 1 reauthtime 1800 idletime 3600 save 2 name radius rd 2 primary 172 23 3 4 1812 1234 enable 2 backup 172 23 3 5 1812 1234 enable save name ssid 8021x security Test 8021x radius radius rd qos 4 12isolation disable macfilter disable Save Figure 221 WPA PSK Configuration File Example ZYXEL PROWLAN VERSION 13 security security security security security security 3 security wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg wcfg ssid ssid ssid ssid ssid 3 3 3 3 3 name Test wpapsk mode wpapsk passphrase qwertyuiop reauthtime 1800 idletime 3600 groupkeytime 1800 save name ssid wpapsk security Test wpapsk qos 4 12siolation disable macfilter disable WWW CO CO ssid save ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix E Text File Based Auto Configuration Figure 222 WPA Configuration File Example ZYXEL PROWLAN VERSION 14 wcfg security 4 name Test wpa wcfg security 4 mode wpa wcfg security 4 re
49. LABEL DESCRIPTIONS Enable Admin at Local Select this check box to have the device authenticate management logins to the device Use old setting Select this to have the ZyXEL Device use the local management password already configured on the device 1234 is the default Use new setting Select this if you want to change the local management password Old Password Type in your existing system password 1234 is the default password New Password Type your new system password up to 31 characters Note that as you type a password the screen displays an asterisk for each character you type Retype to Confirm Retype your new system password for confirmation Enable Admin on Select this and configure the other fields in this section to have a RADIUS RADIUS server authenticate management logins to the ZyXEL Device Use old setting Select this to have a RADIUS server authenticate management logins to the ZyXEL Device using the RADIUS username and password already configured on the device Use new setting Select this if you want to change the RADIUS username and password the ZyXEL Device uses to authenticate management logon User Name Enter the username for this user account This name can be up to 31 ASCII characters long including spaces Password Type a password up to 31 ASCII characters for this user profile Note that as you type a password the screen displays a for each character you type Spa
50. Management VLAN ID Enter a number from 1 to 4094 to define this VLAN group At least one device in your network must belong to this VLAN group in order to manage the ZyXEL Device Note Mail and FTP servers must have the same management VLAN ID to communicate with the ZyXEL Device See Section 18 2 3 on page 213 for more information VLAN Mapping Table Use this table to have the ZyXEL Device assign VLAN tags to packets from wireless clients based on the SSID they use to connect to the ZyXEL Device Index This is the index number of the SSID profile Name This is the name of the SSID profile SSID This is the SSID the profile uses ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 211 Chapter 18 VLAN Table 84 WIRELESS VLAN FIELD DESCRIPTION VLAN ID Enter a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094 Packets coming from the WLAN using this SSID profile are tagged with the VLAN ID number by the ZyXEL Device Different SSID profiles can use the same or different VLAN IDs This allows you to split wireless stations into groups using similar VLAN IDs Second Rx VLAN ID Enter a number from 1 to 4094 but different from the VLAN ID Traffic received from the LAN that is tagged with this VLAN ID is sent to all SSIDs with this VLAN ID configured in the VLAN ID or Second Rx VLAN ID fields See Section 18 2 5 on page 224 for more information Apply Click this to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device
51. Plates the VOIP Proll qe 56 3 2 3 Configure the Guest NetWork 12 2 caesicse uideret eite e iin ibas E a uid dr abt dd eati 56 3 2 3 1 Set Up Security for the Guest Profile ecce SY Stee en UR Layer 2 IGOIGUOT scasacisndinuteteuesmuneieceseletmiceriolineteeones 58 3 2 3 3 Aclivate the Guest Profile entrant rnt narrando 59 3 2 4 Testing the Wireless Networks 1 cerae tn kk bra ki PR dab R I RR REP RR E ER 59 3 9 Haw ta Set Up and Use Rogue AP Detection 125 iiecreteerer terri eer een iate tiet eae 60 2 1 Sg Ug and Save a Friendly AP lik 12 rrr dos pri dod Fa oe oa aei e pain 62 3 3 2 Activate Periodic Rogue AP Detection 2e keep briec e rope vta DPED es PUE Ier ER PPP cca Re bx ddgA 64 ose Get Up E mail LOGS A 65 3 3 4 Configure Your Other Access Pointe sacccccicccnsccesssnnnedeues canceneissaneadindursnneedaassioneenmusenanens 66 SCR NI dime p arine eee 66 3 4 Using Multiple MAC Filters and L 2 Isolation Profiles se 67 ur wo NOME ati bsp sue eo sea pda ore bl ddd ta inde AG ep aad pati aaa EMT 67 4 2 VOUT GOIN IS TET T T T E LLL 67 LE ae 0 FT 68 25 4 Comngure the SERVER T PIaDWOEK 1ioestemtiteerit eo pP RE EREEPX EI FERONT ER EUER SEPRNE UE 68 2 4 5 Configure tha SERVER Z NODNOIK 1 4 isiiiececiiseiikeeeccdociien bdo usto niia ce re duro vov de 71 3 4 6 Checking your Settings and Testing the Configuration eeses
52. RR Re 263 Tou S OCU E T E E Lo m DT 271 Product SOCGINDONONS emer 277 Appendices and NAER sunean A 285 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 9 Contents Overview ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents About This Vs rs cnl toe m 3 rere dr pid n E 4 Safety rl ce E S 6 CONSE COVE POW PR A 9 TERE 1o ptpgl cH 11 stor ROWO qc 21 Hst of Tables MT M M a 27 Part l Introduction E 31 Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL DEVICE sisscsiniasssnsnansseaicncancnnenantanssinnsantoonsnnerssnansinoesasmasnatienasnenasnatantanann 33 UN SUDO thie ZyXEL Device suncan A R 33 1 2 Applications Tor the ZyXEL DSCs sanua a a EEEE EEA 33 DEAN 312 siini A PH 34 1 2 2 Bridge Repeater NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only see 34 1 2 3 AP Bridge NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only sse 35 pea criisae ES 36 1 29 Fre ConRgured SSID PEOBS 2 e pore Ree PP t dani ina Db Tr Eph rU RR RH v dt Ep RS ada 37 1 3 CAPWAP NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only 11i esee eskue eunte thea ttd uana ted sten pads 38 14 Ways to Manage thia ZyXEL DOVIGE aas td tuse rebua tutiora d RE ER ka Rake bia ea ii annika akn ad bcd 38 1 5 Good Habits for Managing the ZyXEL Device giciiiccssinpsiadsccensiinoced
53. SECURITY LEVEL SECURITY TYPE Least Unique SSID Default Secure Unique SSID with Hide SSID Enabled MAC Address Filtering WEP Encryption IEEE802 1x EAP with RADIUS Server Authentication Wi Fi Protected Access WPA Most Secure WPA2 You must enable the same wireless security settings on the ZyXEL Device and on all wireless clients that you want to associate with it IEEE 802 1x In June 2001 the IEEE 802 1x standard was designed to extend the features of IEEE 802 11 to support extended authentication as well as providing additional accounting and control features It is supported by Windows XP and a number of network devices Some advantages of IEEE 802 1x are User based identification that allows for roaming Support for RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RFC 2138 2139 for centralized user profile and accounting management on a network RADIUS server Support for EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol RFC 2486 that allows additional authentication methods to be deployed with no changes to the access point or the wireless clients RADIUS RADIUS is based on a client server model that supports authentication authorization and accounting The access point is the client and the server is the RADIUS server The RADIUS server handles the following tasks Authentication Determines the identity of the users Authorization ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Appen
54. SSID is set to Enable Whether or not you see the standard network s SSID SSID04 depends on whether hide ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide SSID is enabled Chapter 3 Tutorial Try to access each network using the correct security settings and then using incorrect security settings such as the WPA PSK for another active network If the behavior is different from expected for example if you can access the VoIP wireless network using the security settings for the Guest SSID wireless network check that the SSID profile is set to use the correct security profile and that the settings of the security profile are correct Access the Guest SSID network and try to access other resources than those specified in the Layer 2 Isolation I2isolation01 profile screen You can use the ping utility to do this Click Start gt Run and enter cmd in the Open field Click OK At the c V prompt enter ping 192 168 1 10 substitute the IP address of a real device on your network that is not on the layer 2 isolation list If you receive a reply check the settings in the WIRELESS gt Layer 2 Isolation gt Edit screen and ensure that the correct layer 2 isolation profile is enabled in the Guest SSID profile screen 3 3 How to Set Up and Use Rogue AP Detection BS This example shows you how to configure the rogue AP detection feature on the ZyXEL Device This feature is available on the NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 on
55. Setting The ZyXEL Device keeps track of the time and date There is also a software mechanism to set the time manually or get the current time and date from an external server when you turn on your ZyXEL Device Menu 24 10 allows you to update the time and date settings of your ZyXEL Device The updated time is then displayed in the ZyXEL Device error logs 1 Select menu 24 in the main menu to open Menu 24 System Maintenance 2 Then enter 10 to go to Menu 24 10 System Maintenance Time and Date Setting to update the time and date settings of your ZyXEL Device as shown in the following screen Figure 182 Menu 24 10 System Maintenance Time and Date Setting Menu 24 10 System Maintenance Time and Date Setting Time Protocol Manual Time Server Address N A Current Time Q0 2 39 2 03 New Time hh mm ss 00 32 7 51 Current Date 2000 tm 0T 101 New Date yyyy mm dd 2000 01 O1 Time Zone GMT Daylight Saving No Start Date mm nth week hr Jan lst Sun 02 00 End Date mm nth week hr Jan 1st Sun 02 00 Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to Cancel The following table describes the fields in this menu Table 106 System Maintenance Time and Date Setting FIELD DESCRIPTION Time Protocol Enter the time service protocol that your time server sends when you turn on the ZyXEL Device Not all time servers support all protocols so you may have to check with your I
56. So in the United States you would select First Sunday November and 2 00 Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Oct Last Sun The time you type in the hr field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 02 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 7 System Screens Table 25 SYSTEM gt Time Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes Reset Click Reset to reload the previous configuration for this screen 7 5 Pre defined NTP Time Servers List When you turn on the ZyXEL Device for the first time the date and time start at 2000 01 01 00 00 00 When you select Auto in the SYSTEM gt Time Setting screen the ZyXEL Device then attempts to synchronize with one of the following pre defined list of NTP time servers The ZyXEL Device continues to use the following pre defined list of NTP time servers if you do not specify a time server or it cannot synchronize with the time server you specified Table 26 Default Time Servers ntp1 cs wisc edu ntp1 gbg netnod se ntp2 cs wisc edu tock usno navy mil ntp3 cs wisc edu ntp cs strath ac uk ntp1 sp se time1 stupi se
57. Static T U 2 2 U 0 08 28 Static id EO ER E LESS IEEE IPLE IER IER IEEE IEEE 3 3 0 08 28 Static 4 4 Tap tt H 0 08 27 Static z x m3 mE ray T T 3 T E g x 5 5 Wj D ES r D DA E SSN E 0 08 27 Static A Eu KCN ELS Cz z n Ties 3 P 3 s Follow the instructions in the Quick Start Guide to set up your ZyXEL Device for configuration The ZyXEL Device should be connected to the VLAN aware switch In the above example the switch is using port 1 to connect to your computer and port 2 to connect to the ZyXEL Device Figure 125 on page 214 1 Inthe ZyXEL Device web configurator click VLAN to open the VLAN setup screen 2 Select the Enable VLAN Tagging check box and type a Management VLAN ID 10 in this example in the field provided 3 Click Apply Figure 129 VLAN Setup WIRELESS VLAN RADIUS VLAN Wireless VIRTUAL LAN Setup Management VLAN ID fio 1 4094 VLAN Mapping Table Index Name SSID VLANID Second Rx VLAN ID DN ver ssi zyxeLm BR po BE Guest ssi zyxevo2 NEM hp BS sspe zyxeLo3 b NN QO sso yxetos B NN BS ssp zyxtsos ho BEN sspe zx fs p BEND ssow zyxew D NN BEND sspe zyxtios Bp ho BS sso zyxeLo9 NN NN BE sspe zyxeL10 fic hb BH sso zx n m NN B sso zyxel fiz fb BN sso zxuo 13 p BEN sow axe BY sss zyxecs is po BH sso zyxee fe p Reset
58. TFTP your computer must have both telnet and TFTP clients To backup the configuration file follow the procedure shown next 1 Use telnet from your computer to connect to the ZyXEL Device and log in Because TFTP does not have any security checks the ZyXEL Device records the IP address of the telnet client and accepts TFTP requests only from this address 2 Put the SMT in command interpreter CI mode by entering 8 in Menu 24 System Maintenance 3 Enter command sys stdio 0 to disable the SMT timeout so the TFTP transfer will not be interrupted Enter command sys stdio 5 to restore the five minute SMT timeout default when the file transfer is complete 4 Launch the TFTP client on your computer and connect to the ZyXEL Device Set the transfer mode to binary before starting data transfer ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 26 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance 5 Use the TFTP client see the example below to transfer files between the ZyXEL Device and the computer The file name for the configuration file is rom 0 rom zero not capital o Note that the telnet connection must be active and the SMT in CI mode before and during the TFTP transfer For details on TFTP commands see following example please consult the documentation of your TFTP client program For UNIX use get to transfer from the ZyXEL Device to the computer and binary to set binary transfer mode 26 2 3 Example TFTP C
59. Test wpa2psk line starting with is comment change to channel 8 lan chid 8 change operating mode gt AP mode then select ssid wep as running WLAN profile lan opmode 0 lan ssidprofile ssid wep change operating mode gt MBSSID mode then select ssid wpapsk ssid wpa2psk as running WLAN profiles lan opmode 3 lan ssidprofile ssid wpapsk ssid wpa2psk set output power level to 50 lan output power 2 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix E Text File Based Auto Configuration ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Legal Information Copyright Copyright 2008 by ZyXEL Communications Corporation The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole transcribed stored in a retrieval system translated into any language or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical photocopying manual or otherwise without the prior written permission of ZyXEL Communications Corporation Published by ZyXEL Communications Corporation All rights reserved Disclaimer ZyXEL does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products or software described herein Neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the patent rights of others ZyXEL further reserves the right to make changes in any products described herein without notice This publication is subject to change without notice
60. Trace 24 4 Diagnostic 24 8 Command Interpreter Mode 24 10 Time and Date Setting 24 11 Remote Management Setup 20 6 Navigating the SMT Interface The SMT System Management Terminal is the interface that you use to configure your ZyXEL Device ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Introducing the SMT Several operations that you should be familiar with before you attempt to modify the configuration are listed in the table below Table 94 Main Menu Commands previous menu OPERATION KEYSTROKE DESCRIPTION Move down to ENTER To move forward to a submenu type in the number of the another menu desired submenu and press ENTER Move up toa ESC Press ESC to move back to the previous menu Move to a hidden menu Press SPACE BAR to change No to Yes then press ENTER Fields beginning with Edit lead to hidden menus and have a default setting of No Press SPACE BAR once to change No to Yes then press ENTER to go to the hidden menu Move the cursor ENTER or UP DOWN arrow keys Within a menu press ENTER to move to the next field You can also use the UP DOWN arrow keys to move to the previous and the next field respectively Entering information Type in or press SPACE BAR then press ENTER You need to fill in two types of fields The first requires you to type in the appropriate information The se
61. Types of EAP Authentication This section discusses some popular authentication types EAP MD5 EAP TLS EAP TTLS PEAP and LEAP Your wireless LAN device may not support all authentication types EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol is an authentication protocol that runs on top of the IEEE 802 1x transport mechanism in order to support multiple types of user authentication By using EAP to interact with an EAP compatible RADIUS server an access point helps a wireless station and a RADIUS server perform authentication The type of authentication you use depends on the RADIUS server and an intermediary AP s that supports IEEE 802 1x ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix B Wireless LANs For EAP TLS authentication type you must first have a wired connection to the network and obtain the certificate s from a certificate authority CA A certificate also called digital IDs can be used to authenticate users and a CA issues certificates and guarantees the identity of each certificate owner EAP MD5 Message Digest Algorithm 5 MDS authentication is the simplest one way authentication method The authentication server sends a challenge to the wireless client The wireless client proves that it knows the password by encrypting the password with the challenge and sends back the information Password is not sent in plain text However MD authentication has some weaknesses Since the authentication server needs to
62. XP click Network Connections For Windows 2000 NT click Network and Dial up Connections Figure 191 Windows XP Control Panel Control Panel File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q T d I Search ie Folders E Address Control Panel Vg Control Panel e Add Hardware Je Switch to Category view See Also Game A Windows Update Controllers 3 Right click Local Area Connection and then click Properties ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 192 Windows XP Control Panel Network Connections Properties s Network Connections File Edit view Favorites Tools Advanced Help Q sax Q d Search Folders E Address Network Connections LAN or High Speed Internet Network Tasks ocal Area Connection Create anew connection Disable Set up a home or small office network Stat amp Disable this network s device Repair EN Repair this connection Bridge Connections i Rename this connection View status of this connection Change settings of this connection Create Shortcut Rename Properties 4 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP under the General tab in Win XP and click Properties Figure 193 Windows XP Local Area Connection Properties l Local Area ction Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using Hi Accton EN1207D TX PCI Fast Et
63. an AP controller on the network it receives the management request If the AP controller is in Manual mode see Section 6 3 3 on page 91 it adds the details of the AP to its Unmanaged Access Points list see Section 6 3 1 on page 88 and you decide which available APs to manage If the AP 1s in Always Accept mode it automatically adds the AP to its Managed Access Points list and provides the managed AP with default configuration information as well as securely transmitting the DTLS Datagram Transport Layer Security pre shared key The managed AP is ready for association with wireless clients 5 1 2 CAPWAP and DHCP CAPWAP managed APs must be DHCP clients supplied with an IP address by a DHCP server on your network Furthermore the AP controller must have a static IP address it cannot be a DHCP client 5 1 3 CAPWAP and IP Subnets By default CAPWAP works only between devices with IP addresses in the same subnet see the appendices for information on IP addresses and subnetting However you can configure CAPWAP to operate between devices with IP addresses in different subnets by doing the following Activate DHCP option 43 on your network s DHCP server Configure DHCP option 43 with the IP address of the CAPWAP AP controller on your network DHCP Option 43 allows the CAPWAP management request from the AP in managed AP mode to reach the AP controller in a different subnet as shown in the following figure Figure 44 CAPWAP an
64. area Internal RADIUS server PEAP 32 entry Trusted AP list 128 entry Trusted Users list VLAN 802 1Q VLAN tagging STP Spanning Tree Protocol RSTP Rapid STP R STP detects and breaks network loops and provides backup links between switches bridges or routers It allows a bridge to interact with other R STP compliant bridges in your network to ensure that only one path exists between any two stations on the network WMM QoS WMM Wi Fi MultiMedia QoS Quality of Service allows you to prioritize wireless traffic Certificates The ZyXEL Device can use certificates also called digital IDs to authenticate users Certificates are based on public private key pairs Certificates provide a way to exchange public keys for use in authentication SSL Passthrough SSL Secure Sockets Layer uses a public key to encrypt data that s transmitted over an SSL connection Both Netscape Navigator and Internet Explorer support SSL and many Web sites use the protocol to obtain confidential user information such as credit card numbers By convention URLs that require an SSL connection start with https instead of http The ZyXEL Device allows SSL connections to take place through the ZyXEL Device MAC Address Filter Your ZyXEL Device checks the MAC address of the wireless station against a list of allowed or denied MAC addresses ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 279 Chapter 29
65. as shown BS Not all features are available in all models ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 14 Remote Management Screens Figure 106 Remote Management SNMP User Profile Service Port Service Access Secured Client TELNET FTP WWW SNMP Get Community public Set Community public Trap Destination 0 0 0 0 SNMP Version SNMPv2 Trap Community public Configure SNMPv3 User Profile 161 WLAN amp LAN AIC Selected 0 0 0 0 IP Address Reset Table 66 Remote M The following table describes the labels in this screen anagement SNMP LABEL DESCRIPTION SNMP Configuration Get Community Enter the Get Community which is the password for the incoming Get and GetNext requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Set Community Enter the Set Community which is the password for incoming Set requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Trap Destination Type the IP address of the station to send your SNMP traps to SNMP Version Select the SNMP version for the ZyXEL Device The SNMP version on the ZyXEL Device must match the version on the SNMP manager Choose SNMP version 1 SNMPv1 SNMP version 2 SNMPv2 or SNMP version 3 SNMPv3 NWA 3165 only Trap Community Type the trap community which is the password sent with each trap to the SNMP manager The def
66. authority Import Click Import to open a screen where you can save the certificate of a certification authority that you trust from your computer to the ZyXEL Device Delete Click Delete to delete an existing certificate A window display asking you to confirm that you want to delete the certificate Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action Refresh Click this button to display the current validity status of the certificates 16 11 Importing a Trusted CA s Certificate Click CERTIFICATES Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen and then click Import to open the Trusted CA Import screen Follow the instructions in this screen to save a trusted certification authority s certificate to the ZyXEL Device see the following figure ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Certificates LES You must remove any spaces from the certificate s filename before you can import the certificate Figure 119 Trusted CA Import Please specify the location of the certificate file to be imported The certificate file must be in one of the following formats e Binary X 509 e PEM Base 64 encoded X 509 e Binary PKCS e PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS File Path Browse Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 76 Trusted CA Import LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you wan
67. authority issues before trusting a certificate issued by the certification authority Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the Trusted CAs screen ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Certificates ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Log Screens This chapter contains information about configuring general log settings and viewing the ZyXEL Device s logs 17 1 Configuring View Log The web configurator allows you to look at all of the ZyXEL Device s logs in one location Click LOGS gt View Log Use the View Log screen to see the logs for the categories that you selected in the Log Settings screen see Figure 122 on page 203 Options include logs about system maintenance system errors and access control You can view logs and alert messages in this page Once the log entries are all used the log will wrap around and the old logs will be deleted Click a column heading to sort the entries A triangle indicates the direction of the sort order Figure 121 View Log View Log Log Settings Display All Logs Email Log Now Refresh Clear Log Time A Message Source Destination Notes 1 mom WLAN STA Association MACAddr 001302171185 maran Successful HTTP login 172 23 37 27 User admin The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 78 View Log LABEL DESCRIPTION Display Select a log category from th
68. be configured and managed by a single AP controller At the time of writing only the NWA 3160 can be an AP controller Wall mounting Instructions BS Complete the following steps to hang your ZyXEL Device on a wall See Table 108 on page 277 for the size of screws to use and how far apart to place them 1 Select a position free of obstructions on a sturdy wall 2 Drill two holes for the screws Be careful to avoid damaging pipes or cables located inside the wall when drilling holes for the screws 3 Do not insert the screws all the way into the wall Leave a small gap of about 0 5 cm between the heads of the screws and the wall 4 Make sure the screws are snugly fastened to the wall They need to hold the weight of the ZyXEL Device with the connection cables 5 Align the holes on the back of the ZyXEL Device with the screws on the wall Hang the ZyXEL Device on the screws ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 29 Product Specifications Figure 185 Wall mounting Example The following are dimensions of an M4 tap screw and masonry plug used for wall mounting All measurements are in millimeters mm Figure 186 Masonry Plug and M4 Tap Screw 4 22 0 1 e 01 2 16 30 0 2 0 30 0 2 0 Power Adaptor Specifications Table 110 North American Plug Standards AC Power Adaptor Model ADS6818 1812 W 1215 Input Power 100 240 Volts AC 50 60 Hz 0 5A Output Power 12 Volts DC 1 5A 18
69. calibration failed The router failed to get information from the time server DHCP client gets s A DHCP client got a new IP address from the DHCP server DHCP client IP expired A DHCP client s IP address has expired DHCP server assigns s The DHCP server assigned an IP address to a client SMT Login Successfully Someone has logged on to the router s SMT interface SMT Login Fail Someone has failed to log on to the router s SMT interface WEB Login Successfully Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface WEB Login Fail Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator interface ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 17 Log Screens Table 80 System Maintenance Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION TELNET Login Someone has logged on to the router via telnet Successfully TELNET Login Fail Someone has failed to log on to the router via telnet FTP Login Successfully Someone has logged on to the router via FTP FTP Login Fail Someone has failed to log on to the router via FTP Table 81 ICMP Notes TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 0 Echo Reply 0 Echo reply message 3 Destination Unreachable 0 Net unreachable 1 Host unreachable 2 Protocol unreachable 3 Port unreachable 4 A packet that needed fragmentation was
70. certification authority against a Certificate Revocation List CRL Certificate Path Click the Refresh button to have this read only text box display the end entity s certificate and a list of certification authority certificates that shows the hierarchy of certification authorities that validate the end entity s certificate If the issuing certification authority is one that you have imported as a trusted certification authority it may be the only certification authority in the list along with the end entity s own certificate The ZyXEL Device does not trust the end entity s certificate and displays Not trusted in this field if any certificate on the path has expired or been revoked Refresh Click Refresh to display the certification path ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 197 Chapter 16 Certificates Table 77 Trusted CA Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Certificate These read only fields display detailed information about the certificate Information Type This field displays general information about the certificate CA signed means that a Certification Authority signed the certificate Self signed means that the certificate s owner signed the certificate not a certification authority X 509 means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU T X 509 recommendation that defines the formats for public key certificates Version This field displays the X 509 version number
71. cient 145 only Chent P Address IP address of RADIUS cliert IAS only ClentN endor Manulacturer of RADIUS pic or NS INAS onl DavAnd Timz Resnc Time penods and days of week during which use Framed rolocol The piotocel to be used NAS Icenther Sting identilyng the NAS o1gnating ihe request NAS IPAddrest IP address of the NAS originating the request l NAS PortTppe Type ol physical por used by the NAS ongnam Serice Type Type of sevice user hat requested Tunnel ppe Tunneling piotozols to be used usnama Ero Windows groups that user belongs to Ja Add Cancel 4 The Select Groups window displays Select a remote access policy and click the Add button The policy is added to the field below Only one VLAN Group should be associated with each policy 5 Click OK and Next in the next few screens to accept the group value ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 18 VLAN Figure 134 Adding VLAN Group ETIN os Look ix n Folder Doman Guests Ci Greup Policy Creator Owners Ci Dnu pdateProny T Fconcr VLAN Group 10 Fconcr VLAN Giop 5 VLAN Group 10 lt d Check Names NLAN Group 19 6 When the Permissions options screen displays select Grant remote access permission Click Next to grant access based on group membership Click the Edit Profile button Figure 135 Granting Permissions and User Profile Screens Add Remote Access Policy E x Permissions Determin
72. communicates with the root It is the port on this switch with the lowest path cost to the root the root path cost If there is no root port then this bridge has been accepted as the root bridge of the spanning tree network For each LAN segment a designated bridge is selected This bridge has the lowest cost to the root among the bridges connected to the LAN 8 4 3 How STP Works After a bridge determines the lowest cost spanning tree with STP it enables the root port and the ports that are the designated ports for connected LANs and disables all other ports that participate in STP Network packets are therefore only forwarded between enabled ports eliminating any possible network loops STP aware bridges exchange Bridge Protocol Data Units BPDUs periodically When the bridged LAN topology changes a new spanning tree is constructed Once a stable network topology has been established all bridges listen for Hello BPDUs Bridge Protocol Data Units transmitted from the root bridge If a bridge does not get a Hello BPDU after a predefined interval Max Age the bridge assumes that the link to the root bridge is down This bridge then initiates negotiations with other bridges to reconfigure the network to re establish a valid network topology ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 8 Wireless Configuration 8 4 4 STP Port States STP assigns five port states see next table to eliminate packet looping A bridge port is no
73. do the following things 1 Set up and save a friendly AP list Activate periodic Rogue AP Detection Set up e mail alerts Configure your other access points a c0 N Test the setup 3 3 1 Set Up and Save a Friendly AP list Take the following steps to set up and save a list of access points you want to allow in your network s coverage area 1 Onacomputer connected to the wired network F in the previous figure open your Internet browser and enter the URL of access point A 192 168 1 1 Login to the Web configurator and click ROGUE AP gt Friendly AP The following screen displays Figure 28 Tutorial Friendly AP Before Data Entry Configuration Friendly AP Rogue AP Add Friendly AP MACAddress Description O Asa Friendly AP List MAC Address __SSID____ Channel Security Description RN 2 Fill in the MAC Address and Description fields as in the following table Click Add after you enter the details of each AP to include it in the list Table 5 Tutorial Friendly AP Information MAC ADDRESS DESCRIPTION 00 AA 00 AA 00 AA My Access Point A AA 00 AA 00 AA 00 My Access Point B A0 0A A0 0A A0 0A My Access Point C 0A A0 0A A0 0A A0 My Access Point _D_ AF AF AF FA FA FA Coffee Shop Access Point _1_ ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial You can add APs that are not part of your network to the friendly AP list as lo
74. dropped because it was set to Don t Fragment DF 5 Source route failed 4 Source Quench 0 A gateway may discard internet datagrams if it does not have the buffer space needed to queue the datagrams for output to the next network on the route to the destination network 5 Redirect 0 Redirect datagrams for the Network 1 Redirect datagrams for the Host 2 Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Network 3 Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Host 8 Echo 0 Echo message 11 Time Exceeded 0 Time to live exceeded in transit 1 Fragment reassembly time exceeded 12 Parameter Problem 0 Pointer indicates the error 13 Timestamp 0 Timestamp request message 14 Timestamp Reply 0 Timestamp reply message 15 Information Request 0 Information request message ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 17 Log Screens Table 81 ICMP Notes continued TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 16 Information Reply 0 Information reply message Table 82 Sys log LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Mon dd hr mm ss hostname This message is sent by the RAS when this syslog is src srclP srcPort generated The messages and notes are defined in this dst lt dstIP dstPort gt appendix s other charts msg msg note note 17 4 Log Commands Go to the command interpreter interface the Command Interpreter appendix explains how to access and use the commands 17 4 1 Configuring What You Want the ZyXEL D
75. enabling RTS CTS handshake Data with its frame size larger than this value will perform the RTS CTS handshake Setting this attribute to be larger than the maximum MSDU MAC service data unit size turns off the RTS CTS handshake Setting this attribute to zero turns on the RTS CTS handshake Enter a value between 256 and 2346 Fragmentation The threshold number of bytes for the fragmentation boundary for directed Threshold messages It is the maximum data fragment size that can be sent Enter an even number between 256 and 2346 Output Power Set the output power of the ZyXEL Device in this field If there is a high density of APs in an area decrease the output power of the ZyXEL Device to reduce interference with other APs Select from 100 Full Power 50 25 12 5 and Minimum See the product specifications for more information on your ZyXEL Device s output power Enable WDS Security Select this to turn on security for the ZyXEL Device s Wireless Distribution System WDS A Wireless Distribution System is a wireless connection between two or more APs If you do not select the check box traffic between APs is not encrypted Note WDS security is independent of the security settings between the ZyXEL Device and any wireless clients When you enable WDS security also do the following e Select the type of security you want to use TKIP or AES to secure traffic on your WDS Enter a pre shared key in the PSK
76. enrollment protocol from the drop down list box Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol SCEP is a TCP based enrollment protocol that was developed by VeriSign and Cisco Certificate Management Protocol CMP is a TCP based enrollment protocol that was developed by the Public Key Infrastructure X 509 working group of the Internet Engineering Task Force IETF and is specified in RFC 2510 CA Server Address Enter the IP address or URL of the certification authority server CA Certificate Select the certification authority s certificate from the CA Certificate drop down list box You must have the certification authority s certificate already imported in the Trusted CAs screen Click Trusted CAs to go to the Trusted CAs screen where you can view and manage the ZyXEL Device s list of certificates of trusted certification authorities ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Certificates Table 73 My Certificate Create continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Request When you select Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate Authentication immediately online the certification authority may want you to include a reference number and key to identify you when you send a certification request Fill in both the Reference Number and the Key fields if your certification authority uses CMP enrollment protocol Just fill in the Key field if your certification authority uses the SECP enrollment p
77. field for each access point in your WDS Each access point can use a different pre shared key PEE WDS security and the relevant PSK in each of your other access point s Note Other APs must use the same encryption method to enable WDS security ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 8 Wireless Configuration Table 37 Wireless Bridge Repeater NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only LABEL DESCRIPTIONS TKIP ZyAIR Series Compatible Select this to enable Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP security on your WDS This option is compatible with other ZyXEL access points including that support WDS security Use this if the other access points on your network support WDS security but do not have an AES option Note Check your other AP s documentation to make sure it supports WDS security Note At the time of writing this option is compatible with other ZyXEL NWA Series and G 3000 G 3000H access points only AES Select this to enable Advanced Encryption System AES security on your WDS AES provides superior security to TKIP Use AES if the other access points on your network support it for the WDS Note At the time of writing this option is compatible with other ZyXEL NWA 3160 access points only This is the index number of the bridge connection Active Select the check box to enable the bridge connection Otherwise clear the check box to disable it Remote Bridge MAC
78. in the SSID screen see Section 10 2 on page 142 for information on configuring SSID Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or security settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Enable Breathing LED Select this box to disable the WLAN LED light Clear this box to enable the WLAN LED Enable Roaming Roaming allows wireless stations to switch from one access point to another as they move from one coverage area to another Select this to enable roaming on the ZyXEL Device if you have two or more ZyXEL Devices on the same subnet Note All APs on the same subnet and the wireless stations must have the same SSID to allow roaming Apply Click Apply to save your changes Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh 8 7 3 Bridge Repeater Mode NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only The ZyXEL Device can act as a wireless network bridge and establish wireless links with other APs You need to know the MAC address of the peer device which also must be in bridge mode The ZyXEL Device can establish up to five wireless links with other APs In the example below when both ZyXEL Devices are in Bridge Repeater mode they form a WDS Wireless Distribution System allowin
79. information on WMM and WMM priorities If a packet has no WMM value assigned to it it is assigned the default priority e Ifyou select ATC from the QoS list the ZyXEL Device automatically assigns priority based on packet size See Section 8 3 2 on page 107 for more information on ATC If you select ATC WMM from the QoS list the ZyXEL Device uses WMM on the wireless network and ATC on the wired network See Section 8 3 3 on page 108 for more information on ATC WMM If you select WMM VOICE WMM VIDEO WMM BEST EFFORT or WMM BACKGROUND the ZyXEL Device applies that QoS setting to all of that SSID s traffic If you select NONE the ZyXEL Device applies no priority to traffic on this SSID Note When you configure an SSID profile s QoS settings the ZyXEL Device applies the same QoS setting to all of the profile s traffic Layer 2 Isolation Select a layer 2 isolation profile from the drop down list box If you do not want to use layer 2 isolation on this profile select Disable See Section 11 1 on page 147 for more information Intra BSS Traffic Select Enable from the drop down list box to prevent wireless clients in this blocking profile s BSS from communicating with one another MAC Filtering Select a MAC filter profile from the drop down list box If you do not want to use MAC filtering on this profile select Disable See Section 11 4 on page 152 for more information Apply Click Apply to save your ch
80. initial screen 237 initialization vector IV 308 installation 33 interference 34 internal authentication server 33 Internet access 245 Internet Assigned Numbers Authority See IANA Internet security gateway 33 Internet telephony 37 IP address 157 158 246 254 256 279 IPSec VPN capability 279 isolation 33 L layer 2 isolation 33 37 LEDs 39 link type 252 log and trace 255 log descriptions 204 login screen 238 logs 201 MAC address 33 152 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Index MAC address filter action 154 MAC filter 37 123 152 MAC filtering 279 MAC service data unit 94 114 115 119 141 main menu 241 maintenance 33 management 33 management AP 83 Management Information Base MIB 170 management VLAN 213 managing the device good habits 38 using FTP See FTP using Telnet See command interface using the command interface See command interface max age 111 MBSSID 33 36 Message Integrity Check MIC 308 mobile access 33 mode 33 models covered 33 MSDU 94 114 115 119 141 N NAT 326 network 33 network access 33 network bridge 34 network traffic 33 O operating mode 33 out of band management 213 P packets 252 Pairwise Master Key PMK 308 309 password 100 238 239 247 279 path cost 111 Per Hop Behavior 109 PHB Per Hop Behavior 110 ping 256 PoE 282 power specification 277 power specifications 282 preamble mode 303 pre configured pr
81. it 256 2346 Fragmentation Threshold CIAO 256 2348 Fragmentation threshold shall be an even number Output Power 100 SSID Profile 551004 j Iv Enable Spanning Tree Protocol STP nable Roaming Apply Reset Select MBSSID from the Operating Mode drop down list box The screen displays as follows Figure 14 Tutorial Wireless LAN Change Mode Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filtei Operating Mode MBSSID e 802 11 Mode 802 11b g v M Super Mode Choose Channel ID Chennel 06 2437 MHz or RTS CTS Threshold 2 4b 256 m 2346 Fragmentation Threshold 2 340 256 2346 Fragmentation threshold shall be an even number Output Power 100 Select SSID Profile Index Active Profile Index Active Profile S VoIP_SSID E Guest v Guest_SSID Guest2 v E u NE V Enable Spanning Tree Protocol STP Enable Roaming Apply Reset This Select SSID Profile table allows you to activate or deactivate SSID profiles Your wireless network was previously using the SSID04 profile so select SSID04 in one of the Profile list boxes number 3 in this example 52 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial Select the Index box for the entry and click Apply to activate the profile Your standard wireless network SSID04 is now accessible to your wireless clients as before You do not need to configure a
82. methods and legacy authentication methods such as PAP CHAP MS CHAP and MS CHAP v2 PEAP Protected EAP LEAP Like EAP TTLS server side certificate authentication is used to establish a secure connection then use simple username and password methods through the secured connection to authenticate the clients thus hiding client identity However PEAP only supports EAP methods such as EAP MD5 EAP MSCHAPv2 and EAP GTC EAP Generic Token Card for client authentication EAP GTC is implemented only by Cisco LEAP Lightweight Extensible Authentication Protocol is a Cisco implementation of IEEE 802 1x ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Appendix B Wireless LANs Dynamic WEP Key Exchange The AP maps a unique key that is generated with the RADIUS server This key expires when the wireless connection times out disconnects or reauthentication times out A new WEP key is generated each time reauthentication is performed If this feature is enabled it is not necessary to configure a default encryption key in the Wireless screen You may still configure and store keys here but they will not be used while Dynamic WEP is enabled EAP MD5 cannot be used with Dynamic WEP Key Exchange For added security certificate based authentications EAP TLS EAP TTLS and PEAP use dynamic keys for data encryption They are often deployed in corporate environments but for public deployment a simple user name and password pair is more
83. not dependent on how you configure these security features Table 119 Wireless Security Relational Matrix METHOD KEY ENCRYPTIO ENTER IEEE 802 1X MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL Open None No Disable Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Open WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable Shared WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable WPA TKIP AES No Enable WPA PSK TKIP AES Yes Disable WPA2 TKIP AES No Enable WPA2 PSK TKIP AES Yes Disable Antenna Overview An antenna couples RF signals onto air A transmitter within a wireless device sends an RF signal to the antenna which propagates the signal through the air The antenna also operates in reverse by capturing RF signals from the air Positioning the antennas properly increases the range and coverage area of a wireless LAN ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix B Wireless LANs Antenna Characteristics Frequency An antenna in the frequency of 2 4GHz IEEE 802 11b or SGHz IEEE 802 11a is needed to communicate efficiently in a wireless LAN Radiation Pattern A radiation pattern is a diagram that allows you to visualize the shape of the antenna s coverage area Antenna Gain Antenna gain measured in dB decibel is the increase in coverage within the RF beam width Higher antenna gain improves the range of the signal for bett
84. on RADIUS The administrator authentication on RADIUS feature lets a external or internal RADIUS server authenticate management logins to the ZyXEL Device This is useful if you need to regularly change a password that you use to manage several ZyXEL Devices Activate administrator authentication on RADIUS in the SYSTEM gt Password screen and configure the same user name password and RADIUS server information on each ZyXEL Device Then whenever you want to change the password just change it on the RADIUS server 7 3 1 Configuring the Password It is strongly recommended that you change your ZyXEL Device s password Click SYSTEM gt Password The screen appears as shown If you forget your ZyXEL Device s password or IP address you will need to reset the device See the section on resetting the ZyXEL Device for details LES Regardless of how you configure this screen you still use the local system password to log in via the console port not available on all models ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 7 System Screens Figure 58 SYSTEM gt Password General Password Time Setting Enable Admin at Local C Use old setting Use new setting Old Password New Password Retype to Confirm Enable Admin on RADIUS Use old setting C Use new setting User Name Password m RADIUS E Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 24 Password
85. on a Wi Fi network than WEP making it difficult for an intruder to break into the network The encryption mechanisms used for WPA and WPA PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials The common password approach makes WPA PSK susceptible to brute force password guessing attacks but it s still an improvement over WEP as it employs an easier to use consistent single alphanumeric password 9 4 3 WPA 2 PSK Application Example A WPA 2 PSK application looks as follows 1 First enter identical passwords into the AP and all wireless clients The Pre Shared Key PSK must consist of between 8 and 63 ASCII characters including spaces and symbols 2 The AP checks each wireless client s password and allows it to join the network only if the password matches ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide 125 Chapter 9 Wireless Security Configuration 3 The AP derives and distributes key information to the wireless clients The key itself is not sent over the network but is derived from the PSK and information exchanged between the AP and the client 4 The AP and wireless clients use the TKIP or AES encryption process to encrypt data exchanged between them Figure 71 WPA 2 PSK Authentication PSK 7 E i 4 c e y AC E iB i J i NS B Y f 9 5 WPA 2 with External RADIUS Applica
86. on the list Now you need to configure the other wireless access points on your network to do the same things For each access point take the following steps 1 From a computer on the wired network enter the access point s IP address and login to its Web configurator See Table 4 on page 61 for the example IP addresses 2 Import the friendly AP list Click ROGUE AP gt Configuration gt Browse Find the Flist file where you previously saved it on the network and click Open 3 Click Import Check the ROGUE AP gt Friendly AP screen to ensure that the friendly AP list has been correctly uploaded 4 Activate periodic rogue AP detection See Section 3 3 2 on page 64 5 Setup e mail logs as in Section 3 3 3 on page 65 but change the Mail Subject field so you can tell which AP the alerts come from ALERT Access Point B etc 3 3 5 Test the Setup Next test your setup to ensure it is correctly configured Log into each AP s Web configurator and click ROGUE AP gt Rogue AP Click Refresh If any of the MAC addresses from Table 5 on page 62 appear in the list the friendly AP function may be incorrectly configured check the ROGUE AP gt Friendly AP screen If any entries appear in the rogue AP list that are not in Table 5 on page 62 write down the AP s MAC address for future reference and check your e mail inbox If you have received a rogue AP alert email alerts are correctly configured on that ZyXEL Device f you have a
87. open or save this file File name Flist data File type From 122 33 37 212 Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer More Info IV Always ask before opening this type of file 5 Save the friendly AP list somewhere it can be accessed by all the other access points on the network In this example save it on the network file server E in Figure 27 on page 61 The default filename is Flist Figure 32 Tutorial Save Friendly AP list 3i Save in iB My Computer fms Eg Im Floppy A Win2K HD C History im FILE SERVER E camp Desktop My Documents as m My Computer File name Fist My Network P s Save as type Microsoft Word Document Cancel 3 3 2 Activate Periodic Rogue AP Detection Take the following steps to activate rogue AP detection on the first of your ZyXEL Devices 1 Inthe ROGUE AP gt Configuration screen select Yes from the Activate Rogue AP Period Detection field Figure 33 Tutorial Periodic Rogue AP Detection Configuration Friendly AP Rogue AP guration Active Rogue AP Period Detection Period Friendly AP List Export File Path Browse Import Apply Reset ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial 2 Inthe Period min field enter how often you want the ZyXEL Device to scan for rogue APs You can have the ZyXEL Device scan a
88. s identification against its database and grants or denies network access accordingly 3 The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key PMK key to the AP that then sets up a key hierarchy and management system using the pair wise key to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that 1s wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients Figure 204 WPA 2 with RADIUS Application Example Nae v a NE E Internet gt m x NE WPA 2 PSK Application Example A WPA 2 PSK application looks as follows 1 First enter identical passwords into the AP and all wireless clients The Pre Shared Key PSK must consist of between 8 and 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal characters including spaces and symbols 2 The AP checks each wireless client s password and only allows it to join the network if the password matches 3 The AP and wireless clients use the pre shared key to generate a common PMK Pairwise Master Key ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix B Wireless LANs 4 The AP and wireless clients use the TKIP or AES encryption process to encrypt data exchanged between them Figure 205 WPA 2 PSK Authentication PSK gt r a N Internet Security Parameters Summary Refer to this table to see what other security parameters you should configure for each Authentication Method key management protocol type MAC address filters are
89. some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 156 Network Temporarily Disconnected d Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged If you uploaded the default configuration file you may need to change the IP address of your computer to be in the same subnet as that of the default ZyXEL Device IP address 192 168 1 2 See your Quick Start Guide for details on how to set up your computer s IP address If the upload was not successful the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Configuration screen ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 233 Chapter 19 Maintenance Figure 157 Configuration Upload Error Restore configuration error The configuration file was not accepted by the router Please return to the previous page and select a valid configuration file Click Help for more information Return 19 6 3 Back to Factory Defaults Pressing the Reset button in this section clears all user entered configuration information and returns the ZyXEL Device to its factory defaults as shown on the screen The following warning screen will appear Figure 158 Reset Warning Message AP back to factory defaults The device will now reboot As there will be no indication of when the process is complete please wait for one minute before attempting to access the device again You can also press the RESET button to reset your ZyXEL Device to its fac
90. subnet mask is now 25 bits 255 255 255 128 or 25 The borrowed host ID bit can have a value of either 0 or 1 allowing two subnets 192 168 1 0 25 and 192 168 1 128 25 The following figure shows the company network after subnetting There are now two sub networks A and B 322 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting Figure 216 Subnetting Example After Subnetting EA M B t f a n T ee SN E 8 c y T Internet gt I t q A I I B i i 192 168 1 0 25 11192 168 1 128 25 I 1 4 a mmumumumum um e oum um um um um um um G6 In a 25 bit subnet the host ID has 7 bits so each sub network has a maximum of 27 2 or 126 possible hosts a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet s address itself all ones is the subnet s broadcast address 192 168 1 0 with mask 255 255 255 128 is subnet A itself and 192 168 1 127 with mask 255 255 255 128 1s its broadcast address Therefore the lowest IP address that can be assigned to an actual host for subnet A is 192 168 1 1 and the highest is 192 168 1 126 Similarly the host ID range for subnet B is 192 168 1 129 to 192 168 1 254 Example Four Subnets The previous example illustrated using a 25 bit subnet mask to divide a 24 bit address into two subnets Similarly to divide a 24 bit address into four subnets you need to borrow two host ID bits to give four possible combinations 00 01
91. the Default Gateway might be the IP address of the ZyXEL Device it depends on the network so enter this IP address in your Internet browser If this does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 2 2 on page 44 forgot the password 1 The default password is 1234 2 Ifthis does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 2 2 on page 44 cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator Make sure you are using the correct IP address The default IP address is 192 168 1 2 f you changed the IP address Section 12 3 on page 158 use the new IP address f you changed the IP address and have forgotten it see the troubleshooting suggestions for I forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1 7 on page 39 Make sure your Internet browser does not block pop up windows and has JavaScripts and Java enabled See Section 28 1 on page 271 Make sure your computer is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device If you know that there are routers between your computer and the ZyXEL Device skip this step Ifthere is no DHCP server on your network make sure your computer s IP address is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device Reset the device to its factory defaults and try to access the ZyXEL Device with the default IP
92. the DiffServ network Based on the marking rule different kinds of traffic can be marked for different priorities of forwarding Resources can then be allocated according to the DSCP values and the configured policies 8 3 5 ToS Type of Service and WMM QoS The DSCP value of outgoing packets is between 0 and 255 0 is the default priority WMM QoS checks the DSCP value in the header of data packets It gives the traffic a priority according to this number In order to control which priority level is given to traffic the device sending the traffic must set the DSCP value in the header If the DSCP value is not specified then the traffic is treated as best effort This means the wireless clients and the devices with which they are communicating must both set the DSCP value in order to make the best use of WMM QoS A Voice over IP VoIP device for example may allow you to define the DSCP value The following table lists which WMM QoS priority level the ZyXEL Device uses for specific DSCP values Table 32 ToS and IEEE 802 1d to WMM QoS Priority Level Mapping DSCP VALUE WMM QOS PRIORITY LEVEL 224 192 voice 160 128 video 96 04 besteffort 64 32 background A The ZyXEL Device also uses best effort for any DSCP value for which another WMM QoS priority is not specified 255 158 or 37 for example 8 4 Spanning Tree Protocol STP STP detects and breaks network loops and provides backup links between switches
93. the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Key Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the certificate s key pair the ZyXEL Device uses RSA encryption and the length of the key set in bits 1024 bits for example Subject Alternative Name This field displays the certificate owner s IP address IP domain name DNS or e mail address EMAIL Key Usage This field displays for what functions the certificate s key can be used For example DigitalSignature means that the key can be used to sign certificates and KeyEncipherment means that the key can be used to encrypt text Basic Constraint This field displays general information about the certificate For example Subject Type CA means that this is a certification authority s certificate and Path Length Constraint 1 means that there can only be one certification authority in the certificate s path MD5 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide the MD5 algorithm Chapter 16 Certificates 16 10 Trusted CAs Table 74 My Certificate Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION SHA Fingerprint
94. time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 Once you have filled in this menu press ENTER at the message Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to Cancel to save your configuration or press ESC to cancel 27 2 1 Resetting the Time The ZyXEL Device resets the time in three instances 1 Onleaving menu 24 10 after making changes 2 When the ZyXEL Device starts up if there is a timeserver configured in menu 24 10 3 24 hour intervals after starting 27 3 Remote Management Setup 27 3 1 Telnet You can configure your ZyXEL Device for remote Telnet access as shown next ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 27 System Maintenance and Information Figure 183 Telnet Configuration on a TCP IP Network 27 3 2 FTP You can upload and download ZyXEL Device firmware and configuration files using FTP To use this feature your computer must have an FTP client 27 3 3 Web You can use the ZyXEL Device s embedded web configurator for configuration and file management See the online help for details 27 3 4 Remote Management Setup Remote management setup is for managing Telnet FTP and Web services You can customize the service port access interface and the secured client IP address to enhance security and flexibility You can manage your ZyXEL Device from a remote location via Internet WLAN only the LAN only All LAN and WLAN or Disable neither LES If you enable remote management of
95. to the destination On the LAN the gateway must be a router on the same network segment as your ZyXEL Device When you have completed this menu press ENTER at the prompt Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration or press ESC at any time to cancel ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide This chapter explains SNMP Configuration menu 22 See the web configurator chapter on SNMP for background information SNMP Configuration BS This menu is available in the NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only 23 1 SNMP Configuration To configure SNMP select option 22 from the main menu to open Menu 22 SNMP Configuration as shown next The community for Get Set and Trap fields is SNMP terminology for password Figure 168 Menu 22 SNMP Configuration Menu 22 SNMP Configuration SNMP Get Community public Set Community public Trusted Host 0 0 0 0 Trap Community public Destination 0 0 0 0 Press ENT ER to Confirm or ESC to Cancel The following table describes the SNMP configuration parameters Table 98 Menu 22 SNMP Configuration FIELD DESCRIPTION SNMP Get Community Type the Get Community which is the password for the incoming Get and GetNext requests from the management station Set Community Type the Set Community which is the password for incoming Set requests from the management station Trusted Host
96. to your computer File Path Enter the location of a previously saved friendly AP list to upload to the ZyXEL Device Alternatively click the Browse button to locate a list Browse Click this button to locate a previously saved list of friendly APs to upload to the ZyXEL Device Import Click this button to upload the previously saved list of friendly APs displayed in the File Path field to the ZyXEL Device Apply Click Apply to save your settings Reset Click Reset to return all fields in this screen to their previously saved values 13 3 2 Rogue AP Friendly AP The friendly AP list displays details of all the access points in your area that you know are not a threat If you have more than one AP in your network you need to configure this list to include your other APs If your wireless network overlaps with that of a neighbor for example you should also add these APs to the list as they do not compromise your own network s security If you do not add them to the friendly AP list these access points will appear in the Rogue AP list each time the ZyXEL Device scans ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 Rogue AP Figure 99 ROGUE AP gt Friendly AP Configuration Friendly AP Rogue AP Add Friendly AP ew SS ST I as Add Friendly AP List T Crammefsecarty Desertion 00 a0 00 00 00 00 0 01 WPA First floor lobby D 00 00 20 00 00 00 02 2 WPA Se
97. you have set the ZyXEL Device to accept as trusted The ZyXEL Device accepts any valid certificate signed by a certification authority on this list as being trustworthy thus you do not need to import any certificate that is signed by one of these certification authorities See the following figure Figure 118 Trusted CAs ou My Certificates Trusted CAs PKI Storage Space in Use 100 Trusted CA Certificates EUNTCENCTNCETTRENTT Issuer Details Import Delete Refresh ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Certificates The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 75 Trusted CAs LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage This bar displays the percentage of the ZyXEL Device s PKI storage space that is Space in Use currently in use When you are using 80 or less of the storage space the bar is green When the amount of space used is over 80 the bar is red When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates This field displays the certificate index number The certificates are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate s owner such as CN Common Name OU Organizational Unit or department O Organization or company and C Country It is rec
98. 0 28 16 14 5 255 255 255 248 29 32 6 6 255 255 255 252 30 64 2 7 255 255 255 254 31 128 1 The following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 16 bit network number Table 130 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning Nostre SOWED SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS NO HOSTS PER 1 255 255 128 0 17 32766 2 255 255 192 0 18 16382 3 255 255 224 0 19 8190 4 255 255 240 0 20 16 4094 5 255 255 248 0 21 32 2046 6 255 255 252 0 22 64 1022 7 255 255 254 0 23 128 510 8 255 255 255 0 24 256 254 9 255 255 255 128 25 512 126 10 255 255 255 192 26 1024 62 11 255 255 255 224 27 2048 30 12 255 255 255 240 28 4096 14 13 255 255 255 248 29 8192 6 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 130 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning continued NO BORROWED NO HOSTS PER HOST BITS SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS SUBNET 14 255 255 255 252 30 16384 2 15 255 255 255 254 31 32768 1 Configuring IP Addresses Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask If the ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number then most likely you hav
99. 01 30 58 2000 01 01 Management VLAN Disable n line Ro AP Detecti Di gue etection isable Off line IP 192 168 1 2 Un Managed LAN MAC 00 19 cb 11 22 33 Registration Type Manual WLAN Association Management Mode Controller 02 11a o 802 11b g 0 System Status AP List AP Statistics Association ust SSID Information LOGS Rogue AP List ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 AP Controller Mode NWA 3160 Only The following table describes the new labels in this screen Table 12 AP Controller the Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Registration Type This field displays how the managed APs are registered with the ZyXEL Device Manual displays if you add unmanaged APs to the ZyXEL Device s list of managed APs manually Always Accept displays if the ZyXEL Device automatically manages any CAPWAP enabled AP that transmits a management request over the network Management Mode When the ZyXEL Device is in AP controller mode this displays Controller On line This field displays the number of access points managed by the ZyXEL Device that are currently active Off line This field displays the number of access points managed by the ZyXEL Device that are not currently active turned off or otherwise unreachable on the network Un managed This field displays the number of access points on the network that are not managed by the ZyXEL Device but are transmit
100. 07 key caching 308 pre authentication 308 user authentication 308 vs WPA PSK 308 wireless client supplicant 309 with RADIUS application example 309 WPA with RADIUS application 126 WPA2 33 307 user authentication 308 vs WPA2 PSK 308 wireless client supplicant 309 with RADIUS application example 309 WPA2 Pre Shared Key 307 WPA2 PSK 307 308 application example 309 WPA PSK 307 308 application example 309 Z ZyNOS 258 ZyNOS F W version 258 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Index ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide
101. 1 Check to see if the ZyXEL Device is connected to your computer s console port 2 Check to see if the communications program is configured correctly The communications software should be configured as follows VT100 terminal emulation 9 600 bps is the default speed on leaving the factory Try other speeds in case the speed has been changed No parity 8 data bits 1 stop bit data flow set to none e cannot use FTP to upload download the configuration file cannot use FTP to upload new firmware See the troubleshooting suggestions for I cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator Ignore the suggestions about your browser ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 273 Chapter 28 Troubleshooting 28 3 Internet Access 274 cannot access the Internet 1 Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 28 1 on page 271 2 Make sure you entered your ISP account information correctly These fields are case sensitive so make sure Caps Lock is not on 3 If you are trying to access the Internet wirelessly make sure the wireless settings on the wireless client are the same as the settings on the AP 4 Disconnect all the cables from your device and follow the directions in the Quick Start Guide again 5 Ifthe problem continues contact your ISP cannot access the Internet anymore had access to the Internet
102. 10 and 11 The subnet mask is 26 bits 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 or 255 255 255 192 Each subnet contains 6 host ID bits giving 2 2 or 62 hosts for each subnet a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet itself all ones is the subnet s broadcast address Table 124 Subnet 1 LAST OCTET BIT IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER VALUE IP Address Decimal 192 168 1 0 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 0 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 62 192 168 1 63 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 323 Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 125 Subnet 2 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 64 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 01000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 64 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 65 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 127 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 126 Table 126 Subnet 3 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 128 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 10000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 128 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 129 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 191
103. 17 Navigation Bar Labels LABEL DESCRIPTION STATUS Click this to go to the Status screen see Section 4 1 on page 75 MGNT MODE Click this to go to the Management Mode screen see Section 5 2 on page 81 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 AP Controller Mode NWA 3160 Only Table 17 Navigation Bar Labels LABEL DESCRIPTION CONTROLLER Click this to go to the Controller screens see Section 6 3 on page 88 PROFILE EDIT Click this to go to the Profile Edit screens see Section 6 4 on page 92 ROGUE AP Click this to go to the Rogue AP screens see Section 13 3 on page 161 VLAN Click this to go to the VLAN screens see Section 18 2 on page 210 SYSTEM Click this to go to the System screens see Section 19 2 on page 227 IP Click this to go to the IP screen see Section 12 3 on page 158 REMOTE MGNT Click this to go to the Remote Management screens see Chapter 14 on page 165 AUTH SERVER Click this to go to the Authentication Server screens see Section 15 1 on page 177 CERTIFICATES Click this to go to the Certificates screens see Chapter 16 on page 183 LOGS Click this to go to the Logs screens see Chapter 17 on page 201 MAINTENANCE Click this to go to the Maintenance screens see Chapter 19 on page 227 LOGOUT Click this to log out of the ZyXEL Device 6 3 The Controller Screens This section discusses the Controller scr
104. 4 Screen Profile Name L 2 ISO SERVER 2 Set 1 MAC Address 77 66 55 44 33 22 Description NET ROUTER Set 2 MAC Address 99 88 77 66 55 44 Description SERVER_2 Set 3 MAC Address 66 55 44 33 22 11 Description GATEWAY MAC Filter macfilter04 Edit Screen Profile Name MacFilter SERVER 2 Set 1 MAC Address 22 33 44 55 66 77 Description Bob ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial 3 4 6 Checking your Settings and Testing the Configuration Use the following sections to ensure that your wireless networks are set up correctly 3 4 6 1 Checking Settings Take the following steps to check that the ZyXEL Device is using the correct SSIDs MAC filters and layer 2 isolation profiles 1 Click WIRELESS gt Wireless Check that the Operating Mode is MBSSID and that the correct SSID profiles are selected and activated as shown in the following figure Figure 40 Tutorial SSID Profiles Activated Output Power 100 Select SSID Profile Index Profile Index Profile EXICES VoIP SSID ET SERVER_1 r Guest SSID SERVER 1 SERVER 1 SERVER 1 vl SERVER SERVER 1 r 2 Next click the SSID tab Check that each configured SSID profile uses the correct Security Layer 2 Isolation and MAC Filter profiles as shown in the following figure Figure 41 Tutorial SSID Tab Correct Settings Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer2 Isolation MAC Fil
105. 4 Table 46 Security WPA PSK WPA2 PSK or WPA2 PSK MIX sssseee emere 135 C ru sq 136 Table 48 Wireless Multiple BSS L isssei ctio pre tb etr hn bei nena BR ore a Eng ke P adn Rn e a Ra ua Ei ann eR naa E ud 141 HE AG SSID e 143 Er cL Begg SOND E 144 Table ot WIRELESS gt Layar 2 boboi 2ucsssquierisudautkekvis a eR aaa kFEde TURNER REUS dax FckrE Uem dE FRerFIddakE Rud ed Sa FEUIN 149 Table 52 WIRELESS gt Layer 2 Isolation Configuration cccccccccccsceseene cece teens cee eese tttme enema 150 Table 59 WIRELESS gt MAG Fiter 2e e ebbe t nta adic ada edad ada bid a ebat e panlo 153 Tane 24 MAC Address FIOT scena aN preda n ERRARE asa pude HERR enna 154 Table 55 Frvals IP Address Rangos austisssccsebispaziesste vc X aaerbeui dia nean E AENEA sts d dadasvlesct ssu qudd 157 TOTES OG TP E E E V AET AIA A AOE EENT AEE A 158 Table 57 ROGUE AP gt Configuration sosisini isinin iA EE N vanes 162 Table so ROGUE AF FENY AR s 163 Tane TROE AP RONE AF easan N A 164 Table 60 Remote Management OVOIVIGW aac scsiccisissicsscsnssssatecnessasccenes do meteo oien E Aans AE dite ESE 165 Table 61 Remote Management Telnet Luces cease t cinta tata rieneke aa Rh Ed at 166 Table 62 Remote Management FIP osssbnneniennsiknn HRN RED RARI FEES S eR FER RIS S eT bREEIH RAE NEFEIURQUERUN 167 Table 53 Remote Management WW uius proe as toc oder bti bas tad d ata lU d dd ES 168 Tao
106. 5 Click Close to return to the Privacy screen 6 Click Apply to save this setting JavaScripts If pages of the web configurator do not display properly in Internet Explorer check that JavaScripts are allowed 1 In Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Optio Figure 210 Internet Options Security ns and then the Security tab General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings e Z o e Internet Local intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites Internet 4 This zone contains all Web sites you Gites haven t placed in other zones m Security level for this zone Move the slider to set the security level for this zone z Medium Safe browsing and still functional a Prompts before downloading potentially unsafe content Unsigned Activex controls will not be downloaded Appropriate for most Internet sites C Custom Level D Default Level OK Cancel Apply Click the Custom Level button Scroll down to Scripting Under Scripting of Java applets make sure that Click OK to close the window ou kh WN Under Active scripting make sure that Enable is selected the default Enable is selected the default ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix C Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions Figure 211 Security Settings Java Scripting Security Settings Settings
107. 63 IEEE 802 11b g Business WLAN Access Point NWA 3165 WirelessN Business WLAN Access Point 1 2 Applications for the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device can be configured to use the following WLAN operating modes 1 AP 2 Bridge Repeater NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only 3 AP Bridge NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only 4 MBSSID Applications for each operating mode are shown below ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 33 Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device BS A different channel should be configured for each WLAN interface to reduce the effects of radio interference 1 2 1 Access Point The ZyXEL Device is an ideal access solution for wireless Internet connection A typical Internet access application for your ZyXEL Device is shown as follows Stations A B and C can access the wired network through the ZyXEL Devices Figure 1 Access Point Application E dina P a er T e T r s _ BSS2 X A P p a Sunsi mmm m n 1 2 2 Bridge Repeater NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only The ZyXEL Device can act as a wireless network bridge and establish wireless links with other APs In the figure below the two ZyXEL Devices A and B are connected to independent wired networks and have a bridge connection A can communicate with B at the same time A ZyXEL Device in repeater mode C has no Ethernet connection When the ZyXEL Device is in bridge mode you should enable STP to p
108. 9 AP Controller Mode NWA 3160 Only 83 Introducing the ZyXEL Device This chapter introduces the main applications and features of the ZyXEL Device It also introduces the ways you can manage the ZyXEL Device 1 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Your ZyXEL Device extends the range of your existing wired network without additional wiring providing easy network access to mobile users It is highly versatile supporting multiple BSSIDs simultaneously eight in the NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 four in the NWA 3165 The Quality of Service QoS features allow you to prioritize time sensitive or highly important applications such as VoIP Multiple security profiles allow you to easily assign different types of security to groups of users The ZyXEL Device controls network access with MAC address filtering rogue AP detection NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only layer 2 isolation and an internal authentication server It also provides a high level of network traffic security supporting IEEE 802 1x Wi Fi Protected Access WPA WPA2 and WEP data encryption Your ZyXEL Device is easy to install configure and use The embedded Web based configurator enables simple straightforward management and maintenance See the Quick Start Guide for instructions on how to make hardware connections At the time of writing this User s Guide covers the following models Table 1 Models Covered NWA 3160 IEEE 802 11a b g Business WLAN Access Point NWA 31
109. ADIUS server see Section 9 11 on page 136 Configuring and activating the internal AUTH SERVER see Section 9 4 1 on page 125 and Chapter 15 on page 177 Configuring Layer 2 Isolation see Section 11 3 on page 149 Configuring MAC Filtering see Section 11 4 on page 152 3 2 How to Configure Multiple Wireless Networks In this example you have been using your ZyXEL Device as an access point for your office network See your Quick Start Guide for information on how to set up your ZyXEL Device in Access Point mode Now your network is expanding and you want to make use of the MBSSID feature see Section 10 1 on page 139 to provide multiple wireless networks Each wireless network will cater for a different type of user You want to make three wireless networks one standard office wireless network with all the same settings you already have another wireless network with high Quality of Service QoS settings for Voice over IP users and a guest network that allows visitors to your office to access only the Internet and the network printer To do this you will take the following steps 1 Change the operating mode from Access Point to MBSSID and reactivate the standard network 2 Configure a wireless network for Voice over IP users 3 Configure a wireless network for guests to your office The following figure shows the multiple networks you want to set up Your ZyXEL Device is marked Z the main network router is marked A and yo
110. AN screens ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 18 VLAN 18 2 Configuring VLAN The ZyXEL Device allows you to configure VLAN based on SSID profile wireless VLAN and or based on your RADIUS server RADIUS VLAN When you use wireless VLAN the ZyXEL Device tags all packets from an SSID with the VLAN ID you set in the Wireless VLAN screen When you use RADIUS VLAN your RADIUS server assigns VLAN IDs to a user or user group s traffic based on the configuration in the RADIUS VLAN screen When you use wireless VLAN and RADIUS VLAN together the ZyXEL Device first tries to assign VLAN IDs based on RADIUS VLAN configuration If a client s user name does not match an entry in the RADIUS VLAN screen the ZyXEL Device assigns a VLAN ID based on the settings in the Wireless VLAN screen See Section 18 2 4 on page 216 for more information ES To use RADIUS VLAN you must first select Enable VIRTUAL LAN and configure the Management VLAN ID in the VLAN gt WIRELESS VLAN screen 18 2 1 Wireless VLAN Click VLAN gt WIRELESS VLAN The following screen appears ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 18 VLAN Figure 123 WIRELESS VLAN VIRTUAL LAN Setup a Wireless VIRTUAL LAN Setup Index Name SSID VLAN ID Second Rx VLAN ID The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 84 WIRELESS VLAN FIELD DESCRIPTION Enable VIRTUAL LAN Select this box to enable VLAN tagging
111. AP A Interface Status Managenent VLAN Disable Interface Status Rate MAINTENANCE au VUSREUMMS LAN Up 100M Full LAN MAC 00 19 cb 11 22 33 WLAN Up Ch 54M LOGOUT WLAN MAC 00 19 cb 11 22 33 SSID Status SSID BSSID Security VLAN ZyXELOS 00 19 cb 11 22 33 None Disabled System Status adir list Channel Usage Los Rogue ao Click the links on the left of the screen to configure advanced features such ass MGNT MODE NWA 3160 and NWA 3165 only AP Controller NWA 3160 only Standalone AP Managed AP SYSTEM General Setup Password and Time Zone WIRELESS Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter IP ROGUE AP NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only Configuration Friendly AP Rogue AP REMOTE MGNT Telnet FTP WWW and SNMP AUTH SERVER Setting Trusted AP Trusted Users CERTIFICATES My Certificates Trusted CAs LOGS View Logs and Log Settings and VLAN Wireless VLAN and RADIUS VLAN ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Click MAINTENANCE to view information about your ZyXEL Device or upgrade configuration and firmware files Maintenance features include Status Statistics Association List Channel Usage NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only F W firmware Upload Configuration Backup Restore and Default and Restart ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Tutorial This chapter first provides an overview of how to configure the wireless
112. Bridge MAC PSK Vv 11 22 33 44 55 66 55SACE678 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless Configuration The following table describes the bridge labels in this screen Table 37 Wireless Bridge Repeater NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only LABEL DESCRIPTIONS Operating Mode Select Bridge Repeater in this field 802 11 mode Select 802 11b Only to allow only IEEE 802 11b compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11g Only to allow only IEEE 802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11b g to allow both IEEE802 11b and IEEE802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device The transmission rate of your ZyXEL Device might be reduced Select 802 11a NWA 3160 only to allow only IEEE 802 11a compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Choose Channel ID Set the operating frequency channel depending on your particular region To manually set the ZyXEL Device to use a channel select a channel from the drop down list box NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only click MAINTENANCE and then the Channel Usage tab to open the Channel Usage screen to make sure the channel is not already used by another AP or independent peer to peer wireless network To have the ZyXEL Device automatically select a channel click Scan instead RTS CTS Threshold Request To Send The threshold number of bytes for
113. Choose WPA PSK WPA2 PSK or WPA2 PSK MIX in this field Pre Shared Key The encryption mechanisms used for WPA and WPA PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials Type a pre shared key from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters including spaces and symbols ReAuthentication Timer Specify how often wireless stations have to resend usernames and passwords in order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Alternatively enter 0 to turn reauthentication off Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed The default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour Group Key The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP sends a new group key Update Timer out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA equivalent of automatically changing the group key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis Setting of the Group Key Update Timer is also supported in WPA PSK mode The ZyXEL Device s defa
114. Configuration Status ITEM OBJECT ID DESCRIPTION pwAutoCfgMessage 1 3 6 1 4 1 890 1 9 1 9 Auto configuration status message string The commands will be executed line by line just like if you entered them in a console or Telnet CI session Be careful to ensure the integrity of the whole AP configuration If there are existing settings in the AP the newly loaded configuration file will either coexist with the previous settings or replace them You can zip each configuration file You must use the store compression method and a zip file extension When zipping a configuration file you can also add password protection using the same password that you use to log into the AP Wcfg Command Configuration File Examples These example configuration files use the wc g command to configure security and SSID profiles Figure 219 WEP Configuration File Example ZYXEL PROWLAN VERSION 11 wcfg security 1 name Test wep wcfg security 1 security wep wcfg security 1 wep keysize 64 ascii wcfg security 1 wep keyl abcde wcfg security 1 wep key2 bcdef wcfg security 1 wep key3 cdefg wcfg security 1 wep key4 defgh wcfg security 1 wep keyindex 1 wcfg security save wcfg ssid 1 name ssid wep wcfg ssid 1 security Test wep wcfg ssid 1 12iolation disable wcfg ssid 1 macfilter disable wcfg ssid save ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix E Text File Based Auto Configuration Figure 220 802 1X Configuration
115. Customer Support Germany Support E mail support zyxel de Sales E mail sales zyxel de Telephone 49 2405 6909 69 Fax 49 2405 6909 99 Web www zyxel de Regular Mail ZyXEL Deutschland GmbH Adenauerstr 20 A2 D 52146 Wuerselen Germany Hungary Support E mail support zyxel hu Sales E mail info zyxel hu Telephone 36 1 3361649 Fax 36 1 3259100 Web www zyxel hu Regular Mail ZyXEL Hungary 48 Zoldlomb Str H 1025 Budapest Hungary India Support E mail support zyxel in Sales E mail sales zyxel in Telephone 91 11 30888144 to 91 11 30888153 Fax 91 11 30888149 91 11 26810715 Web http www zyxel in Regular Mail India ZyXEL Technology India Pvt Ltd II Floor F2 9 Okhla Phase 1 New Delhi 110020 India Support E mail support zyxel co jp Sales E mail zyp zyxel co jp Telephone 81 3 6847 3700 Fax 81 3 6847 3705 Web www zyxel co jp Regular Mail ZyXEL Japan 3F Office T amp U 1 10 10 Higashi Gotanda Shinagawa ku Tokyo 141 0022 Japan Kazakhstan Support http zyxel kz support Sales E mail sales zyxel kz Telephone 7 3272 590 698 Fax 7 3272 590 689 Web www zyxel kz Regular Mail ZyXEL Kazakhstan 43 Dostyk Ave Office 414 Dostyk Business Centre 050010 Almaty Republic of Kazakhstan Document Title Appendix G Customer Support Malaysia Support E mail support zyxel com my Sales E mail sales zyx
116. DEW ssp ZyXEL14 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable DEJES ss ZyXEL15 security01 radius NONE Disable Disable DIES ss ZyXEL 16 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable The Voice over IP VoIP network will use the pre configured SSID profile so select VoIP SSID s radio button and click Edit The following screen displays ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 53 Chapter 3 Tutorial Figure 16 Tutorial VoIP SSID Profile Edit Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter SSID VolP SSID Example Hide Name SSID Enable Security security02 RADIUS radius 1 v QoS VoIP L2 Isolation Disable Intra BSS Traffic blocking Disable MAC Filtering Disable Reset e Choose a new SSID for the VoIP network In this example enter VOIP SSID Example Note that although the SSID changes the SSID profile name VoIP SSID remains the same as before Select Enable from the Hide Name SSID list box You want only authorized company employees to use this network so there is no need to broadcast the SSID to wireless clients scanning the area The standard network SSID04 is currently using the security01 profile so use a different profile for the VoIP network If you used the security01 profile anyone who could access the standard network could access the VoIP wireless network Select security02 from the Security field Leave all the other fi
117. EE reo aa etE n ve a v a For ada i aia 34 Figure 2 Bridge ApPpcaAtOm MR MT CE 35 Figure 3 Repeater re Della T 35 Figure AP Coe fuere 36 FeS RUIE DO ec T 37 Figure 6 coPSs cup d 9 39 Poe LED a ae adde pde deti un Mandato fem Be ete Bnet Moran Foto len ITE RM 40 gsicms9i h Su triu isbcei o ere m 44 asi fdlfjecte Rdlgipe 2 5 44 Figure 10 The Status Screen of the Web Configurator eeeeeueeeseeeuceeeaeeec ient na nnn nita annua itane 45 Figure 11 Connguring Wireless LAM iiia cese bseetuckieei editi ia bcd saei eres vena server eb a pct 49 Figure T Tutorial Example WB SSID Sete 1 cere ivo o ER Morea d B ia e n HE E ER en tod ula xag o Ha 51 Figure T3 Tutorial Wireless LAN Before iussisti tte br rc eoe GER ERES TORRE ERE CORRER AN TIU RERH EE eR Fa cH Y CD ERO p IUE 52 Figure 14 Tutorial Wireless LAN Change Mode isouecee iesceesk recuso eerte rtt pear rte p rrr ton epe p ue uere 52 Figure 19 Totoral WIRELESS gt SSID 1rd lile cii Eri qutd esata tn REA d a ERE R REPARARE E EMI LEE Ert abd 53 Figure T6 Tutorial Vol SSID Proll Eit uucuaase ec bee E UHR PEPEPE HEU FERE PIECE FREE UHR PEDE NP OEEPREDL QUERER PEMEARRDOEUA 54 Figure Tr Tutorial Vor Sec fcc cios ron boe da eb Dac RE o cea ina ELO GRIS AR t RR UL 55 Figure 18 Tutorial VolP Security Profile Edit 2 2 rLcena rero epe noted opa a
118. EEE 802 11b g n wireless access points within the ZyXEL Device s coverage area except for the ZyXEL Device itself and the access points included in the friendly AP list see Section 13 3 2 on page 162 You can set how often you want the ZyXEL Device to scan for rogue APs in the ROGUE AP 7 Configuration screen see Section 13 3 1 on page 162 Click ROGUE AP gt Rogue AP The following screen displays ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 Rogue AP Figure 100 ROGUE AP gt Rogue AP Configuration Friendly AP Rogue AP Rogue AP List m AP List Pefresh Active MAC Address __SSID__ Channell Security Description _ 00 00 08 02 00 07 3 2 WPAPSK B 00 01 00 20 90 DA 65 11 WPAPSK Add To Friendly AP List Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 59 ROGUE AP gt Rogue AP LABEL DESCRIPTION Rogue AP List This displays details of access points in the ZyXEL Device s coverage area that are not listed in the friendly AP list see Section 13 3 2 on page 162 Refresh Click this button to have the ZyXEL Device scan for rogue APs This is the index number of the AP s entry in the list Active Use this check box to select the APs you want to move to the friendly AP list see Section 13 3 2 on page 162 MAC Address This field displays the Media Access Control MAC address of the A
119. Figures in this User s Guide may use the following generic icons The ZyXEL Device icon is not an exact representation of your device ZyXEL Device Computer Notebook computer 1 m Server DSLAM Firewall NC CN N ae N SS T N zs zo ens o Ne tux ea E SS I Telephone Switch Router NEN Se gt SE ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide a Safety Warnings Safety Warnings D gt For your safety be sure to read and follow all warning notices and instructions e e e e e e e e e e Do NOT use this product near water for example in a wet basement or near a swimming pool Do NOT expose your device to dampness dust or corrosive liquids Do NOT store things on the device Do NOT install use or service this device during a thunderstorm There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device ONLY qualified service personnel should service or disassemble this device Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stumble over them Always disconnect all cables from this device before servicing or disassembling Use ONLY an appropriate power adaptor or cord for your device Connect the power adaptor or cord to the right supply voltage for example 110V AC in North America or 230V AC in Europe Do NOT allow anything to res
120. Guide Chapter 8 Wireless Configuration 8 1 2 ESS An Extended Service Set ESS consists of a series of overlapping BSSs each containing an access point with each access point connected together by a wired network This wired connection between APs is called a Distribution System DS An ESSID ESS IDentification uniquely identifies each ESS All access points and their associated wireless stations within the same ESS must have the same ESSID in order to communicate Figure 61 Extended Service Set Ethernet amp Waa MANE oF BE NC LES I Cu occ DM a ga T Te mmm mm m PT 8 2 Wireless LAN Basics See the Wireless LANs Appendix for information on the following Wireless LAN Topologies Channel RTS CTS Fragmentation Threshold EEE 802 1x RADIUS Types of Authentication WPA Security Parameters Summary ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless Configuration 8 3 Quality of Service This section discusses the Quality of Service QoS features available on the ZyXEL Device 8 3 1 WMM QoS WMM Wi Fi MultiMedia QoS Quality of Service ensures quality of service in wireless networks It controls WLAN transmission priority on packets to be transmitted over the wireless network WMM QoS prioritizes wireless traffic according to the delivery requirements of the individual and applications WMM QoS is a part of the IEEE 802 11e QoS enhancement to certified Wi Fi wireless netw
121. ITEM OBJECT ID DESCRIPTION pwTftpOpStatus 1 3 6 1 4 1 890 1 9 1 6 This displays the current operating status of the TFTP client Configuration File Format The text based configuration file must use the following format Figure 218 Configuration File Format ZYXEL PROWLAN VERSION 12 wcfg security 1 xxx wcfg security save wcfg ssid 1 xxx wcfg ssid save The first line must be ZYXEL PROWLAN The second line must specify the file version The AP compares the file version with the version of the last configuration file that it downloaded If the version of the downloaded file is the same or smaller older the AP ignores the file If the version of the downloaded file is larger newer the AP uses the file Configuration File Rules You can only use the w1an and wc g commands in the configuration file The AP ignores other ZyNOS commands but continues to check the next command The AP ignores any improperly formatted commands and continues to check the next line ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Appendix E Text File Based Auto Configuration If there are any errors while processing the configuration file the AP generates a message with the line number and reason for the first error subsequent errors during the processing of an individual configuration file are not recorded You can use SNMP management software to display the message by using the following MIB Table 136 Displaying the Auto
122. If you enter a trusted host your ZyXEL Device will only respond to SNMP messages from this address A blank default field means your ZyXEL Device will respond to all SNMP messages it receives regardless of source ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 247 Chapter 23 SNMP Configuration Table 98 Menu 22 SNMP Configuration FIELD DESCRIPTION Trap Community Type the trap community which is the password sent with each trap to the SNMP manager Destination Type the IP address of the station to send your SNMP traps to When you have completed this menu press ENTER at the prompt Press ENTER to confirm or ESC to cancel to save your configuration or press ESC to cancel and go back to the previous screen ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide System Password This chapter describes how to configure the ZyXEL Device s system password 24 1 System Password You can configure the system password in this menu Refer to Section 20 4 on page 239 Figure 169 Menu 23 System Password Menu 23 System Password Old Password New Password Retype to confirm Enter here to CONFIRM or ESC to CANCEL You should change the default password If you forget your password you have to restore the default configuration file Refer to Section 2 2 on page 44 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 24 System Password ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Gu
123. L Device check for specific VLAN attributes on incoming messages from the RADIUS server Access accept packets sent by the RADIUS server contain VLAN related attributes The configured Name fields are checked against these attributes If a configured Name field matches these attributes the corresponding VLAN ID is added to packets sent from this user to the LAN If the VLAN related attributes sent by the RADIUS server do not match a configured Name field a wireless station is assigned the wireless VLAN ID associated with its SSID unless the Block station if RADIUS server assign VLAN error check box is selected Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh 18 2 3 Configuring Management VLAN Example This section shows you how to create a VLAN on an Ethernet switch By default the port on the ZyXEL Device is a member of the management VLAN VLAN ID 1 The following procedure shows you how to configure a tagged VLAN LES Use the out of band management port or console port to configure the switch if you misconfigure the management VLAN and lock yourself out from performing in band management On an Ethernet switch create a VLAN that has the same management VLAN ID as the ZyXEL Device The following figure has the ZyXEL Device connected to port 2 of the switch and your computer connected to port 1 The management VLAN ID is ten ZyXEL N
124. LAN on your ZyXEL Device and then gives step by step guidelines showing how to configure your ZyXEL Device for some example scenarios 3 1 How to Configure the Wireless LAN This section shows how to choose which wireless operating mode you should use on the ZyXEL Device and the steps you should take to set up the wireless LAN in each wireless mode See Section 3 1 3 on page 50 for links to more information on each step BES This section describes how to use the ZyXEL Device in standalone mode For information on using the ZyXEL Device in a CAPWAP network see Chapter 5 on page 79 and Chapter 6 on page 83 3 1 1 Choosing the Wireless Mode Use Access Point operating mode if you want to allow wireless clients to access your wired network all using the same security and Quality of Service QoS settings See Section 1 2 1 on page 34 for details Use Bridge Repeater operating mode NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only if you want to use the ZyXEL Device to communicate with other access points See Section 1 2 2 on page 34 for details The ZyXEL Device is a bridge when other APs access your wired Ethernet network through the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device is a repeater when it has no Ethernet connection and allows other APs to communicate with one another through the ZyXEL Device Use AP Bridge operating mode NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only if you want to use the ZyXEL Device as an access point see above while also communicating with other acces
125. N the Wireless Local Area Network allows WMM prioritization of packets that do not already have WMM QoS priorities assigned The ZyXEL Device automatically classifies data packets using ATC and then assigns WMM priorities based on that ATC classification ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless Configuration The following table shows how priorities are assigned for packets coming from the LAN to the WLAN Table 30 ATC WMM Priority Assignment LAN to WLAN PACKET SIZE BYTES J9 ATC VALUE 3 gt WMM VALUE 1 250 ATC_High WMM_VIDEO 250 1100 ATC_Medium WMM_BEST_EFFORT 1100 ATC_Low WMM_BACKGROUND 8 3 3 2 ATC WMM from WLAN to LAN ATC WMM from WLAN to LAN automatically prioritizes assigns an ATC value to all packets coming from the WLAN Packets are assigned an ATC value based on their WMM value not their size The following table shows how priorities are assigned for packets coming from the WLAN to the LAN when using ATC WMM Table 31 ATC WMM Priority Assignment WLAN to LAN WMM VALUE p ATC VALUE WMM VOICE ATC High WMM VIDEO ATC High WMM BEST EFFORT ATC Medium WMM BACKGROUND ATC Low NONE ATC Medium 8 3 4 Type Of Service ToS Network traffic can be classified by setting the ToS Type Of Service values at the data source for example at the ZyXEL Device so a server can decide the best method of de
126. NWA 3160 Series IEEE 802 11a b g Business WLAN Access Point IEEE 802 11b g Business WLAN Access Point IEEE WirelessN Business WLAN Access Point User s Guide Version 3 60 03 2008 Edition 3 DEFAULT LOGIN IP Address http 192 168 1 2 Password 1234 ZyXEL www zyxel com About This User s Guide About This User s Guide Intended Audience This manual is intended for people who want to configure the ZyXEL Device using the web configurator You should have at least a basic knowledge of TCP IP networking concepts and topology Related Documentation Quick Start Guide The Quick Start Guide is designed to help you get up and running right away It contains information on setting up your network and configuring for Internet access Supporting Disk Refer to the included CD for support documents ZyXEL Web Site Please refer to www zyxel com for additional support documentation and product certifications User Guide Feedback Help us help you Send all User Guide related comments questions or suggestions for improvement to the following address or use e mail instead Thank you The Technical Writing Team ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Based Industrial Park Hsinchu 300 Taiwan E mail techwriters zyxel com tw ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 3 Document Conventions Document Conventions Warnings and Notes These are how warnings and notes are shown in this User
127. ON Enable Select this box to activate the SNMPv3 administration account The SNMPv3 SNMPv3Admin administrator can issue Get and Set commands to the ZyXEL Device User Name Enter a username for the SNMPv3 administrator Only SNMP commands carrying this username are allowed to administer the ZyXEL Device Password Enter a password for the SNMPv3 administrator Only SNMP commands carrying this password are allowed to administer the ZyXEL Device Confirm Re enter the Password Password Access Type For the administrator this is always Set SNMP Set commands allow the administrator to make configuration changes Authentication Select an authentication algorithm MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA Secure Protocol Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate SNMP data SHA authentication is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Privacy Protocol Specify the encryption method for SNMP communication with this user You can choose one of the following DES Data Encryption Standard is a widely used but breakable method of data encryption It applies a 56 bit key to each 64 bit block of data AES Advanced Encryption Standard is another method for data encryption that also uses a secret key AES applies a 128 bit key to 128 bit blocks of data None no encryption is used Enable Select this box to activate the SNMPv3 user account The SNMPv3 user can SNMPv3User issue GET commands to the ZyXEL De
128. OS Prompt eese eee 258 25 2 2 Backup Configuration Using TE TP Liuius essei cte dde td tdi tia 259 2023 Exatupie TF IF LODS cus orta co E Eo aed en pe P on bn tao ze aded n Rad 260 ELmR cumPeppep uc re t o o USERS 260 26 3 1 Using the FTP command from the DOS Prompt Example suuss 260 DLE TESEPHEII DIDISE aaa crines ia thick d aise acu Ea epa bebo E p m CL Ex ecd i tu Eu 261 25 2 2 Exaile TF IF COSTI auzuasentzectNdetErRON E REA DENEERRIMINBQREEREI NS cH DVE DD Pr FRIEND E REREE 262 Chapter 27 System Maintenance and Information eeeseeeeeeeeeeeee eene enne nnne 263 Z1 Command merrte MOT AO TT 263 AAE EEE L E A R EE 264 21 1 2 Command Usage dersinin RE dd svi ai 264 27 1 3 Brute Force Password Guessing Protection sssssseee 264 27 1 3 1 Configuring Brute Force Password Guessing Protection Example 264 dha TMe re Le Biel eer i ts Reemrempr eer een rere TU m 265 Zi 21 Resetting TNS TITE T 266 2 3 Remote Management Se UND ates ta veni de p tice hada ruini nbn La bid E RO DER a E saan 266 a gt ad Leer eee me 266 eR gae EE 267 a1 tices a setlist ea a oe ha Te gs ator end Een Sa sesh aia hea ptuaileney 267 21 3 4 Remote Management SUP cccccescciarssctcieavssawsrsenes ostcened cessseeanszesuatesnd ii 267 27000 Remote Management Limitations 125 acc rebate aug ga sirknd asa add Sv t d RR Ride 269 OR Eig ss m UT 269 C
129. P All wireless devices have a MAC address that uniquely identifies them SSID This field displays the Service Set IDentifier also known as the network name of the AP Channel This field displays the wireless channel the AP is currently using Security This field displays the type of wireless encryption the AP is currently using Description If you want to move the AP s entry to the friendly AP list enter a short explanatory description identifying the AP before you click Add to Friendly AP List A maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters are allowed in this field Spaces underscores _ and dashes are allowed Add to Friendly AP List If you know that the AP described in an entry is not a threat select the Active check box enter a short description in the Description field and click this button to add the entry to the friendly AP list see Section 13 3 2 on page 162 When the ZyXEL Device next scans for rogue APs the selected AP does not appear in the rogue AP list Reset Click Reset to return all fields in this screen to their default values ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Remote Management Screens This chapter provides information on the Remote Management screens 14 1 Remote Management Overview Remote management allows you to determine which services protocols can access which of the ZyXEL Device s interfaces if any from which computers You may manage your ZyXEL Device from a re
130. PP cect te 11 The RADIUS Attribute screen displays From the list three RADIUS attributes will be added Tunnel Medium Type Tunnel Pvt Group ID Tunnel Type Click the Add button Select Tunnel Medium Type Click the Add button Figure 139 RADIUS Attribute Screen Mii 4 To add an attrbute to the Profile select the attribute and click Add RADIUS attributes Login T CP Port Reply Message Service Type Tunnel Assignment D Tunnel ClentAuih ID Tunnel ClentEndpt Tunnel Madium Type Tunnel Password Tunnel Prefeience Tunnel Pvt Group ID Tunnel Server Auth iD Tunnel Server F ndp Tunnel Type Vendor Spectic Cisco amp V Pair lgnore LIser Dialin Properties USR ACCM Type USR AT CalHnput Filter USR AT Call OutputFilter USR AT Input Fiter RADIUS Stancard RADIUS Standard RADIUS Stancard RADIUS Standard RADIUS Stancard RADIUS Standard RADIUS Standard RADIUS Standard RADIUS Standard RADIUS Standard RADIUS Standard RADIUS Standard RADIUS Standard RADIUS Standard Cisco Microsoft U S Rebotes l U S Rebotes l U S Robotics l U S Rebotics l TCP pot to whch user should be connected Messags to be displayed lo user when authentication Type of service user has requested Tunnel to which a session is to be assigned Marre used by the tumel initiator during the authen IP address of the initiator end of the tunnel Trareport medium
131. Product Specifications Table 109 Firmware Specifications Wireless Association List With the wireless association list you can see the list of the wireless stations that are currently using the ZyXEL Device to access your wired network Logging and Tracing Built in message logging and packet tracing Embedded FTP and TFTP Servers The embedded FTP and TFTP servers enable fast firmware upgrades as well as configuration file backups and restoration Auto Configuration Administrators can use text configuration files to configure the wireless LAN settings for multiple APs The AP can automatically get a configuration file from a TFTP server at start up or after renewing DHCP client information SNMP SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol is a protocol used for exchanging management information between network devices SNMP is a member of the TCP IP protocol suite Your ZyXEL Device supports SNMP agent functionality which allows a manger station to manage and monitor the ZyXEL Device through the network The ZyXEL Device supports SNMP version one SNMPv1 and version two c SNMPv2c The NWA 3165 also supports version 3 SNMPv3 DFS NWA 3160 only DFS Dynamic Frequency Selection allows a wider choice of 802 11a wireless channels CAPWAP Control and Provisioning of Wireless Access Points NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only The NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 support CAPWAP allowing multiple APs to
132. Reset Click this to return this screen to its last saved settings 18 2 2 RADIUS VLAN Click VLAN gt RADIUS VLAN The following screen appears Figure 124 RADIUS VLAN Wireless VLAN RADIUS VLAN RADIUS VIRTUAL LAN Setup Block station if RADIUS server assign VLAN name error VLAN Mapping Table 1 4094 PyXe 1 4094 212 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 18 VLAN The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 85 RADIUS VLAN LABEL DESCRIPTION Block station if Select this to have the ZyXEL Device forbid access to wireless clients when RADIUS server assign the VLAN attributes sent from the RADIUS server do not match a configured VLAN name error Name field When you select this check box only users with names configured in this screen can access the network through the ZyXEL Device VLAN Mapping Table Use this table to map names to VLAN IDs so that the RADIUS server can assign each user or user group a mapped VLAN ID See your RADIUS server documentation for more information on configuring VLAN ID attributes See Section 18 2 4 on page 216 for more information Index Select a check box to enable the VLAN mapping profile ID Type a VLAN ID Incoming traffic from the WLAN is authorized and assigned a VLAN ID before it is sent to the LAN Name Type a name to have the ZyXE
133. SD lcm c ed are eee eee 123 ETA WEP MSE OMIA Meer 123 OF SUZ AX CV DU M 124 B EAF Authentication DUSCHE iuda Iso pt LE ped TL SE nia Eid bon Ltd de sags Use pa EM ge OLLI 124 9A nroduction to WPA M n ee 124 94 1 User Authentication t 125 eH rario METTRE TE I eee Maeda m Jeanine sbamianamdds 125 98 4 3 WPA 2Z PSK Application Example cscs sccaiwssseccecstenaecdaranoscassanspeducasannseasensteseceaantnnnse 125 9 5 WPA 2 with External RADIUS Application Example 2 ccccccccceeeeeeeeeseeeeeseentaneeeees 126 OE SU MOTOS EN earned cena donnie madiba ENEE ENEE EE E 127 9 7 Wireless Client WPA SUDDIGSIMS xe cire I rtt nnt ede va add re tas cbe Knox ad AR E ai 128 9 9 Wireless Securty ETTSCUVOlIBSES 1i senken dete ont reda rt d d i e i ud e Ead Sr o d a 128 JO GMO IG Ec ej eR 128 CCRMEE CD aU ines 129 UE 2 OUI DUS TARY O AR O T Rata Eire bie MEA EA UICE EU pd URS Fatd 130 9 9 3 Security 802 1x Static 64 bit 802 1x Static 128 bit sseesssssss 131 Dg d spunti PE caudis notata e ros ose E dnx GR ac A EE ada a Lis 133 9 9 5 Security WRAZ or WPA2MIX L iuiusissea cii sitmet a hubo Enn aane Etna ku Ea Ret d kan Lana aka aa 133 9 9 6 Security WPA PSK WPA2 PSK WPA2 PSK MIX esee enne 135 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Table of Contents Spur md RADIUS senises 136 CNRC SE RIA DT 136 Chapter 10 MESSID and
134. SP network administrator or use trial and error to find a protocol that works The main differences between them are the format Daytime RFC 867 format is day month year time zone of the server Time RFC 868 format displays a 4 byte integer giving the total number of seconds since 1970 1 1 at 0 0 0 NTP RFC 1305 is similar to Time RFC 868 Manual The default enter the time manually Time Server Address Enter the IP address or domain name of your time server Check with your ISP network administrator if you are unsure of this information Current Time This field displays an updated time only when you reenter this menu ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 27 System Maintenance and Information Table 106 System Maintenance Time and Date Setting FIELD DESCRIPTION New Time Enter the new time in hour minute and second format Current Date This field displays an updated date only when you re enter this menu New Date Enter the new date in year month and day format Time Zone Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time GMT Daylight Saving If you use daylight savings time then choose Yes Start Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected Yes in the Daylight Saving field The hr field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time sta
135. SSID e n 139 10 1 Wireless LAN Infrastructures qe n 139 m mE zin Rc EUR 139 JO CLE Notes nn PIUIBDIE BSS oii deseo amici SEN ETIN Ma RU QE Mb REL bid pm CHR 139 T0 1 3 Multiple BSS EXaIplbeiu eii et io o E po A E ER Lr RD dra b RE ERO prd 139 10 1 4 Multiple BSS with VLAN Example 2 2 c ccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeeeeeseeeeeeeneseees 139 10 1 5 Configuring Multiple BOSS sicccccicessccsssccssiccssagassrcecis nir ne in Ene E 140 T a D AN A 142 AFE SD E aa m Ee 142 10 2 2 COTTAM SSID siasii A 143 Chapter 11 Other Wireless Configuration uiisecisskcis euin ki kia ea eri ionidan eioan iiaeiai iie 147 11 1 Layer 2 lsolation IOUT TES 147 11 2 The Layer Z leolaton SOOO 122 vissectsavesecegantusnreduervearecnieviaerccdnsuaieasieviearadderveaenadneviveues 148 11 2 Configuring Laver z ISolUOB seai Tey Sem Etre Pei adus epa Terr ees terre Pee s 149 TL Layer bolalo EOM OS aN 150 11 3 1 1 Layer 2 Isolation Example T sccctiteccscciisatisccossvenvetests seessecseatuereeuies 151 11 3 1 2 Layer 2 Isolation Example 2 ouod east task d edad itane eoe 151 rub datar cer 152 11 4 1 GonfiguHpng MAC TIROF uie eap aad LR o Rp RF a Ro Le oet XS RA Rd 153 TLO Comino EPRI MMO anra zs adds Ver pu a Verna duit Teh ce edna ena ata Hebdos enda vo oodd 154 11 5 1 R guirements TOF ROAMING 155 Chapter 12 E 157 12 1 Factory Ethernet Defaults 15 5 cea ain ea c
136. Security Group New Object Group xj 8 Create in Group name vua Group 10 Group name ore Windows 2000 IVLAN Group 10 r Group scope Group type C Domainlocal Securty Global C Distribution Universal ten 2 In VLAN Group ID Properties click the Members tab The IAS uses group memberships to determine which user accounts belong to which VLAN groups Click the Add button and configure the VLAN group details 3 Repeat the previous step to add each VLAN group required Figure 131 Add Group Members ax Geneial Members Member Of Managed By Members Name Actwe Directory Folder test 002 1x OK Cancel Apply 18 2 4 2 Configuring Remote Access Policies Once the VLAN Groups have been created the IAS Remote Access Policy needs to be defined This allows the IAS to compare the user account being authenticated against the group memberships of each VLAN Group 1 Using the Remote Access Policy option on the Internet Authentication Service management interface create a new VLAN Policy for each VLAN Group defined in the previous section The order of the remote access policies is important The most specific policies should be placed at the top of the policy list and the most general at the bottom For example if the Day And Time Restriction policy is still present it should be moved to the bottom or deleted to allow the VLAN Group policies to take precedence Right
137. T System Management Terminal menus how to navigate the SMT and how to configure SMT menus 20 2 Accessing the SMT via the Console Port Use the console port to configure the ZyXEL Device via SMT menus Connect the PS 2 connector of the console cable to the console port of the ZyXEL Device and the other end to a serial port COM1 COM2 or other COM port on your computer When configuring using the console port you need a computer equipped with communications software configured to the following parameters VT100 terminal emulation 9600 Baud No parity 8 data bits 1 stop bit flow control set to none 20 2 1 Initial Screen When you turn on your ZyXEL Device it performs several internal tests After the tests the ZyXEL Device asks you to press ENTER to continue as shown next ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 237 Chapter 20 Introducing the SMT Figure 160 Initial Screen Bootbase Version V1 05 03 23 2007 11 39 53 RAM Size 32 Mbytes DRAM POST Testing 32608K OK DRAM Test SUCCESS FLASH AMD 32M ZyNOS Version V3 60 AAL 0 b1 04 13 2007 19 40 56 Press any key to enter debug mode within 3 seconds Copyright c 1994 2008 ZyXEL Communications Corp initialize ch 0 ethernet address 00 13 49 DF 42 A8 initialize ch 1 ethernet address
138. W ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 29 Product Specifications Table 110 North American Plug Standards Power Consumption 6 W Max Safety Standards UL CUL UL60950 Third Edition CSA C22 2 No 60950 Table 111 European Plug Standards AC Power Adaptor Model ADS6818 1812 B 1215 Input Power 100 240 Volts AC 50 60 Hz 0 5 A Output Power 12 Volts DC 1 5 A 18 W Power Consumption 6 W Max Safety Standards TUV GS CE EN 60950 Table 112 United Kingdom Plug Standards AC Power Adaptor Model ADS6818 1812 D 1215 Input Power 100 240 Volts AC 50 60 Hz 0 5 A Output Power 12 Volts DC 1 5 A 18 W Power Consumption 6 W Max Safety Standards TUV GS BS EN 60950 Table 113 Australia and New Zealand Plug Standards AC Power Adaptor Model ADS6818 1812 A 1215 Input Power 100 240 Volts AC 50 60 Hz 0 5 A Output Power 12 Volts DC 1 5 A 18 W Power Consumption 6 W Max Safety Standards DOFT AS NZS 60950 AS NZSB 3112 1 2 Power over Ethernet PoE Specifications You can use a power over Ethernet injector to power this device The injector must comply to IEEE 802 3af Table 114 Power over Ethernet Injector Specifications Power Output 15 4 Watts maximum Power Current 400 mA maximum Table 115 Power over Ethernet Injector RJ 45 Port Pin Assignment
139. WA 3160 Series User s Guide 213 Chapter 18 VLAN Figure 125 Management VLAN Configuration Example MVD 10 O Por 1 Perform the following steps in the switch web configurator 1 Click VLAN under Advanced Application Click Static VLAN Select the ACTIVE check box Type a Name for the VLAN ID a c0 N ZyXEL Device Type a VLAN Group ID This should be the same as the management VLAN ID on the 6 Enable Tx Tagging on the port which you want to connect to the ZyXEL Device Disable Tx Tagging on the port you are using to connect to your computer 7 Under Control select Fixed to set the port as a member of the VLAN Figure 126 VLAN Aware Switch Static VLAN VLAN Status ACTIVE iv Name vii VLAN Group ID 10 Port Control Tagging 1 C Normal Fixed C Forbidden TxTagging 2 C Normal Fixed C Forbidden Iv TxTagging 8 Click Apply The following screen displays Figure 127 VLAN Aware Switch VID Active Name Delete 10 Yes VID1 rj 2 Yes 2 r 3 Yes 3 m 4 Yes VLAN4 Dr 5 Yes cth test m 9 Click VLAN Status to display the following screen ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 18 VLAN Figure 128 VLAN Aware Switch VLAN Status c OME VLAN Port Setting Static VLAN The Number Of VLAN 5 Port Number Index VID 2 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 S2 Elapsed Time Status 1 517 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 28 8t Uu di Uu 1 10 U 0 08 28
140. ZyXEL Device generate the certificate and act as the Certification Authority CA itself This way you do not need to apply to a certification authority for certificates Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual enrollment Select Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual enrollment to have the ZyXEL Device generate and store a request for a certificate Use the My Certificate Details screen to view the certification request and copy it to send to the certification authority Copy the certification request from the My Certificate Details screen Section 16 9 on page 191 and then send it to the certification authority Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immediately online Select Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immediately online to have the ZyXEL Device generate a request for a certificate and apply to a certification authority for a certificate You must have the certification authority s certificate already imported in the Trusted CAs screen When you select this option you must select the certification authority s enrollment protocol and the certification authority s certificate from the drop down list boxes and enter the certification authority s server address You also need to fill in the Reference Number and Key if the certification authority requires them Enrollment Protocol Select the certification authority s
141. a aH 9 Ur t9 d lana Eae uk t a Dit iln Rt qtd 103 He suidkco c NU Reri c e o OO 104 Table 27 WMM QOS PriontieS ete 107 Taho 20 Typical Packo SZOS ieia a wad om Dn Calis as 108 Table 29 Automatic Traffic Classifier PEIOFIGS 2 ceca rer ERE dA 2 REDE Ractaceteucaansotaiecsianne RE 108 Table 30 ATC WMM Priority Assignment LAN to WLAN esee 109 Table 31 ATC WMM Priority Assignment WLAN to LAN emm emm 109 Table 32 ToS and IEEE 802 1d to WMM QoS Priority Level Mapping eemmI 110 RENE SS Iun dr DE 111 THE paces I PIL SHI MN P NET NR 112 Table 35 Wireless Access Point NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 sse 113 Table 36 Wireless Access Point NWA S 165 iuis rrt terret ttt ber Set oboe eI rre Seta apa e dea dori 115 Table 37 Wireless Bridge Repeater NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only seem 119 Table 30 Secuniy io e inie ir ari E E E EA 127 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide List of Tables Tape 39 Wireless Deocurib Levels sesioan 128 Table dO WIRELESS gt GECUNY enm Em 129 TABIE 41 Secun WEP t 130 TREA mrss PO TONY e p 131 Table 43 Security 802 1x Static 64 bit 802 1x Static 128 Dit 2 2 ecceccccee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 132 Table 44 Secun WPA A M 133 Table 45 Secunty WPA2 or WPA2MIX a siccssssiassoaniesass secea stndisianusaceneneniasinggsdwidreasanetealisvenniacemanubdl EA 13
142. a esa nt dd aot RS dc d 148 Figure oo WIRELESS gt Layer 2 Ib uus cetuluset eere ud ctu bud eder bula oetee RUP eet ule eter tul ve e FERRI RARER IRA 149 Figure 87 WIRELESS gt Layer 2 Isolation Configuration Screen sse 150 Figure 88 Layer 2 Isolation Example Configuration eeeeeeeeseeeeesee e ennt nan tenant 151 Figure 99 Layer e Isolation Example 1 usce ive per xb ep E EE pMbepPErERH DI Rr EIN Pepe rEP PCR E ERN ETUR EE CPNARRA NN 151 Figure 90 Layer 2 isolation EXOIpIB Z oue Divin Hacen oci n dl on d doses sce Dado es dadas cn np 152 Figure 91 WIRELESS gt MAC FINST scars cca tits aoa guae dr io dades Fe Xba Sota bik sania FIRE debe Suan das ida 152 Figure 92 MAC Address Filter e ites 153 Faure SS Roaming EIT 155 3o 2 rec DERI o 0S 10 SU 156 Figure 95 uro e M 158 Figur 96 ER AP Example utcisxastassauteb en d p po Hebe Hia uc eiie raa pude E EIE I ENARE EE 160 Figurg 37 FPEO P Files nistedusiveqaetistetiottte puse erbllive Saa 161 Figure 9o ROGUE AP DBIEOUEUDEE 12 rci aan o a EFI dot 08 Ro UEM a PL CO FERRARI URL S HL a 162 Figure 99 ROGUE AP gt FROID AP Looiisseeciissnpue ters Earn p aU EIER u Dr Riu e EAE ER n Eri Kl rn eire d ics EGRE add 163 Figure 100 ROGUE AP ROGUE AP ssrin rtv rtt bati EP ae b Pba a tivi ibl a REI Ni Aa 164 Figure TOT Telnet Configuration on a TIPP NetWork 1 2 5 5 d oerte e
143. a service but have applied a filter to block the service then you will not be able to remotely manage the service Enter 11 from menu 24 to display Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control shown next ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 267 Chapter 27 System Maintenance and Information Figure 184 Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control TELNET Server FTP Server SSH Server HTTPS Server HTTP Server SNMP Service DNS Service Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control Port 23 Access ALL Secure Client IP 0 0 0 0 Port 21 Access ALL Secure Client IP 0 0 0 0 Certificate auto generated self signed cert Port 22 Access ALL Secure Client IP 0 0 0 0 Certificate auto generated self signed cert Authenticate Client Certificates No Port 443 Access ALL Secure Client IP 0 0 0 0 Port 80 Access ALL Secure Client IP 0 0 0 0 Port 161 Access AL Secure Client IP 0 0 0 0 Port 53 Access AL Secure Client IP 0 0 0 0 Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to Cancel The following table describes the fields in this menu Table 107 Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control FIELD DESCRIPTION TELNET Server Each of these read only labels denotes a server or service that you may use to FTP Server remotely manage the ZyXEL Device SSH Server HTTPS Server HTTP Server
144. address See your Quick Start Guide If the problem continues contact the network administrator or vendor or try one of the advanced suggestions ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 28 Troubleshooting Advanced Suggestions Try to access the ZyXEL Device using another service such as Telnet If you can access the ZyXEL Device check the remote management settings to find out why the ZyXEL Device does not respond to HTTP If your computer is connected to the WAN port or is connected wirelessly use a computer that is connected to a LAN ETHERNET port e can see the Login screen but cannot log in to the ZyXEL Device 1 Make sure you have entered the user name and password correctly The default password is 1234 This fields are case sensitive so make sure Caps Lock is not on 2 You cannot log in to the web configurator while someone is using the SMT or Telnet to access the ZyXEL Device Log out of the ZyXEL Device in the other session or ask the person who is logged in to log out 3 Disconnect and re connect the power adaptor or cord to the ZyXEL Device 4 Ifthis does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 2 2 on page 44 d I cannot access the SMT See the troubleshooting suggestions for I cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator Ignore the suggestions about your browser e cannot access the ZyXEL Device via the console port
145. ally locate it Note that it is not necessary for a network to have a legitimate wireless LAN component for rogue APs to open the network to an attacker In this case any AP detected can be classified as rogue 13 2 Rogue AP Examples In the following example a corporate network s security is compromised by a rogue AP R set up by an employee at his workstation in order to allow him to connect his notebook computer wirelessly A The company s legitimate wireless network the dashed ellipse B is well secured but the rogue AP uses inferior security that is easily broken by an attacker X running readily available encryption cracking software In this example the attacker now has access to the company network including sensitive data stored on the file server C ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 Rogue AP Figure 96 Rogue AP Example a Internet B ER E s 7 13 2 1 Honeypot Attack Rogue APs need not be connected to the legitimate network to pose a severe security threat In the following example an attacker X is stationed in a vehicle outside a company building using a rogue access point equipped with a powerful antenna By mimicking a legitimate company network AP the attacker tries to capture usernames passwords and other sensitive information from unsuspecting clients A and B who attempt to connect This is known as a honeypot attack If a rogue AP in this scenario has
146. als from different access points overlap causing interference and degrading performance Adjacent channels partially overlap however To avoid interference due to overlap your AP should be on a channel at least five channels away from a channel that an adjacent AP is using For example if your region has 11 channels and an adjacent AP is using channel 1 then you need to select a channel between 6 or 11 RTS CTS A hidden node occurs when two stations are within range of the same access point but are not within range of each other The following figure illustrates a hidden node Both stations STA are within range of the access point AP or wireless gateway but out of range of each other so they cannot hear each other that is they do not know if the channel is currently being used Therefore they are considered hidden from each other ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Appendix B Wireless LANs BS Figure 203 RTS CTS pron CTS Range it ath O nn M Se AR RO AR T a e a a n ma aene P mra Station AP E oss iia k i H Data E Mcr Pi Ce r m BC Ke EH AN Stations A and B do not N 7 pee T Station A gt hear each other They Station B om t m can hear the AP When station A sends data to the AP it might not know that the station B is already using the channel If these two stations send data at the same time collisions may occur when both sets of data a
147. anagement Screens 14 2 Configuring Telnet You can configure your ZyXEL Device for remote Telnet access as shown next The administrator uses Telnet from a computer on a remote network to access the ZyXEL Device Figure 101 Telnet Configuration on a TCP IP Network Nam Click the REMOTE MGNT gt TELNET The following screen displays Figure 102 Remote Management Telnet TELNET FTP www SNMP TELNET Server Port zs Server Access WLAN amp LAN J Secured Client IP Address AIC Selected 0 0 0 0 ESS HA Server Certificate auto_generated_self_signed_cert x See My Certificates Server Port 22 Server Access WLAN amp LAN gt Secured Client IP Address All Selected o 0 0 0 Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 61 Remote Management Telnet LABEL DESCRIPTION TELNET Server Port You can change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Server Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device Access using Telnet Secured A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the Client IP ZyXEL Device using this service Address Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you s
148. and the computer The file name for the firmware is ras and the configuration file is rom 0 rom zero not capital o ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 26 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance Note that the telnet connection must be active and the SMT in CI mode before and during the TFTP transfer For details on TFTP commands see following example please consult the documentation of your TFTP client program For UNIX use get to transfer from the ZyXEL Device to the computer put the other way around and binary to set binary transfer mode 26 3 3 Example TFTP Command The following is an example TFTP command TFTP i host put firmware bin ras 66299 1 where i specifies binary image transfer mode use this mode when transferring binary files host is the ZyXEL Device s IP address put transfers the file source on the computer firmware bin name of the firmware on the computer to the file destination on the remote host ras name of the firmware on the ZyXEL Device Commands that you may see in third party TFTP clients are listed earlier in this chapter ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide System Maintenance and Information This chapter leads you through SMT menus 24 8 and 24 10 27 1 Command Interpreter Mode The Command Interpreter CI is a part of the main system firmware The CI provides much of the same functionality as the SMT while ad
149. anges Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 10 MBSSID and SSID ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Other Wireless Configuration This chapter describes how to configure the Layer 2 Isolation and MAC Filter screens on your ZyXEL Device 11 1 Layer 2 Isolation Introduction Layer 2 isolation is used to prevent wireless clients associated with your ZyXEL Device from communicating with other wireless clients APs computers or routers in a network In the following example layer 2 isolation is enabled on the ZyXEL Device Z in the figure to allow a guest wireless client A to access the main network router B The router provides access to the Internet C and the network printer D while preventing the client from accessing other computers and servers on the network The client can communicate with other wireless clients only if Intra BSS Traffic blocking is disabled BES Intra BSS Traffic Blocking is activated when you enable layer 2 isolation ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Other Wireless Configuration Figure 85 Layer 2 Isolation Application A Internet YY MAC addresses that are not listed in the Allow devices with these MAC addresses table are blocked from communicating with the ZyXEL Device s wireless clients except for broadcast packets Layer 2 isolation does not check the traffic between wireless cli
150. apil Loire b ipn dai ade Lado ne Fei d pe 157 Te adiu deem 157 12 2 1 WAN IF Aare Ss ASS ll ssnin sana 157 rper Ue IP SoNg NET TT 158 Chapter 13 Rogue AP cxpviiendsieco ii e anes delit pvim aM M MM a 159 IET p 159 19 2 PODUE AP HEEXQUEBIGR aiueicsitedadecica eth pad I po oR dad E bbb OUR UU dee cabana EUR bea t td 159 13220 TIONGY ROL FUER NT UTE 160 13 3 Configuring Rogue AP Detection NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only 161 13 3 1 Rogue AP CORMAN ee 162 LERNEN M 162 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 15 Table of Contents Tadeo ORNS ARP LISD ira 163 Chapter 14 R mo te Management THC TING iss sti aa ca pesesssccacenitansairamdednasdevinsasiansatuasadeasbanasaiiiesetoesrietesens 165 14 1 Remote Management NIT re 165 14 1 1 Remote Management Limitations ici scccistecsscicid soscsescsstessetetricsassceecidesssceteiassavveunnes 165 TELZ SRN TIPHOQID etes tart ueri EE hdd boe Reto eias rii EEAO EAE EEES Led i been 165 me as vile LLL eec CET 166 uc iem F TE a 167 om perci ULM WYNN atc pac a D Tea cde tea va aaa 168 TA INA 169 It whore MIBE awe 170 Yd IEEE E UT 171 174 6 SNMP Trap Interface MEEK uuusessiciudeviiiusdadeca i baada teo eb rait Fera xad eduaeduvteddorecasinedere tants 171 146 ESL IS Rue and Ec o pu Um 172 TOL COn SNMP ete Uu T 172 14 6 2 1 The SNMPv3 Use
151. ates are listed in alphabetical order Use the CERTIFICATES screens to manage certificates The internal RADIUS server uses one of the certificates listed in this screen to authenticate each wireless client The exact certificate used depends on the certificate information configured on the wireless client Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate It is recommended that you give each certificate a unique name auto_generated_self_signed_cert is the factory default certificate common to all ZyXEL Devices that use certificates Note It is recommended that you replace the factory default certificate with one that uses your ZyXEL Device s MAC address Do this when you first log in to the ZyXEL Device or in the CERTIFICATES gt My Certificates screen ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Internal RADIUS Server Table 68 Internal RADIUS Server Setting Screen Setting continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Type This field displays what kind of certificate this is REQ represents a certification request and is not yet a valid certificate Send a certification request to a certification authority which then issues a certificate Use the My Certificate Import screen to import the certificate and replace the request SELF represents a self signed certificate SELF represents the default self signed certificate which the ZyXEL Device uses to sign imported trusted remote host cer
152. ation ALTERNATIVE LAST OCTET LAST OCTET SUBNET MASK NOTATION BINARY DECIMAL 255 255 255 0 24 0000 0000 0 255 255 255 128 25 1000 0000 128 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 123 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation continued sumerweek AURA T eene GENSAT 255 255 255 192 26 1100 0000 192 255 255 255 224 27 1110 0000 224 255 255 255 240 28 1111 0000 240 255 255 255 248 29 1111 1000 248 255 255 255 252 30 1111 1100 252 Subnetting You can use subnetting to divide one network into multiple sub networks In the following example a network administrator creates two sub networks to isolate a group of servers from the rest of the company network for security reasons In this example the company network address is 192 168 1 0 The first three octets of the address 192 168 1 are the network number and the remaining octet is the host ID allowing a maximum of 28 2 or 254 possible hosts The following figure shows the company network before subnetting Figure 215 Subnetting Example Before Subnetting J EB EM EN E i i E ii fi I Internet I D i In A li li E lil I i I lil y 192 168 1 0 24 i a m m m m m m m m m m m m You can borrow one of the host ID bits to divide the network 192 168 1 0 into two separate sub networks The
153. ault is public and allows all requests This field is available only when SNMPv1 or SNMPv2 is selected in the SNMP Version field User Profile NWA 3165 Only This field is available only when you select SNMPv3 in the SNMP Version field When sending SNMP v3 traps messages sent independently by the SNMP agent the agent must authenticate the SNMP manager If the SNMP manager does not provide the correct security details the agent does not send the traps The ZyXEL Device has two SNMP version 3 login accounts User and Admin Each account has different security settings You can use either account s security settings for authenticating SNMP traps Select User to have the ZyXEL Device use the User account s security settings or select Admin to have the ZyXEL Device use the Admin account s security settings Use the Configure SNNMPv3 User Profile link to set up each account s security settings ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 14 Remote Management Screens Table 66 Remote Management SNMP LABEL DESCRIPTION Configure SNMPv3 Click this to go to the SNMPv3 User Profile screen where you can configure User Profile administration and user login details NWA 3165 Only SNMP Service Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Service Access Select the inte
154. authtime 1800 wcfg security 4 idletime 3600 wcfg security 4 groupkeytime 1800 wcfg security save wcfg radius 4 name radius rdl wcfg radius 4 primary 172 0 20 38 1812 20 enable wcfg radius 4 backup 172 0 20 39 1812 20 enable wcfg radius save wcfg ssid 4 name ssid wpa wcfg ssid 4 security Test wpa wcfg ssid 4 qos 4 wcfg ssid 4 12isolation disable wcfg ssid 4 macfilter disable wcfg ssid save Wlan Command Configuration File Example This example configuration file uses the wlan command to configure the AP to use the security and SSID profiles from the wc g command configuration file examples and general wireless settings You could actually combine all of this chapter s example configuration files into a single configuration file Remember that the commands are applied in order So for example you would place the commands that create security and SSID profiles before the commands that tell the AP to use those profiles ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix E Text File Based Auto Configuration Figure 223 Wlan Configuration File Example ZYXEL PROWLAN fVERSION 15 wcfg ssid 1 name ssid wep wcfg ssid 1 wcfg ssid 2 wcfg ssid 2 wcfg ssid 2 wcfg ssid 3 name ssid wpapsk wcfg ssid 3 wcfg ssid 4 4 Ww wW wW wW Ww w security name ssid 8021x security Test 8021x radius radius rd lest wep security Test wpapsk name ssid wpa2psk cfg ssid security cfg ssid save
155. auto_generated_self_signed_cert CN NWA3500 CN NWA 3500 SELF Factory Default Factory Default 2000 Jan tt Pea Ma Certificate Certificate 3 nd Details Create Import Delete Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 71 My Certificates LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage Space in Use This bar displays the percentage of the ZyXEL Device s PKI storage space that is currently in use When you are using 80 or less of the storage space the bar is green When the amount of space used is over 80 the bar is red When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates Replace This button displays when the ZyXEL Device has the factory default certificate The factory default certificate is common to all ZyXEL Devices that use certificates ZyXEL recommends that you use this button to replace the factory default certificate with one that uses your ZyXEL Device s MAC address This field displays the certificate index number The certificates are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate It is recommended that you give each certificate a unique name Type This field displays what kind of certificate this is REQ represents a certification request and is not yet a valid certificate Send a certification request to a certification author
156. ave to telnet into the ZyXEL Device again You can use the web configurator or the CI commands to change the inactivity time out period 20 4 Changing the System Password Change the ZyXEL Device s default password by following the steps shown next 1 From the main menu enter 23 to display Menu 23 System Password 2 Type your existing system password in the Old Password field and press ENTER ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Introducing the SMT Figure 163 Menu 23 System Password Menu 23 System Password Old Password New Password Retype to confirm Enter here to CONFIRM or ESC to CANCEL 3 Type your new system password in the New Password field up to 30 characters and press ENTER 4 Re type your new system password in the Retype to confirm field for confirmation and press ENTER Note that as you type a password the screen displays an asterisk for each character you type 20 5 SMT Menu Overview Example The following table gives you an overview of your ZyXEL Device s various SMT menus Table 93 SMT Menus Overview MENUS SUB MENUS 1 General Setup 3 LAN Setup 3 2 TCP IP Setup 22 SNMP Configuration NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only 23 System Password 24 System Maintenance 24 1 System Status 24 2 System Information and 24 2 1 System Information Console Port Spsed 24 2 2 Console Port Speed 24 3 Log and
157. cation Tab SONS uuiisecin niece odes rbi ra d a S Rad 994 Fed RN NIU 338 Rada RS buds 220 Figure T37 Enciypton Tob Seite eL 220 Figure 138 Connection Attributes OGFOGODI cesiwisisccsncssscrccdssssisiessiissinedivinsineddeeseanneannesct dfdesaanendeauveienes 221 Figure 139 RADIUS Attribute Sereen 222 sooxce i eem rtt pa Egan and xac a Ek E RR Kd ac 221 Figure 140 802 Attribute Setting for Tunnel Medium Type eese eee nn nnn nnn 222 Figure 141 VLAN ID Attribute Setting for Tunnel Pvt Group ID ssss 222 Figure 142 VLAN Attribute Setting for Tunnel Type saessssessssseeeerreserernsssessrneernrnneserennenarnnaasnensnneernnnna 223 Figure 143 Completed Advanced Tab cssiswecasevvseunecesrvesteesrvisecsneiurecduervsieciryieseauewasieaaaiersiees 223 Figure 144 Second Rx YLAN ID Example caniomuwi nitro ust dieta ute ado nei bp d t aga 224 Figure 145 Configuring SSID Second Rx VLAN ID Example seccccccsnsscescesensasccsttseesccocsanee ccccssteraacoattneess 225 Figure 146 System SIRIUS me 227 Figure TAT System Status Show Statistics uccisi eon dieti da ln ELA n irn D E e RA IL RR a trace 228 gi dr AS scu O E eae 229 Figure TAS T rie lilac L Saas ere Terre ia pct dat b er apte et dut a rere ret preter er emt RE RR 229 Figure 190 Finmware Upload T TT 230 Figure 191 Firmware Upload In Process e 231 Figure 152 Network Temporarily Disconnected ccccccccccsss
158. ccccccccessnenssssneesseenenenenecenecesececaasasaeanaaneneseeess 68 Table 9 Tutorial SERVER 2 Network Infotmialigl issuer ett RR PEE gra t a E ER LESE qat dee Sortes 71 Ie 10 The Lee UMP o To SEO 76 Table 11 The Management Mode SOIBOD icuccecssizes ces erisese suerte satt tote dde tdt a a a 81 Table 12 AP C ntroller Ihe Status Screen oorr ox qu RR Uo e o nut ento prn area Ebr ode eS 84 Table T3 AP LISE SIUE uosssteic eniro iau oec a i i c n E unas aenean 85 Wee MAP GAUSS dM 85 Pie TARAS 1 60cgc BAUR 86 Table 16 AP AssccHUGR WS 2assigtixiedde PIQUE EH RN EE PR D ERN d ERI m MM MN EMEN iM 87 Tap T Navision Bar Labels 325 31 pr RD vae vents dk bn ER a Pdl ter Doa S ide Da n e e oS 87 Table 18 The Controller gt AP Lists Screen sssssssssssssssssesssesse eene nennen nente nnn en nenne 89 Table 19 The Controller gt AP Lists gt Edit Sere aucussecniixcerseeiisensizabesrds eel t2 ptis aer dea PEE po reto EANA 90 Table 20 The Controller gt COnNGUFAION SOROR iuseesstasstekrr t 3X rEERRITA D pEPRI T ASNE FERREA A ESVE FRE L1X S ER bu SVP PR dI 91 Table 21 The Pronle Edit gt Radic SOFGBIY 25 tito FER EREEEREEEPFEP eS Eae Po RRENER SEE POTSS MER be ese SHEER EE 92 Table 22 The Protile Edito Radio gt Edit Sreem quuisasete ee Hd en rLaa Ir Feb Rx EN E tk chia petu Ei Paesi TII E uade 94 HE ETE MM IN 99 D cse MIri 00 ev 101 Table 25 SYSTEM TREO SONG cake pictis rerb
159. ccccccetsnaccceeetsnaccceeensecdcecetsnneceeetnseaeccetenees 231 Fige Too Fitters Unodd ETO bosenn EHE pd ista dedu EPUM PPM ED tte EO MU UD En RP nn UDIN NEU 232 xl NH Kec m aaa a ni ai 232 Figure 155 Configuration Upload Successful au sseessseesssrsssseerrreensnnnsntennannnnnnnaaarennnaatinnnantenaaannnnaaa 233 Figure 156 Network Temporarily Disconnected sserrsciorsiiissnirikririni nnne bp iv cHLRE OU RREREulS 233 Figure 157 Comiguraton Upload ENOT 2st tiat toi tt UH CCL AE 234 Figure 158 Reset Warming Messag Leer piece dut tix ciat Fd dd t E race Kl b ek RR bade 234 Figure 159 Restart Soroen e 234 igus 160 Wittel SCrse0 em 238 Figure TOT re aay as os lei aaa renee re ron sevi arent tul vene caps sep tub aste Gor ves COH atus 239 Figure TCZ Logini SOGE T 239 Figure 163 Menu 23 System PARSON iius ien pr ke EAM Ex EUH dss unmeutensscanneecalaanaiacedssuiiniuiar ni 240 Foe 104 St M O araia N 242 Foue 1Co Monu T Ganora SEND airsan oan Hr ti doute bomen Ud toda 243 Figure Toe Momu d LAN SORIB 22 ase e Boxe ci iod a toda ian EAD a A KR a d 245 Figure 167 Menu ME IE e 245 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide List of Figures Figure 169 Menu 22 SNMP ConigUratiON uidi roo petii aoa gy rrt gs ha t nd kd tt dada ota 247 a 2o Nt oER c DN 7 1 scicssccncccissccncsentssenenerts sseandeenssneenieias senedeeusseandeeannennideasssemkacuts sede
160. ces are allowed Note If you are using PEAP authentication this password field is limited to 14 ASCII characters in length ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 7 System Screens Table 24 Password LABEL DESCRIPTIONS RADIUS Select the RADIUS server profile of the RADIUS server that is to authenticate management logins to the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device tests the user name and password against the RADIUS server when you apply your settings The user name and password must already be configured in the RADIUS server You must already have a RADIUS profile configured for the RADIUS server see Section 9 11 on page 136 The server must be set to Active in the profile Apply Click Apply to save your changes Reset Click Reset to reload the previous configuration for this screen 7 4 Configuring Time Setting To change your ZyXEL Device s time and date click SYSTEM gt Time Setting The screen appears as shown Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device s time based on your local time zone Figure 59 SYSTEM gt Time Setting General Current Time and Date Time and Date Setup ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 7 System Screens The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 25 SYSTEM gt Time Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Current Time This field displays the time of your ZyXEL Device Each time y
161. cess to a WLAN 9 4 2 Encryption WPA improves data encryption by using Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP Message Integrity Check MIC and IEEE 802 1x Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP uses 128 bit keys that are dynamically generated and distributed by the authentication server It includes a per packet key mixing function a Message Integrity Check MIC named Michael an extended initialization vector IV with sequencing rules and a re keying mechanism TKIP regularly changes and rotates the encryption keys so that the same encryption key is never used twice The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key PMK key to the AP that then sets up a key hierarchy and management system using the pair wise key to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients This all happens in the background automatically The Message Integrity Check MIC is designed to prevent an attacker from capturing data packets altering them and resending them The MIC provides a strong mathematical function in which the receiver and the transmitter each compute and then compare the MIC If they do not match it is assumed that the data has been tampered with and the packet 1s dropped By generating unique data encryption keys for every data packet and by creating an integrity checking mechanism MIC TKIP makes it much more difficult to decode data
162. click Remote Access Policy and select New Remote Access Policy ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 217 Chapter 18 VLAN Enter a Policy friendly name that describes the policy Each Remote Access Policy will be matched to one VLAN Group An example may be Allow VLAN 10 Policy Click Next Figure 132 New Remote Access Policy for VLAN Group Add Remote Access Policy ES Policy Name Specify a hiendy name fcx the policy A Remote Access Poicy iz a set of actions which can he aonled to a group of users meeting ceitain condilions Analogous te mes you can apply to ncoming mail in an a mail application you can specty a cet ct condilions that must be matched for the Remote Access Policy to spol You can then specify actions tn be taken when the condtions are met Policy irisndly name ste VLAN 10 Pelicy ores 2 The Conditions window displays Select Add to add a condition for this policy to act on 3 In the Select Attribute screen click Windows Groups and the Add button Figure 133 Specifying Windows Group Condition Add Remote Access Policy E Conditions Deternine the conditions jo match Speck the condire to mat EET Condkicns Select the type cf atinbute to add ard then click the Add bulton Alinbute ross Name Description Caled StationId Phone number deled by user Caling Statiorld Phere mumber Irom rich call otiginsted Chent Frendiy Name Friendy name for the RADIUS
163. cond Floor Design D o0 00 00 00 00 03 1201 4 WPA Coffee Shop WLAN The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 58 ROGUE AP Friendly AP LABEL DESCRIPTION Add Friendly AP Use this section to manually add a wireless access point to the list You must know the device s MAC address MAC Address Enter the MAC address of the AP you wish to add to the list Description Enter a short explanatory description identifying the AP with a maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters Spaces underscores and dashes are allowed Add Click this button to include the AP in the list Friendly AP List This is the list of safe wireless access points you have already configured This is the index number of the AP s entry in the list MAC Address This field displays the Media Access Control MAC address of the AP All wireless devices have a MAC address that uniquely identifies them SSID This field displays the Service Set IDentifier also known as the network name of the AP Channel This field displays the wireless channel the AP is currently using Security This field displays the type of wireless encryption the AP is currently using Description This is the description you entered when adding the AP to the list Delete Click this button to remove an AP s entry from the list 13 3 3 Rogue AP List This list displays details of all IEEE 802 11a NWA 3160 only and I
164. cond allows you to cycle through the available choices by pressing SPACE BAR Required fields or ChangeMe All fields with the symbol lt gt must be filled in order to be able to save the new configuration All fields with ChangeMe must not be left blank in order to be able to save the new configuration press ENTER N A fields N A Some of the fields in the SMT will show a N A This symbol refers to an option that is Not Applicable Save your ENTER Save your configuration by pressing ENTER at the configuration message Press ENTER to confirm or ESC to cancel Saving the data on the screen will take you in most cases to the previous menu Exit the SMT Type 99 then Type 99 at the main menu prompt and press ENTER to exit the SMT interface After you enter the password the SMT displays the main menu as shown next Not all fields are available in all models ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Introducing the SMT Figure 164 SMT Main Menu Copy Getting Started 1 General Se 3 LAN Setup right c 1994 2008 ZyXEL Communications Corp NWA 3160 Main Menu Advanced Management tup 22 SNMP Configuration 23 System Security 24 System Maintenance 99 Exit Enter Menu Selection Number 20 6 1 System Management Terminal Interface Summary Table 95 Main Menu Summary MENU TITLE DESCRIPTION 1 Ge
165. connector Mini Din 6 pin Antenna Specifications NWA 3160 Two 2dBi Dual Band 2 4 GHz 5 GHz attachable dipole antennas NWA 3163 Two 3dBi 2 4GHz attachable dipole antennas NWA 3165 Three 1 8dBi embedded dipole antennas ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 277 Chapter 29 Product Specifications 278 Table 108 Hardware Specifications SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION Output Power NWA 3160 IEEE 802 11b g 54Mbps 16dBm 24Mbps 17dBm 6Mbps 18dBm 11Mpbs 18dBm IEEE 802 11a 54Mbps 12dBm 24Mbps 12dBm 6Mbps 14dBm 11Mpbs 14dBm NWA 3163 IEEE 802 11b g 54Mbps 20dBm 24Mbps 21dBm 11Mpbs 23dBm 6Mbps 23dBm NWA 3165 IEEE 802 11b Using single antenna 13dBm Using three antennas 17dBm IEEE 802 11g Using single antenna 12dBm Using three antennas 16dBm Error Vector Magnitude EVM 25dBm IEEE 802 11n HT20 Using single antenna 11dBm Using three antennas 15dBm Error Vector Magnitude EVM 28dBm IEEE 802 11n HT40 Using single antenna 7 dBm Using three antennas 11 dBm Error Vector Magnitude EVM lt 28dBm Operating Environment Temperature 5 C 50 C Humidity 1096 90 RH Storage Environment Temperature 25 C 60 C Humidity 5 95 RH Distance between the centers of the holes for wall mounting on the device s back 125 mm Recommended type of screws for wall mounting M4 Tap Screw included see Fig
166. d see Section 11 1 on page 147 and QoS is set to NONE Intra BSS traffic blocking is also enabled see Section 8 1 1 on page 105 These fields are all user configurable ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device 1 3 CAPWAP NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only CAPWAP allows a single access point the AP controller to manage up to eight other access points the managed APs The managed APs receive all their configuration information from the AP controller This includes radio configuration such as the wireless channel to use permitted data rates and so on security profile and SSID profile information The managed APs web configurators are disabled and are managed entirely by the AP controller At the time of writing the NWA 3160 is the only ZyXEL AP model that can be a CAPWAP controller At the time of writing the following ZyXEL AP models can be CAPWAP managed APs e NWA 3160 NWA 3163 NWA 3500 1 4 Ways to Manage the ZyXEL Device Use any of the following methods to manage the ZyXEL Device Web Configurator This is recommended for everyday management of the ZyXEL Device using a supported web browser Command Line Interface Line commands are mostly used for troubleshooting by service engineers SMT NWA 3165 only System Management Terminal is a text based configuration menu that you can use to configure your device Use Telnet to access the SMT FTP for firmware upgrad
167. d DHCP Option 43 SUBNET1 7 7 SUBNET2 pt s EN 4 s P DHCP s s F gt SERVER OPTION 43 CAPWAP I THU I TRAFFIC I M 3 1 I l i AP I CONTROLLER l k STATIC IP pM j MANAGED N N AP N DYNAMIC S ael 0 hs ad o w e o ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Management Mode 5 1 4 Notes on CAPWAP This section lists some additional features of ZyXEL s implementation of the CAPWAP protocol When the ZyXEL Device is in AP controller mode and uses its internal RADIUS server see Chapter 15 on page 177 managed APs also use the ZyXEL Device s authentication server to authenticate wireless clients Only one AP controller can exist in any single broadcast domain e Ifa managed AP s link to the AP controller is broken the managed AP continues to use the wireless settings with which it was last provided 5 2 The Management Mode Screen Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device as a CAPWAP controller NWA 3160 only or managed AP or to use it in its default standalone mode Click MGNT MODE in the ZyXEL Device s navigation menu The following screen displays LES Not all ZyXEL Device models display all the labels in this screen Figure 45 The Management Mode Screen MGNT Mode AP Controller Standalone AP Managed AP Apply Reset The following table describes the labels in th
168. d Trace 1 View Error Log Pleas nter selection 3 Enter 1 from Menu 24 3 System Maintenance Log and Trace and press ENTER twice to display the error log in the system After the ZyXEL Device finishes displaying the error log you will have the option to clear it Samples of typical error and information messages are presented in the next figure Figure 176 Sample Error and Information Messages 55 Sat Jan 1 00 00 00 2000 PP05 ERROR Wireless LAN init fail code 1 56 Sat Jan 00 00 01 2000 PPO7 INFO LAN promiscuous mode 1 57 Sat Jan 00 00 01 2000 PINI INFO Last errorlog repeat 1 Times 58 Sat Jan 00 00 01 2000 PINI INFO main init completed 59 Sat Jan 00 00 02 2000 PP05 WARN SNMP TRAP 3 link up 60 Sat Jan 00 00 30 2000 PSSV WARN SNMP TRAP 0 cold start 61 Sat Jan 00 01 38 2000 PINI INFO SMT Session Begin 62 Sat Jan 00 06 44 2000 PINI INFO SMT Session End 63 Sat Jan 1 00 11 13 2000 PINI INFO SMT Session Begin Clear Error Log y n 25 4 Diagnostic The diagnostic facility allows you to test the different aspects of your ZyXEL Device to determine if it is working properly Menu 24 4 allows you to choose among various types of diagnostic tests to evaluate your system as shown in the following figure Figure 177 Menu 24 4 System Maintenance Diagnostic Menu 24 4 System Maintenance Diagnostic TCP IP 1 Ping Host 2 DHCP Release 3 DHCP Renewal Syste
169. dex number of the AP Select Choose the AP whose Description you want to edit or delete or whose radio profile you want to change IP This is the IP address of the AP MAC Address This is the MAC Media Access Control address of the AP Model This is the model number of the AP Description This is the description you enter for the AP Status This displays whether the AP is currently active Red the AP is not active e Green the AP is active Yellow the AP is upgrading its firmware Edit Choose an AP using the Select field then click this to change the AP s Description or the radio profile it uses The AP Lists Edit screen displays see Section 6 3 2 on page 90 Delete Choose an AP using the Select field then click this to remove the AP from the Managed AP list You cannot remove the ZyXEL Device itself from the list ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 AP Controller Mode NWA 3160 Only Table 18 The Controller gt AP Lists Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Unmanaged Access Points List This section lists the CAPWAP enabled access points in the area that are in managed AP mode but are not currently controlled by the ZyXEL Device Index This is the index number of the unmanaged AP Select Choose the unmanaged AP to have managed by the ZyXEL Device and click Add IP This is the IP address of the unmanaged AP MAC Address pus is the MAC Media Access Control
170. diagnostic purposes ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 251 Chapter 25 System Information and Diagnosis Figure 171 Menu 24 1 System Maintenance Status Menu 24 1 System Maintenance Status 00 15 06 Sat Jan 01 2000 Port Status TxPkts RxPkts Cols Tx B s Rx B s Up Time Ethernet 100M Full 761 366 0 305 192 0 15 01 WLANI 54M 515 0 0 64 0 0 15 04 WLAN2 Down 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 Port Ethernet Address IP Address IP Mask DHCP Ethernet 00 19 CB 1C 08 2A 192 168 1 2 29 9 259 209960 None WLAN1 00 19 CB 1C 08 2A WLAN2 00 00 00 00 00 00 System up Time ZyNOS F W Version V3 60 AAL 0 b1 NWA Series Name 0215209 04 13 2007 Press Command COMMANDS ESC Exit 9 Reset Counters The following table describes the fields present in this menu Table 99 Menu 24 1 System Maintenance Status FIELD DESCRIPTION Port This is the port type Port types are Ethernet WLAN1 and WLAN2 WLAN2 is not supported Status This shows the status of the remote node TxPkts This is the number of transmitted packets to this remote node RxPkts This is the number of received packets from this remote node Cols This is the number of collisions on this connection Tx B s This shows the transmission rate in bytes per second Rx B s This shows the receiving rate in bytes per second Up Time This is the time this channel has been connected to the current remote node
171. ding some low level setup and diagnostic functions Enter the CI from the SMT by selecting menu 24 8 See the included disk or the zyxel com web site for more detailed information on CI commands Enter 8 from Menu 24 System Maintenance A list of valid commands can be found by typing help or at the command prompt Type exit to return to the SMT main menu when finished Use of undocumented commands or misconfiguration can damage the unit and possibly render it unusable Figure 180 Menu 24 System Maintenance Menu 24 System Maintenance System Status System Information and Console Port Speed Log and Trace Diagnostic A C0 NO ES 8 Command Interpreter Mode 10 Time and Date Setting 11 Remote Management Setup Enter Menu Selection Number ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 27 System Maintenance and Information ES Not all commands are available in all models Figure 181 Valid Cl Commands Copyright c Sys ip radius rogueAP NWA 3160 NWA 3160 help or Valid commands are 1994 2008 ZyXEL Communications Corp exit ether wlan bridge bm certificates 8021x radserv wcfg 27 1 1 Command Syntax For example The command keywords are in courier new font Enter the command keywords exactly as shown do not abbreviate The required fields in a command are enclosed in angle brackets lt gt The optional fields in a command are enclosed in s
172. dix B Wireless LANs Determines the network services available to authenticated users once they are connected to the network Accounting Keeps track of the client s network activity RADIUS is a simple package exchange in which your AP acts as a message relay between the wireless client and the network RADIUS server Types of RADIUS Messages The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user authentication Access Request Sent by an access point requesting authentication Access Reject Sent by a RADIUS server rejecting access Access Accept Sent by a RADIUS server allowing access Access Challenge Sent by a RADIUS server requesting more information in order to allow access The access point sends a proper response from the user and then sends another Access Request message The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user accounting Accounting Request Sent by the access point requesting accounting Accounting Response Sent by the RADIUS server to indicate that it has started or stopped accounting In order to ensure network security the access point and the RADIUS server use a shared secret key which is a password they both know The key is not sent over the network In addition to the shared key password information exchanged is also encrypted to protect the network from unauthorized access
173. dress that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh 14 5 SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is a protocol used for exchanging management information between network devices SNMP is a member of the TCP IP protocol suite Your ZyXEL Device supports SNMP agent functionality which allows a manager station to manage and monitor the ZyXEL Device through the network The ZyXEL Device supports SNMP version one SNMPv1 and version two SNMPv2c The NWA 3165 alone also supports version 3 SNMPv3 at the time of writing The next figure illustrates an SNMP management operation BES SNMP is available only if TCP IP is configured ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 14 Remote Management Screens Figure 105 SNMP Management Model MANAGER Managed Device Managed Device Managed Device An SNMP managed network consists of two main types of component agents and a manager An agent is a management software module that resides in a managed device the ZyXEL Device An agent translates the local management information from the managed device into a form compatible with SNMP The manager is the console through which network administrators perform network management functions It executes applications that control and monitor
174. duct specifications for more information on your ZyXEL Device s output power SSID Profile The SSID Service Set IDentifier identifies the Service Set with which a wireless station is associated Wireless stations associating to the access point AP must have the same SSID Select an SSID Profile from the drop down list box Configure SSID profiles in the SSID screen see Section 10 2 on page 142 for information on configuring SSID Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or security settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Enable Spanning Tree Control STP R STP detects and breaks network loops and provides backup links between switches bridges or routers It allows a bridge to interact with other R STP compliant bridges in your network to ensure that only one path exists between any two stations on the network Select this to activate STP on the ZyXEL Device Enable Roaming allows wireless stations to switch from one access point to another as Roaming they move from one coverage area to another Select this to enable roaming on the ZyXEL Device if you have two or more ZyXEL Devices on the same subnet Note All APs on the same subnet and the wireless stations must have the
175. e correct security settings ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device For example you might want to set up a wireless network in your office where Internet telephony Voice over IP or VoIP users have priority You also want a regular wireless network for standard users as well as a guest wireless network for visitors In the following figure VoIP_SSID users have Quality of Service QoS priority SSIDO3 is the wireless network for standard users and Guest_SSID is the wireless network for guest users In this example the guest user is forbidden access to the wired LAN behind the AP and can access only the Internet Figure 5 Multiple BSSs CN Internet LAN 4 5 irr mum um um NS 8 t Guest SSID SSID03 1 2 5 Pre Configured SSID Profiles The ZyXEL Device has two pre configured SSID profiles 1 VoIP SSID This profile is intended for use by wireless clients requiring the highest QoS Quality of Service level for VoIP Voice over IP telephony and other applications requiring low latency The QoS level of this profile is not user configurable See Chapter 8 on page 105 for more information on QoS 2 Guest SSID This profile is intended for use by visitors and others who require access to certain resources on the network an Internet gateway or a network printer for example but must not have access to the rest of the network Layer 2 1solation is enable
176. e 12 34 56 78 9a bc Description Type a name to identify this device Apply Click Apply to save your changes Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh 11 3 1 Layer 2 Isolation Examples The following section shows you example layer 2 isolation configurations on the ZyXEL Device A ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Other Wireless Configuration When configuring remember to select the correct layer 2 isolation profile in the WIRELESS gt SSID gt Edit screen of the relevant SSID profile Figure 88 Layer 2 Isolation Example Configuration 00 00 c5 00 00 66 00 00 c5 00 00 cc B o o 4 i E 7 4 ua G 2 ua V 11 3 1 1 Layer 2 Isolation Example 1 In the following example wireless clients 1 and 2 can communicate with file server C but not access point B or wireless client 3 Enter C s MAC address in the MAC Address field and enter File Server C in the Description field Figure 89 Layer 2 Isolation Example 1 Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter Layer 2 Isolation Configuration Profile Name l2isolationt Allow devices with these MAC addresses Set MACAddress Description _ Set MACAddress Description _ ES 00 00 c5 00 00 66 File Server C FM fo0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 n 00 00 00 00 00 00 EH 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 3 1 2 Layer 2 Isolation Example 2
177. e Channel Usage tab to open the Channel Usage screen to make sure the channel is not already used by another AP or independent peer to peer wireless network To have the ZyXEL Device automatically select a channel click Scan instead Scan Click this button to have the ZyXEL Device automatically scan for and select the channel with the least interference ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 113 Chapter 8 Wireless Configuration Table 35 Wireless Access Point NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 LABEL DESCRIPTION RTS CTS Request To Send The threshold number of bytes for enabling RTS CTS Threshold handshake Data with its frame size larger than this value will perform the RTS CTS handshake Setting this attribute to be larger than the maximum MSDU MAC service data unit size turns off the RTS CTS handshake Setting this attribute to its smallest value 256 turns on the RTS CTS handshake Enter a value between 256 and 2346 Fragmentation The threshold number of bytes for the fragmentation boundary for directed Threshold messages It is the maximum data fragment size that can be sent Enter an even number between 256 and 2346 Output Power Set the output power of the ZyXEL Device in this field If there is a high density of APs in an area decrease the output power of the ZyXEL Device to reduce interference with other APs Select one of the following 100 Full Power 50 25 12 5 or Minimum See the pro
178. e SMT BRUST ass ssssanasdes prb d t ag dq 3E RIP 13 ROG SO siansseaes EH Y Fr 3 atte 240 20 6 1 System Management Terminal Interface Summary sse 242 Chapter 21 EL LIC Ec i ome eM 243 21 1 General I Rev 243 21 1 1 Procedure To Configure Menu T 2st dbi roti ik hada o tt vane 243 Chapter 22 LAN SS jp e 245 VLA EU e 245 22 2 TOPP E DEnet SEUD p 245 Chapter 23 Dh meeiupome e 247 dad MP COM IUO eco aie pedi nu Fea E Pv qub vn Aqua au tpe heut bua ase 247 Chapter 24 System PasSWOLFrGQ sessirnir REREERRSRRS4URDERKYAFARERM SAX RRINKOA asaan niesie 249 NEL INL pM T 249 Chapter 25 System Information and Diagnosis eee eeeeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeene nnt 251 WEST IEC4I M MM 251 De cum P mat A ee ned a ee eee 253 ELM EC ISIPIT UO ER DR DS E LS 253 290417 Gonsole PO SBOEO 1iiuccnesasesuies isaslesetis easi udine eee E ben iS EPA T SR pIME EPIS RU AXE ERRERR 254 2a UNE AT Mr c r 254 PANARu Dude pk TET 254 PAIS coDL sia saris Rate en hana dau an haa od nein Mana oes 255 Chapter 26 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance eese 257 20 1 Filename Conventions eT 257 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Table of Contents 26 2 BCU Ona O P 258 26 2 1 Using the FTP command from the D
179. e a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case it is recommended that you select a network number from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 The Internet Assigned Number Authority LANA reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise You must also enable Network Address Translation NAT on the ZyXEL Device Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address for your ZyXEL Device that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise Private IP Addresses Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address If your networks are isolated from the Internet running only between two branch offices for example you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 You ca
180. e and free of obstructions In point to point application position both antennas at the same height and in a direct line of sight to each other to attain the best performance ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 311 Appendix B Wireless LANs For omni directional antennas mounted on a table desk and so on point the antenna up For omni directional antennas mounted on a wall or ceiling point the antenna down For a single AP application place omni directional antennas as close to the center of the coverage area as possible For directional antennas point the antenna in the direction of the desired coverage area 312 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions In order to use the web configurator you need to allow Web browser pop up windows from your device JavaScripts enabled by default Java permissions enabled by default LES Internet Explorer 6 screens are used here Screens for other Internet Explorer versions may vary Internet Explorer Pop up Blockers You may have to disable pop up blocking to log into your device Either disable pop up blocking enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 or allow pop up blocking and create an exception for your device s IP address Disable pop up Blockers 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Pop up Blocker and then select Turn Off Pop up Blocker Figure 206 Pop up Blocker Mail and News
181. e description of the managed AP either generated automatically or entered by you 802 11 Mode This displays the IEEE 802 11 wireless mode the managed AP is currently using Channel ID This displays the wireless channel number the managed AP is currently using Rx PKT This displays the number of packets transmitted by the managed AP Tx PKT This displays the number of packets received by the managed AP Retry Count This displays the number of times a managed AP tries to resend packets FCS Error Count This displays the number of Frame Check Sequence errors experienced by the managed AP ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 AP Controller Mode NWA 3160 Only Table 14 AP Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION Automatic Refresh Select the frequency with which the ZyXEL Device updates this screen Interval Refresh Click this to update this screen immediately 6 1 3 The AP Association List Screen Use this screen to see information about the wireless clients associated to the APs managed by the ZyXEL Device When the ZyXEL Device is in AP controller mode click Association List in the Status screen The following screen displays Figure 49 AP Association List mer plana i TIT 21 30 qos 00 13 49 00 00 01 AP 0019CB00AAA4 WTPZyXEL13 2000 01 01 Automatic Refresh Interval None Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen
182. e drop down list box to display logs within the selected category To view all logs select All Logs The number of categories shown in the drop down list box depends on the selection in the Log Settings page Time This field displays the time the log was recorded Message This field states the reason for the log Source This field lists the source IP address and the port number of the incoming packet Destination This field lists the destination IP address and the port number of the incoming packet ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Log Screens Table 78 View Log LABEL DESCRIPTION Notes This field displays additional information about the log entry Email Log Now Click Email Log Now to send the log screen to the e mail address specified in the Log Settings page Refresh Click Refresh to renew the log screen Clear Log Click Clear Log to clear all the logs 17 2 Configuring Log Settings S NN To change your ZyXEL Device s log settings click LOGS gt Log Settings The screen appears as shown Use the Log Settings screen to configure to where and when the ZyXEL Device is to send the logs and which logs and or immediate alerts it is to send An alert is a type of log that warrants more serious attention Some categories such as System Errors consist of both logs and alerts You may differentiate them by their color in the View Log screen Alerts are displayed in red and
183. e the TCP IP settings in order to communicate with your network If you manually assign IP information instead of using dynamic assignment make sure that your computers have IP addresses that place them in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN port Windows 95 98 Me Click Start Settings Control Panel and double click the Network icon to open the Network window ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 287 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI Tx NIC 3C905B TX Dial Up Adapter USB Fast Ethernet Adapter Y TCP IP gt 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI T NIC 3C9 Installing Components 288 The Network window Configuration tab displays a list of installed components You need a network adapter the TCP IP protocol and Client for Microsoft Networks If you need the adapter 1 Inthe Network window click Add 2 Select Adapter and then click Add 3 Select the manufacturer and model of your network adapter and then click OK If you need TCP IP 1 Inthe Network window click Add 2 Select Protocol and then click Add 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select TCP IP from the list of network protocols and then click OK If you need Client for Microsoft Networks 1 Click Add 2 Select Client and then click Add 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select Client for Microsoft Networks from the list of network clients and then click OK 5 Re
184. e the receiving antenna 2 Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver 3 Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected 4 Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help fa FCC Radiation Exposure Statement This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter For operation within 5 15 5 25GHz frequency range it is restricted to indoor environment JEEE 802 11b or 802 11g operation of this product in the U S A is firmware limited to channels 1 through 11 To comply with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements a separation distance of at least 20 cm must be maintained between the antenna of this device and all persons c TEX zal TE muy i T WIR ETHER PETERE me SSR RUNE AS RE ES JERSE HT gt ZR AE HANE A ee gt ARE aa SERIE STR SUPRA f FAI GEREBAT UOS o KERN FSP ETRE gt Nee ETHEEISEUS GOHREREESR HH MANA a EKE ae EXE FEAR FES ENR BRATS SAAS eT BLE A
185. e use the IP Address and Shared Secret to authenticate a trusted AP IP Address Type the IP address of the trusted AP in dotted decimal notation Shared Secret Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters no spaces as the key for encrypting communications between the AP and the ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network This key must be the same on the AP and the ZyXEL Device Both the ZyXEL Device s IP address and this shared secret must also be configured in the external RADIUS server fields of the trusted AP Note The first trusted AP fields are for the ZyXEL Device itself Apply Click Apply to save your changes Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh 15 5 Configuring Trusted Users A trusted user entry consists of a wireless client user name and password To configure trusted user entries click AUTH SERVER gt Trusted Users The screen appears as shown ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Internal RADIUS Server Figure 111 Trusted Users Screen Setting Trusted AP Trusted Users Active UserName Password _ EB cC 1 o EN r EEEEEEE ESD D 58 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 EB cC EEENEENEEN EN r tits tt LER OO A E E z E m e Note Password Maximum 14 ASCII characters with PEAP Apply Reset The following table descr
186. e whelher Io grant or deny emate access peimission Add Remote Access Policy Xl User Frofie Specify rhe user mofile You can use a Remote Access Policy eilher group o users er 10 act as a fiter and dery If a user matches the spscilied conditions Grant remole access permission You can now specify the prolila for users who matched the condkions you have spectied Dery remote access permission UN Note Even though pou may have specified thet users should be denied access Ihe profile can still be used if this paicy s condkions are overridden on a per user basie lt Back Finish Cancel 7 The Edit Dial in Profile screen displays Click the Authentication tab and select the Extensible Authentication Protocol check box Select an EAP type depending on your authentication needs from the drop down list box Clear the check boxes for all other authentication types listed below the drop down list box ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 18 VLAN Figure 136 Authentication Tab Settings Dial in Constraints IP Multilink Authentication Encryption Advanced Check the authentication methods which are allowed for this connection v Extensible Authentization Protocol Select the EAP type which is acceptable for this policy MD5 Challenge z Microsoft Encrypted Authentication version 2 MS CHAP v2 Microsoft Encrypted Au
187. ed a at ER 5250MHz 5350MHz HAr APE EZ REC each BRA EAE e ARREN TEN AEREN TEARRE ENEH e Notices Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device has been designed for the WLAN 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz networks throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB 003 du Canada ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix F Legal Information Viewing Certifications 1 Go to http www zyxel com 2 Select your product on the ZyXEL home page to go to that product s page 3 Select the certification you wish to view from this page ZyXEL Limited Warranty ZyXEL warrants to the original end user purchaser that this product is free from any defects in materials or workmanship for a period of up to two years from the date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials ZyXEL will at its discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor and to whatever extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to proper operatin
188. eens that display when the ZyXEL Device is in AP controller mode NWA 3160 only 6 3 1 The AP Lists Screen When the ZyXEL Device is in AP controller mode click CONTROLLER gt AP Lists The following screen displays ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 AP Controller Mode NWA 3160 Only Figure 52 The Controller gt AP Lists Screen AP Lists Configuration Managed Access Points List ees wens ee eae Vcr MWAZISU C 17994 00 19 CB 9C CA DD nep AP LOCAL ES x C 192 168 1 150 00 40 C5 31 60 82 m AP 00A0C5316002 El 192 168 1 152 00 19 CB 00 AA A4 denies AP 0019CBOOAAAS Delete n Managed Access Points List lindex Select __ IP___ MAC Address Model Description 192 168 1 153 00 19 CB AA BB 04 pe aP 0019CBAABBD4 Per NWASI60 anm 1m C 192 168 1 155 00 A0 C5 31 60 04 Footing AP 00A005316004 C 192 168 1 151 00 A0 C5 31 63 01 desc P 00ADC5316301 ES NWA 3160 C 192168 54 00 A0 C5 31 60 06 Miis fap onancss16006 Ada Automatic Refresh Interval None gt Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 18 The Controller gt AP Lists Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Managed Access Points List This section lists the access points currently controlled by the ZyXEL Device This always includes the ZyXEL Device itself Index This is the in
189. el com for global products or at www us zyxel com for North American products ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 337 Appendix F Legal Information ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Customer Support In the event of problems that cannot be solved by using this manual you should contact your vendor If you cannot contact your vendor then contact a ZyXEL office for the region in which you bought the device Regional offices are listed below see also http www zyxel com web contact_us php Please have the following information ready when you contact an office Required Information Product model and serial number Warranty Information Date that you received your device Brief description of the problem and the steps you took to solve it is the prefix number you dial to make an international telephone call Corporate Headquarters Worldwide Support E mail support zyxel com tw Sales E mail sales zyxel com tw Telephone 886 3 578 3942 Fax 886 3 578 2439 Web www zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Park Hsinchu 300 Taiwan China ZyXEL Communications Beijing Corp Support E mail cso zycn zyxel cn Sales E mail sales zyxel cn Telephone 86 010 82800646 Fax 86 010 82800587 Address 902 Unit B Horizon Building No 6 Zhichun Str Haidian District Beijing Web http www zyxel cn China ZyXEL Communica
190. el com my Telephone 603 8076 9933 Fax 603 8076 9833 Web http www zyxel com my Regular Mail ZyXEL Malaysia Sdn Bhd 1 02 amp 1 03 Jalan Kenari 17F Bandar Puchong Jaya 47100 Puchong Selangor Darul Ehsan Malaysia North America Support E mail support zyxel com Support Telephone 1 800 978 7222 Sales E mail sales zyxel com Sales Telephone 1 714 632 0882 Fax 1 714 632 0858 Web www zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Inc 1130 N Miller St Anaheim CA 92806 2001 U S A Norway Support E mail support zyxel no Sales E mail sales zyxel no Telephone 47 22 80 61 80 Fax 47 22 80 61 81 Web www zyxel no Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Nils Hansens vei 13 0667 Oslo Norway Poland E mail info pl zyxel com Telephone 48 22 333 8250 Fax 48 22 333 8251 Web www pl zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications ul Okrzei 1A 03 715 Warszawa Poland Russia Support http zyxel ru support Sales E mail sales zyxel ru Telephone 7 095 542 89 29 Fax 7 095 542 89 25 Web www zyxel ru Regular Mail ZyXEL Russia Ostrovityanova 37a Str Moscow 117279 Russia Document Title Appendix G Customer Support Singapore Support E mail support zyxel com sg Sales E mail sales zyxel com sg Telephone 65 6899 6678 Fax 65 6899 8887 Web http www zyxel com sg Regular Mail ZyXEL Singapore Pte Ltd No 2 International Business Park The Strategy
191. elays to time sensitive applications the AP and the client can store or cache and use information about their previous authentication Select Enable to allow PMK caching or Disable to switch this feature off Pre Pre authentication allows a wireless client to perform authentication with a Authentication different AP from the one to which it is currently connected before moving into the new AP s coverage area This speeds up roaming Select Enable to allow pre authentication or Disable to switch it off Apply Click Apply to save your changes Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless Security Configuration 9 9 6 Security WPA PSK WPA2 PSK WPA2 PSK MIX Select WPA PSK WPA2 PSK or WPA2 PSK MIX in the Security Mode field to display the following screen Figure 79 Security WPA PSK WPA2 PSK or WPA2 PSK MIX Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer Isolation MAC Filter Name security02 Security Mode WPA2 PSK MIX Pre Shared Key ReAuthentication Timer 1800 imseconds O mean no ReAuthentication Idle Timeout 3600 in seconds Group Key Update Timer 1800 in seconds Apply Reset The following table describes the labels not previously discussed Table 46 Security WPA PSK WPA2 PSK or WPA2 PSK MIX LABEL DESCRIPTION Name Type a name to identify this security profile Security Mode
192. elds at their defaults and click Apply 3 2 2 1 Set Up Security for the VoIP Profile Now you need to configure the security settings to use on the VoIP wireless network Click the Security tab ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial Figure 17 Tutorial VoIP Security Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter C index Profile Name Security Mode S 1 p itv MPA PSH security02 security04 fo 5 security05 None 6 security06 None fo 7 security07 None 8 security08 None 9 security09 None w security10 None feo n security11 None e 2 security12 None ECHELLE security13 None o u security14 None fo 5 security15 None 6 security16 None You already chose to use the security02 profile for this network so select the radio button for security02 and click Edit The following screen appears Figure 18 Tutorial VoIP Security Profile Edit Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter Name volP Security Security Mode WPA2 PSK Pre Shared Key ThisismyWPA2 PSKpre sharedkey Idle Timeout 3600 in seconds Group Key Update Timer E 800 inseconds Reset Change the Name field to VoIP Security to make it easier to remember and identify In this example you do not have a RADIUS server for authentication so
193. els in this screen Table 50 Configuring SSID LABEL DESCRIPTION Profile Name Enter a name identifying this profile SSID When a wireless client scans for an AP to associate with this is the name that is broadcast and seen in the wireless client utility Hide Name SSID Select Disable if you want the ZyXEL Device to broadcast this SSID a wireless client scanning for an AP will find this SSID Alternatively select Enable to have the ZyXEL Device hide this SSID a wireless client scanning for an AP will not find this SSID Security Select a security profile to use with this SSID profile See Section 9 9 on page 128 for more information RADIUS Select a RADIUS profile from the drop down list box if you have a RADIUS server configured If you do not need to use RADIUS authentication ignore this field See Section 9 11 on page 136 for more information ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 10 MBSSID and SSID Table 50 Configuring SSID LABEL DESCRIPTION QoS Select the Quality of Service priority for this BSS s traffic Inthe pre configured VoIP SSID profile the QoS setting is VoIP This is not user configurable The VoIP setting is available only on the VoIP SSID profile and provides the highest level of QoS If you select WMM from the QoS list the priority of a data packet depends on the packet s IEEE 802 1q or DSCP header See Section 8 3 1 on page 107 for more
194. em Name Choose a descriptive name for identification purposes This name can be up to 30 alphanumeric characters long Spaces are not allowed but dashes and underscores _ are accepted Domain Name This is not a required field Leave this field blank or enter the domain name here if you know it First Second Third Press SPACE BAR to select From DHCP User Defined or None and press System DNS Server ENTER These fields are not available on all models ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 21 General Setup Table 96 Menu 1 General Setup FIELD DESCRIPTION IP Address Enter the IP addresses of the DNS servers This field is available when you select User Defined in the field above When you have completed this menu press ENTER at the prompt Press ENTER to Confirm to save your configuration or press ESC at any time to cancel ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide LAN Setup This chapter shows you how to configure the LAN on your ZyXEL Device 22 1 LAN Setup This section describes how to configure the Ethernet using Menu 3 LAN Setup From the main menu enter 3 to display menu 3 Figure 166 Menu 3 LAN Setup enu 3 LAN Setup 2 TCP IP Setup Enter Menu Selection Number Detailed explanation about the LAN Setup menu is given in the next chapter 22 2 TCP IP Ethernet Setup Use menu 3 2 to configure your ZyXEL De
195. emeiaieassoorssabiasenedatnecminnnnide 38 To Haridwar CONECTOR Load d eR etre e E eret boten Do rer Rb ep D s Dod 39 UE mE ura E a Mer enn Lares 39 Wek LEDE e 39 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator LieeeeLeeeeeeeeeL ee eLeeeeeeeeee eene nennen nnne nnn 43 2 1 Accessing the Web Configurator 2 eiliss cese rrt eL ta Koen ii Lu Ra Du ERA l E Ur pu i da 43 VN pcc To AEL DEVOE M neem 44 2 2 1 Methods of Restoring Factory Defaults eese nennen nnne 45 23 Navigating the Web Configurator is sass uasa cis cEira a atit aima t idu on dk aa etl da PE D CK HE nd 45 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide LE Table of Contents Chapter 3 WUE AM E ET T E E P T E T T P E PE A A 47 3 1 How to Configure the Wireless LAN asssssersisessssreseeerreserrnsssesnneeernrrnaseeennaaatennannennnenenrnnnaae 47 3 1 1 Choosing the Wireless MOOG m 47 3 1 2 Wireless LAN Configuration Overview cccccceescceceeeesceceeerseeeceeseenseesneeneneeeceeeeneneaae 48 Eo FONE ROO I a 50 3 2 How to Configure Multiple Wireless Networks eese enne nnne nnn nennt 50 3 2 1 Change th Operating Mode Lisa ioci ee radice kp acd en a a E n kl REP Ra LK d 51 3 2 2 Onngure The VOIP NSIWORK Fm 53 2 2 2 1 Set Up Security for the VolP Profile i e eerte ttt nes 54 oie ee
196. en wireless adapters support it otherwise the AP uses long preamble BES The AP and the wireless adapters MUST use the same preamble mode in order to communicate IEEE 802 11g Wireless LAN IEEE 802 11g is fully compatible with the IEEE 802 11b standard This means an IEEE 802 11b adapter can interface directly with an IEEE 802 11g access point and vice versa at 11 Mbps or lower depending on range IEEE 802 11g has several intermediate rate steps between the maximum and minimum data rates The IEEE 802 11g data rate and modulation are as follows Table 116 IEEE 802 119 DATA RATE MBPS MODULATION 1 DBPSK Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed 2 DQPSK Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying 5 5111 CCK Complementary Code Keying 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54 OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Wireless Security Overview Wireless security is vital to your network to protect wireless communication between wireless clients access points and the wired network ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix B Wireless LANs BS Wireless security methods available on the ZyXEL Device are data encryption wireless client authentication restricting access by device MAC address and hiding the ZyXEL Device identity The following figure shows the relative effectiveness of these wireless security methods available on your ZyXEL Device Table 117 Wireless Security Levels
197. ent as E mail Daily Weekly Hourly When Log is Full None If the Weekly or the Daily option is selected specify a time of day when the E mail should be sent If the Weekly option is selected then also specify which day of the week the E mail should be sent If the When Log is Full option is selected an alert is sent when the log fills up If you select None no log messages are sent Day for Sending Log This field is only available when you select Weekly in the Log Schedule field Use the drop down list box to select which day of the week to send the logs Time for Sending Enter the time of the day in 24 hour format for example 23 00 equals 11 00 Log pm to send the logs Clear log after Select the check box to clear all logs after logs and alert messages are sent sending mail via e mail Log Select the categories of logs that you want to record Send Immediate Select the categories of alerts for which you want the ZyXEL Device to Alert immediately send e mail alerts Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Reset Click Reset to reconfigure all the fields in this screen 17 3 Example Log Messages This section provides descriptions of some example log messages Table 80 System Maintenance Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Time calibration is The router has adjusted its time based on information from the time successful server Time
198. ents that are associated with the same AP Intra BSS Traffic allows wireless clients associated with the same AP to communicate with each other 11 2 The Layer 2 Isolation Screen Click WIRELESS gt Layer 2 Isolation The screen appears as shown next ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Other Wireless Configuration Figure 86 WIRELESS gt Layer 2 Isolation Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer Isolation MAC Filter I2isolation 1 OE IZisolation02 Guest Iso I2isolation 4 I2isolation 5 I2isolation 6 I2isolation 7 I2isolation 8 Iisolation09 I2isolation10 I2isolation11 I2isolation12 I2isolation13 I2isolation14 WZisolation5 2isolation16 _ Index Profile Name Es The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 51 WIRELESS gt Layer 2 Isolation LABEL DESCRIPTION Index This is the index number of the profile Profile Name This field displays the name given to a layer 2 isolation profile in the Layer 2 Isolation Configuration screen Edit Select an entry from the list and click Edit to configure settings for that profile 11 3 Configuring Layer 2 Isolation To configure layer 2 isolation click WIRELESS gt Layer 2 Isolation gt Edit The screen appears as shown e If layer 2 isolation is enabled you need to know the MAC address of each wireless client AP computer or router that you want to allow to communicate with t
199. er Memory Modem Monitors Mouse Multiple Users Numbers QuickTime Settings Remote Access Software Update Sound Speech Startup Disk USB Printer Sharing 2 Select Ethernet built in from the Connect via list Figure 197 Macintosh OS 8 9 TCP IP Li TCP IP E camest va Setup Configure Using DHCP Server 3 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP Server from the Configure list DHCF Client ID l IP Address lt will be supplied by server 7 Subnet mask lt will be supplied by server gt Router address lt will be supplied by server gt Name server addr lt will be supplied by server Search comans 4 For statically assigned settings do the following From the Configure box select Manually ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Type your IP address in the IP Address box Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box Type the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in the Router address box 5 Close the TCP IP Control Panel 6 Click Save if prompted to save changes to your configuration 7 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties in the TCP IP Control Panel window Macintosh OS X 1 Click the Apple menu and click System Preferences to open the System Preferences window Figu
200. er Made NVEA 3TOD Only ascccascsscss territori trahat re ette pr rette peu pede rea a rep Ren idan tuu EE n 83 The Web Configurator P 97 SySlom CROSS srair airain 99 Wireless Configuration iss Sec tis sities sith ennn erai iaka SE eE A AEE EAEE rN 105 Wireless Security COnniguration M 123 MESSID and SS aoia A AA 139 iher wireless Connor ION senan NS NAS eo 147 lucis iiante 157 PUE A odes sudes edad tiated cum dan Maa leads Saat fen de vc abEn ruta 159 Remote Management Sroa cponasuixtrpri dax eH RE eH o nex CHE x hu Duae ek ade etn 165 Up l RAUIUS SOET eMe M 177 SoU e E E AE AANE ase EN O NA E Fa EO au adl E E a vue 183 Wire 201 DUET EUN 209 pure p 227 SMT Troubleshooting and Specifications eese 235 ipee fl gem 237 Uu ccu Me 243 BESTIAM ES S A xS 245 SNMP COR DUTIES E o E Eo ET 247 icc 249 System information and Diagnosis 1 a easet bin bb ead eS rh pud Kata d sani RA Ru lr Ep AREA ERR EAR FIDE ER 251 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance 4 eeeieeeeeeeiieenee eese intensities 257 System Maintenance and NIGMHAHON 2 sce en ende o en oda a A RH d
201. er communications For an indoor site each 1 dB increase in antenna gain results in a range increase of approximately 2 5 For an unobstructed outdoor site each 1dB increase in gain results in a range increase of approximately 5 Actual results may vary depending on the network environment Antenna gain is sometimes specified in dBi which is how much the antenna increases the signal power compared to using an isotropic antenna An isotropic antenna 1s a theoretical perfect antenna that sends out radio signals equally well in all directions dBi represents the true gain that the antenna provides Types of Antennas for WLAN There are two types of antennas used for wireless LAN applications Omni directional antennas send the RF signal out in all directions on a horizontal plane The coverage area is torus shaped like a donut which makes these antennas ideal for a room environment With a wide coverage area it is possible to make circular overlapping coverage areas with multiple access points Directional antennas concentrate the RF signal in a beam like a flashlight does with the light from its bulb The angle of the beam determines the width of the coverage pattern Angles typically range from 20 degrees very directional to 120 degrees less directional Directional antennas are ideal for hallways and outdoor point to point applications Positioning Antennas In general antennas should be mounted as high as practically possibl
202. es and configuration backup and restore SNMP The device can be monitored by an SNMP manager See the SNMP chapter in this User s Guide 1 5 Good Habits for Managing the ZyXEL Device Do the following things regularly to make the ZyXEL Device more secure and to manage it more effectively Change the password often Use a password that s not easy to guess and that consists of different types of characters such as numbers and letters Wrte down the password and put it in a safe place Back up the configuration and make sure you know how to restore it Restoring an earlier working configuration may be useful if the device becomes unstable or even crashes If you forget your password you will have to reset the ZyXEL Device to its factory default settings If you backed up an earlier configuration file you won t have to totally re configure the ZyXEL Device you can simply restore your last configuration ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device 1 6 Hardware Connections See your Quick Start Guide for information on making hardware connections 1 6 1 Antennas The ZyXEL Device has two antennas When you are looking at the ZyXEL Device from the front the main antenna is on the left The main antenna can both transmit and receive If you have only one antenna attach it to the connector on the left of the ZyXEL Device Figure 6 Main Antenna ON 17 dn I 1 I
203. es how to use the Security and RADIUS screens to configure wireless security on your ZyXEL Device 9 1 Wireless Security Overview Wireless security is vital to your network to protect wireless communication between wireless stations access points and the wired network Wireless security methods available on the ZyXEL Device are data encryption wireless client authentication restricting access by MAC address and hiding the ZyXEL Device s identity 9 1 1 Encryption Use WPA 2 security if you have WPA 2 aware wireless clients WPA 2 uses either an external RADIUS server or the internal authentication server WPA has user authentication and improved data encryption over WEP Use WPA 2 PSK if you have WPA 2 aware wireless clients but no RADIUS server or do not want to use the internal authentication server f you don t have WPA 2 aware wireless clients then use WEP key encrypting A higher bit key offers better security You can manually enter 64 bit 128 bit or 152 bit WEP keys 9 1 2 Restricted Access The MAC Filter screen allows you to configure the AP to give exclusive access to devices Allow Association or exclude them from accessing the AP Deny Association 9 1 3 Hide Identity If you hide the SSID then the ZyXEL Device cannot be seen when a wireless client scans for local APs The trade off for the extra security of hiding the ZyXEL Device may be inconvenience for some valid WLAN clients 9 1 4 WEP Enc
204. esese 72 2 2 9 Checking OU ICI aadcascudsbean peto no Lor Value Pob iab oco edad con eeu buie T2 2415 2 Testing he Configuration ausiisexccis ode eH ERR HII Ve EPIRI ER e een T2 Chapter 4 D dT Be ely PIENO EA 75 A E E jM mU 75 Chapter 5 Management Mo T a ene 79 SA PRG APR ET 79 5 1 1 CAPWAP Discovery and Management 0 c cccesesccscceseseeeceeeeeescueseeeeee naa 79 5 1 2 CAPWAP and DACP 80 5 19 LAPINAP aad IP URS 1uscspec cti apvet te ARR ASESMRPOL AES E LEEVN RECO GR GO HU ISO OILS CAN 80 5o 54 Boiss ou CAP NAP assensu I E pnt ra tM tM PATE ee HU 81 12 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Table of Contents 54 The Managemnt Moto SOFBBIT 2212 59 1n pOLISERPREC S SUE Rp ER EE FPEM dde EUR 193 Ere HK EH addi 81 Chapter 6 AP Controller Mode NWA 3160 Only eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneee eene ntnn nnn nennen nnn 83 6 1 Status SORES anena dac ibtela dabei aud irs bol e EN 83 6T T6 AP List Sats DONDE uicnsssdicseiriereitecn e Anci o eset beato ebd ieir AE 84 62 ag AP Skatot SCEN araisa cas bti ba ps DAR aU ANM I DU E EBIMUD MEE SEX RR Kot ND Rada 85 6 1 3 The AP Association LIStUSCeell Cerisaie rre NS HERE VI IN ERR PAIR RERO M ERN ER EDIIAA 86 ETA The SSID information See Lsi ee nde e Hr a b vd dun 86 Bi O BB uod ouium tel Ma ce ha iT Meat Dadi 87 o2 Ibeconioller SEGERS onreine cacti Ea n E 88 6T TRAP LISS SEGER iinn AEA E A RIoK uetia Ra RN 88 6 3 2 The AP Liste Edit Sree oraine
205. esses Each SSID profile can reference one MAC filter profile The ZyXEL Device provides 16 MAC Filter profiles each of which can hold up to 32 MAC addresses Click WIRELESS gt MAC Filter The screen displays as shown Figure 91 WIRELESS gt MAC Filter Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MACFilter Index Profile Name FilterAction ECCE macfilter01 Deny Association macfilter 2 Deny Association macfilter 3 Deny Association macfilter 4 Deny Association macfilter 5 Deny Association macfilter G Deny Association macfilter 7 Deny Association macfilter08 Deny Association macfilter09 Deny Association macfilter10 Deny Association macfilter11 Deny Association macfilter12 Deny Association macfilter13 Deny Association macfilter14 Deny Association macfilter15 Deny Association macfilter16 Deny Association Edit 152 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Other Wireless Configuration The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 53 WIRELESS gt MAC Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Index This is the index number of the profile Profile Name This field displays the name given to a MAC filter profile in the MAC Filter Configuration screen Edit Select an entry from the list and click Edit to configure settings for that profile 11 4 4 Configuring MAC Filtering To change yo
206. et ae Tee E I S E ve ait a nmmmm9 x m numamnuem ESS An Extended Service Set ESS consists of a series of overlapping BSSs each containing an access point with each access point connected together by a wired network This wired connection between APs is called a Distribution System DS This type of wireless LAN topology is called an Infrastructure WLAN The Access Points not only provide communication with the wired network but also mediate wireless network traffic in the immediate neighborhood An ESSID ESS IDentification uniquely identifies each ESS All access points and their associated wireless clients within the same ESS must have the same ESSID in order to communicate ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix B Wireless LANs Figure 202 Infrastructure WLAN Ethernet wow ORE Se S E x mE MUS NUN de ae ne ITI SmSm oe Sy B p ER usua B 7 N L E Li A SS 4 EN N S Ed NC e gt s BSS 1 Po I t Ss o ort tee n c ort PEE i ni Ee ird npa Met E E e enert Channel A channel is the radio frequency ies used by IEEE 802 11a b g wireless devices Channels available depend on your geographical area You may have a choice of channels for your region so you should use a different channel than an adjacent AP access point to reduce interference Interference occurs when radio sign
207. etwork LAN MAC This displays the MAC Media Access Control address of the ZyXEL Device on the LAN Every network device has a unique MAC address which identifies it across the network WLAN MAC This displays the MAC address of the wireless module ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Status Screens Table 10 The Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION System Resources Flash This field displays the amount of the ZyXEL Device s flash memory currently in use The flash memory is used to store firmware and SSID profiles Memory This field displays what percentage of the ZyXEL Device s volatile memory is currently in use The higher the memory usage the more likely the ZyXEL Device is to slow down Some memory is required just to start the ZyXEL Device and to run the web configurator CPU This field displays what percentage of the ZyXEL Device s processing ability is currently being used The higher the CPU usage the more likely the ZyXEL Device is to slow down WLAN Associations This field displays the number of wireless clients currently associated with the wireless module Each wireless module supports up to 128 concurrent associations Interface Status Interface This column displays each interface of the ZyXEL Device Status This field indicates whether or not the ZyXEL Device is using the interface For each interface this field displays Up when the ZyXEL Device is using the i
208. etwork for guests to your office your primary concern is to keep your network secure while allowing access to certain resources such as a network printer or the Internet For this reason the pre configured Guest_SSID profile has layer 2 isolation and intra BSS traffic blocking enabled by default Layer 2 isolation means that a client accessing the network via the Guest_SSID profile can access only certain pre defined devices on the network see Section 11 1 on page 147 and intra BSS traffic blocking means that the client cannot access other clients on the same wireless network see Section 8 1 1 on page 105 Click WIRELESS gt SSID Select Guest_SSID s entry in the list and click Edit The following screen appears ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial Figure 21 Tutorial Guest Edit Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter Profile Name Guest SSID SSID Guest SSID Example Hide Name SSID Disable Security security03 RADIUS radius QoS NONE L2 Isolation l2isolationg1 gt Intra BSS Traffic blocking Enable 7 MAC Filtering Disable Apply Reset e Choose a new SSID for the guest network In this example enter Guest_SSID_Example Note that although the SSID changes the SSID profile name Guest_SSID remains the same as before Select Disable from the Hide Name SSID list box This makes it easier for guests to co
209. evice to Log Use the sys logs load command to load the log setting buffer that allows you to configure which logs the ZyXEL Device is to record Use sys logs category followed by a log category and a parameter to decide what to record Table 83 Log Categories and Available Settings LOG CATEGORIES AVAILABLE PARAMETERS error 0 1 2 3 mten 0 1 Use 0 to not record logs for that category 1 to record only logs for that category 2 to record only alerts for that category and 3 to record both logs and alerts for that category Use the sys logs save command to store the settings in the ZyXEL Device you must do this in order to record logs 17 4 2 Displaying Logs Usethe sys logs display command to show all of the logs in the ZyXEL Device s log Usethe sys logs category display command to show the log settings for all of the log categories Use the sys logs display log category command to show the logs in an individual ZyXEL Device log category Use the sys logs clear command to erase all of the ZyXEL Device s logs ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Log Screens 17 5 Log Command Example This example shows how to set the ZyXEL Device to record the error logs and alerts and then view the results ras gt ras gt ras gt ras gt sys sys sys sys logs logs logs logs time 11771 2002 VST O12 L726 224 3 3 8028 L397 load category error 3 save display access sou
210. evice uses RSA encryption and the length of the key set in bits 1024 bits for example Subject Alternative Name This field displays the certificate s owner s IP address IP domain name DNS or e mail address EMAIL Key Usage This field displays for what functions the certificate s key can be used For example DigitalSignature means that the key can be used to sign certificates and KeyEncipherment means that the key can be used to encrypt text Basic Constraint This field displays general information about the certificate For example Subject Type CA means that this is a certification authority s certificate and Path Length Constraint 1 means that there can only be one certification authority in the certificate s path CRL Distribution Points This field displays how many directory servers with Lists of revoked certificates the issuing certification authority of this certificate makes available This field also displays the domain names or IP addresses of the servers MD5 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the MD5 algorithm You cannot use this value to verify that this is the remote host s actual certificate because the ZyXEL Device has signed the certificate thus causing this value to be different from that of the remote host s actual certificate See Section 16 3 on page 184 for how to verify a remote host s certificate before you im
211. eway Take the following steps to configure the SERVER 1 network 1 Log into the ZyXEL Device s Web Configurator and click WIRELESS gt SSID The following screen displays showing the SSID profiles you already configured Figure 36 Tutorial SSID Pro file Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter SERVER 1 Hes dup REGIE EX EXE VoIP SSID ZyXELO1 security 1 Disable T L Guest SSID security01 g SERVER_1 security03 radius01 L SERVER 2 security 4 Disable DES ssp security03 radius 1 Disable Disable DES ssp ZyXELO6 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable DEA sso ZyXELO7 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable DEJ ssivos ZyXELO8 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable DEJ sso ZyXELO9 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable DEJ ssn ZyXEL10 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable DEB ssn ZyXEL11 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable DE sso ZyXEL12 securit radius01 NONE Disable Disable DES ssi ZyXEL13 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable DES ssou ZyXEL14 securi radius01 NONE Disable Disable DES ssis ZyXEL15 securit radius01 NONE Disable Disable DES sso ZyXEL16 securit radius01 NONE Disable Disable 2 Select SERVER_1 s entry and click Edit The following screen disp
212. fter you press ENTER prompting you to enter the password as shown below For your first login enter the default password 1234 As you type the password the screen displays an X for each character you type ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 20 Introducing the SMT ES Whether or not you use administrator authentication on RADIUS you still use the local system password to log in via the console port Please note that if there is no activity for longer than five minutes after you log in your ZyXEL Device will automatically log you out and display a blank screen If you see a blank screen press ENTER to bring up the login screen again Figure 161 Password Screen Enter Password XXXX 20 3 Connect to your ZyXEL Device Using Telnet The following procedure details how to telnet into your ZyXEL Device 1 In Windows click Start usually in the bottom left corner Run and then type telnet 192 168 1 2 the default IP address and click OK 2 For your first login enter the default password 1234 As you type the password the screen displays an asterisk for each character you type Figure 162 Login Screen Password xxxx 3 After entering the password you will see the main menu Please note that if there is no activity for longer than five minutes default timeout period after you log in your ZyXEL Device will automatically log you out You will then h
213. functioning properly it is highly recommended that you back up your configuration file before making configuration changes The backup configuration file will be useful in case you need to return to your previous settings Click Backup to save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to your computer E ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 19 Maintenance 19 6 2 Restore Configuration Restore configuration allows you to upload a new or previously saved configuration file from your computer to your ZyXEL Device Table 92 Restore Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed ZIP files before you can upload them Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process lt gt Do not turn off the ZyXEL Device while configuration file upload is in progress After you see a restore configuration successful screen you must then wait one minute before logging into the ZyXEL Device again Figure 155 Configuration Upload Successful Restore Configuration successful The Device Is Rebooting Now Please Wait After the device finishes rebooting the login screen displays The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In
214. g condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal or higher value and will be solely at the discretion of ZyXEL This warranty shall not apply if the product has been modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions Note Repair or replacement as provided under this warranty is the exclusive remedy of the purchaser This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties express or implied including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose ZyXEL shall in no event be held liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind to the purchaser To obtain the services of this warranty contact ZyXEL s Service Center for your Return Material Authorization number RMA Products must be returned Postage Prepaid It is recommended that the unit be insured when shipped Any returned products without proof of purchase or those with an out dated warranty will be repaired or replaced at the discretion of ZyXEL and the customer will be billed for parts and labor All repaired or replaced products will be shipped by ZyXEL to the corresponding return address Postage Paid This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights that vary from country to country Registration Register your product online to receive e mail notices of firmware upgrades and information at www zyx
215. g the computers in LAN 1 to connect to the computers in LAN 2 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless Configuration Figure 65 Bridging Example A m 07 4 LN D Be careful to avoid bridge loops when you enable bridging in the ZyXEL Device Bridge loops cause broadcast traffic to circle the network endlessly resulting in possible throughput degradation and disruption of communications The following examples show two network topologies that can lead to this problem Iftwo or more ZyXEL Devices in bridge mode are connected to the same hub Figure 66 Bridge Loop Two Bridges Connected to Hub AP Bridge f your ZyXEL Device in bridge mode is connected to a wired LAN while communicating with another wireless bridge that is also connected to the same wired LAN ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless Configuration Figure 67 Bridge Loop Bridge Connected to Wired LAN Ethernet To prevent bridge loops ensure that you enable STP in the Wireless screen or your ZyXEL Device is not set to bridge mode while connected to both wired and wireless segments of the same LAN To have the ZyXEL Device act as a wireless bridge only click WIRELESS gt Wireless and select Bridge Repeater as the Operating Mode Figure 68 Wireless Bridge Repeater NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only Bridge Repeater Channe 06 2437MHz 346 Active Remote
216. gs screen 314 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix C Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions Figure 208 Internet Options Privacy Internet Options PR Settings Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet MER zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable tj information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing Block pop ups 3 Type the IP address of your device the web page that you do not want to have blocked with the prefix http For example http 192 168 167 1 4 Click Add to move the IP address to the list of Allowed sites Figure 209 Pop up Blocker Settings Pop up Blocker Settings Exceptions Pop ups are currently blocked You can allow pop ups from specific Web sites by adding the site to the list below Address of Web site to allow http 192 168 1 1 Allowed sites Notifications and Filter Level Play a sound when a pop up is blocked Show Information Bar when 4 pop up is blocked Filter Level Medium Block most automatic pop ups Pop up Blocker FAG ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix C Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions
217. gs sf cet aed ts hea t o etu pui Mn EEEE ou ep KENARA E 65 Figure 39 Tutorial Example NetWOrK A 67 Pigurd 3b Tutorial SSID PORE senide EEEN 69 Foe ar moarne soll E i ETT 70 Figure 30 Tutorial Layer 2 Isolation Edit T 70 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide List of Figures Figure 39 Tutorial MAG Filler Edit SERVER 1 sxccivssssonnsvesiiseniseiesnnosessnsdsnnonvesddusndaaienionascaennannnicasddneisas 71 Figure 40 Tutorial SSID Profiles Activated 2uussescecet cost teta tr mrk Cote k EFL eI snsaiioidssrsidonmansacinandsnisiteassnecdin 72 Figure 41 Tutorial SSID Tab Correct Settings arcc cecinere ker ennaii 72 EcL TE Sigs O A AA 76 Figure 43 CAP WAP il Suc ti 79 Figure 44 CAPWAP and DHCP ODEOPI AS sccccscscrssssttsssncccsdsaueegesasictencecadaenshgecsesasnncsoess aust jeceeaeeneconaeneusias 80 Figure 45 The Management Mode Screen Luisa retta koh ka ER had KR ka ak E RR ERA RR KHAI E ERR 81 Figure 46 AFP Controller the Status Screen 12ccsu pi cirerponi per Ee REr dede rev EUDE pA FE EE DERE EPKODEREEE FREUE ERE ERE PU DEBAERE BUE 83 Ro trW c dB mm 84 Foure do ee MR RUN es decease Seti Peas pavet bu eU du eu bep esso tam ol teu ide X UA Repub 85 Figure 49 AP ASSoGaton Lisi P 86 Powe SOSS AOT oaii S 87 gs xa Sas alice oem ONKS Pet tree ete tree tented N 87 Figure 52 The Controller gt AP Lists SOIDOIT 141 sciicsesi
218. gt Trusted Users screen The following figure shows how this is done in two phases ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Internal RADIUS Server Figure 109 Trusted AP Overview ZyXEL RADIUS Server Trusted APs 2 Wireless clients L1 _ o o n n 1 Configure an IP address and shared secret in the Trusted AP database to authenticate an AP as a trusted AP 2 Configure wireless client user names and passwords in the Trusted Users database to use a trusted AP as a relay between the ZyXEL Device s internal RADIUS server and the wireless clients The wireless clients can then be authenticated by the ZyXEL Device s internal RADIUS server 15 4 Configuring Trusted AP To specify trusted APs click the AUTH SERVER link under ADVANCED and then the Trusted AP tab The screen appears as shown ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Internal RADIUS Server Figure 110 Trusted AP Screen Setting Trusted AP Trusted Users Active IP Address Shared Secret DUM ES m 0 0 0 0 ES a 0 0 0 0 I E 0 0 0 I ES a 0 0 0 I z E 0 0 0 E al 0 0 0 0 ES a 0 0 0 0 Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 69 Trusted AP LABEL DESCRIPTION This field displays the trusted AP index number Active Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Devic
219. guration list The options are Basic 1 11 Mbps only Clients can always connect to the access point at this speed Optional Clients can connect to the access point at this speed when permitted to do so by the AP Disabled Clients cannot connect to the access point at this speed Select SSID Profile Use this section to choose the SSID profile or profiles you want access points using this radio profile to use Each AP can use multiple SSID profiles simultaneously Configure SSID profiles in the Profile Edit gt SSID screens Index This is the SSID profile s index number Active Select this to use the SSID profile selected in the Profile field Profile Select the profile you want to use Ensure that you also select the Active box Enable Antenna Diversity Select this to have access points using this radio profile use antenna diversity where available Antenna diversity uses multiple antennas to reduce signal interference ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 AP Controller Mode NWA 3160 Only Table 22 The Profile Edit gt Radio gt Edit Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click this to save your changes Reset Click this to reload the previous configuration for this screen ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 AP Controller Mode NWA 3160 Only ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide PART II The Web Configura
220. hannel with the lowest interference RTS CTS Threshold The threshold number of bytes for enabling RTS CTS handshake Data with a frame size larger than this value will perform the RTS CTS handshake Setting this attribute to be larger than the maximum MSDU MAC service data unit size turns off the RTS CTS handshake Setting this attribute to its lowest value 256 turns on the RTS CTS handshake Enter a value between 256 and 2346 Fragmentation Threshold The threshold number of bytes for the fragmentation boundary for directed messages It is the maximum data fragment size that can be sent Enter an even number between 256 and 2346 Output Power Set the output power of the ZyXEL Device in this field If there is a high density of APs in an area decrease the output power to reduce interference with other APs Select one of the following 100 Full Power 50 25 12 5 or Minimum See the product specifications for more information on your ZyXEL Device s output power Select SSID Profile An SSID profile is the set of parameters relating to one of the ZyXEL Device s BSSs The SSID Service Set IDentifier identifies the Service Set with which a wireless station is associated Wireless stations associating with the access point AP must have the same SSID Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or security settings yo
221. hapter 28 TroubleshooHng uiui cis odere fe EAE PRI CEEPFL a alia RUNE I RRM DM ANI E I DER 271 28 1 Power Hardware Connections and LEDS 15 5 5 rtt ert Fa ae ts ai rt zr1 20 2 ZyXEL Device Access and LGW iiiuaesaceuc cipe t titu Rope ndi Lira Ln REX EIL ERR XX RUE d RA EU LEER 272 28 9 nemel ACCESS T 274 29 4 Wireless Router AP Troubleshooting ico sert roh rex n Rada o x bao nes nate 275 Chapter 29 Product SGC ICA ONS m T 277 Part IV Appendices and Index sscccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeeeseees 285 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address ccccccccececcceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeens 287 Popon B VIPSIeSS LANS aieo n E e eR ERE eio beo et cad ADR IK d tx be IM EME 299 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Table of Contents Appendix C Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions c cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 413 Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting sssssssssssseee ee 319 Appendix E Text File Based Auto Configuration sssssssse HR 327 Appendix F Legal TRS arc le a ee 335 Appendix G Customer Support ccccccccccccccecccecceccccecceeccececececeeceeceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeerenss 339 i m ee ner M M R 345 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide List of Figures List of Figures Figure T Access Paint ADDICHINEND e
222. hapter 6 AP Controller Mode NWA 3160 Only The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 13 AP List Status LABEL DESCRIPTION AP Description This is the description of the managed AP either generated automatically or entered by you Model This is the managed AP s model number Radio MAC This is the MAC Media Access Control address of the managed AP s wireles adapter 802 11 Mode This displays the IEEE 802 11 wireless mode the managed AP is currently using Channel ID This displays the wireless channel number the managed AP is currently using SSID List This displays the SSID Service Set IDentifier that the managed AP is currently using VLAN This displays the VLAN ID Virtual LAN IDentifier assigned to this managed AP Stations This displays the number of wireless clients currently associated with the managed AP 6 1 2 The AP Statistics Screen Use this screen to statistics relating to the APs managed by the ZyXEL Device When the ZyXEL Device is in AP controller mode click AP Statistics in the Status screen The following screen displays Figure 48 AP Statistics AP Description 802 11 mE Rx PKT TxPKT cum Local AP 802 11b g KM 3528 5062 Automatic Refresh Interval Refresh None The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 14 AP Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION AP Description This is th
223. he ZyXEL Device s wireless clients ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Other Wireless Configuration Figure 87 WIRELESS gt Layer 2 Isolation Configuration Screen Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter Layer 2 Isolation Configuration Profile Name izisolationd1 Allow devices with these MAC addresses Set MAC Address_ Description _ Set _MACAddress_ Description _ 00 00 0 0 00 00 c N N Apply Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 52 WIRELESS gt Layer 2 Isolation Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Profile Name Type a name to identify this layer 2 isolation profile Allow devices with These are the MAC address of a wireless client AP computer or router A these MAC wireless client associated with the ZyXEL Device can communicate with another addresses wireless client AP computer or router only if the MAC addresses of those devices are listed in this table Set This is the index number of the MAC address MAC Address Type the MAC addresses of the wireless client AP computer or router that you want to allow the associated wireless clients to have access to in these address fields Type the MAC address in a valid MAC address format six hexadecimal character pairs for exampl
224. he device to finish restarting This should take about two minutes To access the device after a successful firmware upload you need to login again Check you new firmware version in the system status menu The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 152 Network Temporarily Disconnected do Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged After two minutes log in again and check your new firmware version in the System Status screen If the upload was not successful the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the F W Upload screen ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 231 Chapter 19 Maintenance Figure 153 Firmware Upload Error 19 6 Configuration Screen See Chapter 26 on page 257 for information on how to transfer configuration files using FTP TFTP commands Click MAINTENANCE gt Configuration Information related to factory defaults backup configuration and restoring configuration appears as shown next Figure 154 Configuration Status Association List Channel Usage FAN Upload Backup Configuration Restore Configuration Back to Factory Defaults 19 6 1 Backup Configuration Backup configuration allows you to back up save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to a file on your computer Once your ZyXEL Device is configured and
225. he local area See NWA 3160 and Section 13 3 3 on page 163 NWA 3163 only ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 4 Status Screens ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Management Mode This chapter discusses the MGNT MODE Management Mode screen NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only This screen determines whether the ZyXEL Device is used in its default standalone mode or as part of a CAPWAP Control And Provisioning of Wireless Access Points network 5 1 About CAPWAP The NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 support CAPWAP Control And Provisioning of Wireless Access Points This is ZyXEL s implementation of the IETF s Internet Engineering Task Force CAPWAP protocol RFC 4118 The CAPWAP dataflow is protected by DTLS Datagram Transport Layer Security The following figure illustrates a CAPWAP wireless network You U configure the AP controller C which then automatically updates the configurations of the managed APs M1 M4 Figure 43 CAPWAP Network Example DHCP SERVER TT et M1 M2 M3 M4 4 a a oon un Dm ta ln e E n 5 1 1 CAPWAP Discovery and Management The link between CAPWAP enabled access points proceeds as follows 1 An AP in managed AP mode joins a wired network receives a dynamic IP address ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Management Mode 2 The AP sends out a management request looking for an AP in CAPWAP AP controller mode 3 Ifthere is
226. hernet Adapter This connection uses the following items ivi I amp Client for Microsoft Networks vi 8 File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks Vi E QoS Packet Scheduler Internet Protocol TCP IP Description Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks C Show icon in notification area when connected 5 The Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window opens the General tab in Windows XP f you have a dynamic IP address click Obtain an IP address automatically f you have a static IP address click Use the following IP Address and fill in the IP address Subnet mask and Default gateway fields Click Advanced ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 194 Windows XP Advanced TCP IP Settings Advanced TCP IP Settings PR IF Settings DNS IP addresses IP address DHCP Enabled Default gateways Gateway Automatic metric WINS Options Subnet mask Metric Add 6 Ifyou do not know your gateway s IP address remove any previously installed gateways in the IP Settings tab and click OK Do one or more of the following if you want to configure additional IP addresses In the IP Settings tab in IP addresses click Add In TCP IP Address type an IP address in IP address and a s
227. his port RxPkts This is the number of received packets on this port Collisions This is the number of collisions on this port Tx B s This shows the transmission speed in bytes per second on this port Rx B s This shows the reception speed in bytes per second on this port Up Time This is total amount of time the line has been up Poll Interval s Enter the time interval for refreshing statistics Set Interval Click this button to apply the new poll interval you entered above Stop Click this button to stop refreshing statistics 19 3 Association List View the wireless stations that are currently associated with the ZyXEL Device in the Association List screen Click MAINTENANCE gt Association List to display the screen as shown next ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 19 Maintenance Figure 148 Association List Stations Status Association List Channel Usage FAW Upload Configuration Restart Index MAC Address EN AssociationTime__ SSID Signal 001 00 12 0 0 dc b3 06 00 5920000101 ZyXELO1 54 Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 89 Association List LABEL DESCRIPTION Stations Index This is the index number of an associated wireless station MAC Address This field displays the MAC address of an associated wireless station Association Time This field displays the time a wireless station first associated with
228. i ond e od e aea 166 Figure 102 Remote Management Telnet sdscincsteiceaencssinaaiccietadadacss trigedincs ape Ns 166 Figure TOS Remote Managemenb FTP 22 5 eee epp taut tbte sura abt aba Spp inne ddan etl MPee eS EL dPRRIG abba 2 qENS RETE 167 Figure 104 Remote Management WWW uuu eee senate nackt datu kara ES R n RE KU VERE ER EA Ra ka sina 168 Figure 105 SNMP Management Model sensessnanensrisninid tr Ni EN EPRM ET I rtr pR REPE E bDM PEE ERES 170 Figure 106 Remote Management SNMP 4 scisese es sspe cuta hood Le Poeti Edda e ode oci x ERROR ERR RU 173 Figure 107 Remote Management SNMPv3 User Profile ccccsseceeceeeeseceeeeenseneeceeeenseeeeeneneneeee 174 Figure 108 Internal RADIUS Server Setting Screen ieesessciessesess esee itane cesa bb ad aaa nua ee 178 Figure TOS Trusted AF Orie issssconedaarpdq debent a eoa a aee REFUS HH SUR UA UA URL HR AR dal 180 zo S HIC cleri aprann 181 Figure TIT Trusted Users eer c E 182 Figure 112 Certificates on Your Computer sees imei theta n nanira n nama SN annaa Eana NR FRA ERR RA 184 zs TR uec eR 185 zc XS cie 186 Figure 119 My Ceriicate IMPO emer 188 Figure 116 My Cerificate Creole f sinirinin i n anaE AN N Ai 189 Fowe TU My Conliieals DAAE PN m 192 SCDLCNGONDI BE et 194 Figure TIO Trusted GA DOE 2uusesssstesazescesuutasssetunbtasusccabs doisccnnaaenss deans sPPic SEE MuR SEE Pu R PeS EBD APER SLM da pd EEbP S 196 Fig
229. ibes the labels in this screen Table 70 Trusted Users LABEL DESCRIPTION This field displays the trusted user index number Active Select this check box to have the ZyAIR authenticate wireless clients with the same user name and password activated on their wireless utilities User Name Enter the user name for this user account This name can be up to 31 alphanumeric characters long including spaces The wireless client s utility must use this name as its login name Password Type a password up to 31 ASCII characters for this user profile Note that as you type a password the screen displays a for each character you type The password on the wireless client s utility must be the same as this password Note If you are using PEAP authentication this password field is limited to 14 ASCII characters in length Apply Click Apply to save your changes Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Certificates This chapter gives background information about public key certificates and explains how to use them 16 1 Certificates Overview The ZyXEL Device can use certificates also called digital IDs to authenticate users Certificates are based on public private key pairs A certificate contains the certificate owner s identity and public key Certificates provide a way to exchange public keys for use in authentication
230. icates screen You must remove any spaces from the certificate s filename before you can import it Figure 115 My Certificate Import Please specify the location of the certificate file to be imported The certificate file must be in one of the following formats e Binary X 509 e PEM Base 64 encoded X 509 e Binary PKCS 7 e PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS 7 For my certificate importation to be successful a certification request corresponding to the imported certificate must already exist on NWA After the importation the certification request will automatically be deleted File Path Browse Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 72 My Certificate Import LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the certificate file you want to upload ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Certificates Table 72 My Certificate Import LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save the certificate on the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the My Certificates screen 16 8 Creating a Certificate Click CERTIFICATES gt My Certificates and then Create to open the My Certificate Create screen Use this screen to have the ZyXEL Device create a self signed certificate enroll a certificate
231. ice 2 Make sure the wireless adapter on the wireless station is working properly 3 Make sure the wireless adapter installed on your computer is IEEE 802 11 compatible and supports the same wireless standard as the ZyXEL Device 4 Make sure your computer with a wireless adapter installed is within the transmission range of the ZyXEL Device 5 Check that both the ZyXEL Device and your wireless station are using the same wireless and wireless security settings 6 Make sure traffic between the WLAN and the LAN is not blocked by the firewall on the ZyXEL Device 7 Make sure you allow the ZyXEL Device to be remotely accessed through the WLAN interface Check your remote management settings ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 275 Chapter 28 Troubleshooting 276 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Product Specifications The following tables summarize the ZyXEL Device s hardware and firmware features Table 108 Hardware Specifications SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION Dimensions 190x 135 x 40 mm Weight NWA 3160 420g NWA 3163 420g NWA 3165 392g Power 12V DC 1 5 A max There is no tolerance for the DC input voltage Ethernet Ports Auto negotiating 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps in either half duplex or full duplex mode Auto crossover Use either crossover or straight through Ethernet cables Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af compliant PoE Console Port One MIL C 5015 style RS 232 console port PS 2
232. ide Internal RADIUS Server The ZyXEL Device can use its internal RADIUS server to authenticate wireless clients It can also serve as a RADIUS server to authenticate other APs and their wireless clients For more background information on RADIUS see Section 9 10 on page 136 15 1 Internal RADIUS Overview The ZyXEL Device has a built in RADIUS server that can authenticate wireless clients or other trusted APs The ZyXEL Device can function as an AP and as a RADIUS server at the same time PEAP Protected EAP and MDS authentication is implemented on the internal RADIUS server using simple username and password methods over a secure TLS connection See the appendices for more information on the types of EAP authentication and the internal RADIUS authentication method used in your ZyXEL Device Use the AUTH SERVER gt Setting screen to turn the ZyAIR s internal RADIUS server off or on and to view information about the ZyXEL Device s certificates Use the AUTH SERVER gt Trusted AP screen to specify APs as trusted Trusted APs can use the ZyAIR s internal RADIUS server to authenticate wireless clients Use the AUTH SERVER gt Trusted Users screen to configure a list of wireless client user names and passwords for the ZyAIR to authenticate 15 2 Internal RADIUS Server Setting The AUTH SERVER gt Setting screen displays information about certificates The certificates are used by wireless clients to authenticate the RADIUS
233. ide System Information and Diagnosis This chapter covers the information and diagnostic tools in SMT menus 24 1 to 24 4 These tools include updates on system status port status log and trace capabilities and upgrades for the system software This chapter describes how to use these tools in detail Type 24 in the main menu and press ENTER to open Menu 24 System Maintenance as shown in the following figure Figure 170 Menu 24 System Maintenance Menu 24 System Maintenance System Status System Information and Console Port Speed Log and Trace Diagnostic PWN EF 8 Command Interpreter Mode 10 Time and Date Setting 11 Remote Management Setup Enter Menu Selection Number 25 1 System Status The first selection System Status gives you information on the status and statistics of the ports as shown next System Status is a tool that can be used to monitor your ZyXEL Device Specifically it gives you information on your Ethernet and Wireless LAN status and the number of packets sent and received To get to System Status type 24 to go to Menu 24 System Maintenance From this menu type 1 There are two commands in Menu 24 1 System Maintenance Status Entering 9 resets the counters pressing ESC takes you back to the previous screen The following table describes the fields present in Menu 24 1 System Maintenance Status which are read only and meant for
234. idenuci ttes chess ii bbte die betta d dtt ei aba aed I beer api cba pude 89 Figure 53 The Controller gt AP Lists gt Edit Screen sue ser erra En pha aa enn aa dE En pA a a A Eun a 90 Figure 54 The Controller gt Configuration Sereen o ceres eosx are pe ent pro Xp EEHEHE EX IRAE ERE inesi EE r ANNEE n AREA 91 Figure 55 The Freie Edit Radio SOCON causnspeci iun nati e LEIRARER LIES n REM AE REEL AESMRERL EA ed 92 Figure 56 The Profile Edit gt Radio gt EOIESOKOGI 2222 creto t kit kb Rat ERR td it 93 Figure SF System gt General e S S S0SSSZXX 99 Figue ns io Ell Password a online anol dt Ei M iam n ot 101 Figur DUST SPEM D ODD pirrar cones top ne a tRIA RE DU Petite petu eduxi etseibu attin eau aus 102 Figure G0 Basie Semice SOL e M 105 Figure 61 Extended Sarica Sol TET T TO LUTTE 106 Figure 62 DiffServ Differentiated Service Field xs cicascncssicnasecisteredanestujadaiees sbinaaceassmaseoersnmmansexiaaanenieas 109 Figure 63 Wireless Access Point NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 sss ene 113 Figure 64 Wireless Access Point NWA 3165 2 ceeseseceeeeseseeceeeeeneeeceeeeneeeceeeeseseeceeeeeseneaeeeeneas 115 Figure 65 Bridging EXaMplE T 117 Figure 66 Bridge Loop Two Bridges Connected to Hub ccccssssssccessssnneceeessaneeesesssnnneceteseaneceretteanes 117 Figure 67 Bridge Loop Bridge Connected to Wired LAN sseeeessss
235. idle before the session times out The default is 5 minutes After it times out you have to log in with your password again Very long idle timeouts may have security risks A value of 0 means a management session never times out no matter how System DNS Servers ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide long it has been left idle not recommended Chapter 7 System Screens Table 23 System gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION First DNS Server Select From DHCP if your DHCP server dynamically assigns DNS server Second DNS Server information and the ZyXEL Device s Ethernet IP address The field to the Third DNS Server right displays the read only DNS server IP address that the DHCP assigns Select User Defined if you have the IP address of a DNS server Enter the DNS server s IP address in the field to the right If you chose User Defined but leave the IP address set to 0 0 0 0 User Defined changes to None after you click Apply If you set a second choice to User Defined and enter the same IP address the second User Defined changes to None after you click Apply Select None if you do not want to configure DNS servers If you do not configure a DNS server you must know the IP address of a machine in order to access it The default setting is None Apply Click Apply to save your changes Reset Click Reset to reload the previous configuration for this screen 7 3 Administrator Authentication
236. ients using the SSID regardless of which AP they are associated with ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 AP Controller Mode NWA 3160 Only When the ZyXEL Device is in AP controller mode click SSID Information in the Status screen The following screen displays Figure 50 SSID Information SSID SecurityMode Stations WTPZyXEL13 WPA2 1 The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 16 AP Association List LABEL DESCRIPTION SSID This displays the SSID Service Set IDentifier that identifies your wireless network Each AP may use a different SSID or different multiple SSIDs Security Mode This displays the type of security used by the wireless network A network s security settings are the same regardless of the AP on which it is running Stations This displays the number of wireless clients using the wireless network 6 2 Navigation Bar When the ZyXEL Device is in AP controller mode the navigation bar on the left of the web configurator screen is different from standalone mode Figure 51 AP Controller Links ZyXEL These links configure slides all CAPWAP managed MGNT MODE access points CONTROLLER PROFILE EDIT ROGUE AP ee These links configure SYSTEM only the AP controller IP REMOTE MGNT AUTH SERVER CERTIFICATES LOGS MAINTENANCE LOGOUT The following table describes the labels in the navigation bar Table
237. if BN l ZyXEL l YUZ l f a Ud m zz 7 Y iJ 1 7 LEDs The figures and screens shown in this User s Guide are from the NWA 3160 unless otherwise stated Your device may differ in minor ways ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Figure 7 LEDs F AR SN j ZyXEL N PA A IK m m RESET POWER CONSOLE ETHERNET a 12VDC C Table 2 LEDs LABEL COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION WDS Off Either NWA 3160 The ZyXEL Device is in Access Point or MBSSID and NWA mode and is functioning normally 3163 only or The ZyXEL Device is in AP Bridge or Bridge Repeater mode and has not established a Wireless Distribution System WDS connection Green On The ZyXEL Device is in AP Bridge or Bridge Repeater NWA 3160 mode and has successfully established a Wireless andNWA 3163 Distribution System WDS connection only WLAN Green On The wireless LAN is active Blinking The wireless LAN is active and transmitting or receiving data Off The wireless LAN is not active ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Table 2 LEDs continued LABEL COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION ETHERNET Green On The ZyXEL Device has a 10 Mbps Ethernet connection Blinking The ZyXEL Device has a 10 Mbps Ethernet connection and is sending or receiving data Yellow On The ZyXEL
238. ight use the triple DES encryption algorithm The certification authority uses its private key to sign certificates Anyone can then use the certification authority s public key to verify the certificates A certification path is the hierarchy of certification authority certificates that validate a certificate The ZyXEL Device does not trust a certificate if any certificate on its path has expired or been revoked ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Certificates Certification authorities maintain directory servers with databases of valid and revoked certificates A directory of certificates that have been revoked before the scheduled expiration is called a CRL Certificate Revocation List The ZyXEL Device can check a peer s certificate against a directory server s list of revoked certificates The framework of servers software procedures and policies that handles keys is called PKI public key infrastructure 16 1 1 Advantages of Certificates Certificates offer the following benefits The ZyXEL Device only has to store the certificates of the certification authorities that you decide to trust no matter how many devices you need to authenticate Key distribution is simple and very secure since you can freely distribute public keys and you never need to transmit private keys 16 2 Self signed Certificates You can have the ZyXEL Device act as a certification authority and sign its own certificates 16
239. iguration or press ESC to cancel and go back to the previous screen 25 2 2 Console Port Speed You can set up different port speeds for the console port through Menu 24 2 2 System Maintenance Console Port Speed Your ZyXEL Device supports 9600 default 19200 38400 57600 and 115200 bps console port speeds Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select the desired speed in menu 24 2 2 as shown in the following figure Figure 174 Menu 24 2 2 System Maintenance Change Console Port Speed Menu 24 2 2 System Maintenanc Change Console Port Speed Console Port Speed 9600 Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to Cancel After you changed your ZyXEL Device s console port speed you must also make the same change to the console port speed parameter of your communication software 25 3 Log and Trace Your ZyXEL Device provides error logs and trace records that are stored locally 25 3 1 Viewing Error Log The first place you should look for clues when something goes wrong is the error log Follow the procedures to view the local error trace log 1 Type 24 in the main menu to display Menu 24 System Maintenance 2 From menu 24 type 3 to display Menu 24 3 System Maintenance Log and Trace ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 25 System Information and Diagnosis Figure 175 Menu 24 3 System Maintenance Log and Trace Menu 24 3 System Maintenance Log an
240. ilter Action Define the filter action for the list of MAC addresses in the MAC address filter table Select Deny Association to block access to the router MAC addresses not listed will be allowed to access the router Select Allow Association to permit access to the router MAC addresses not listed will be denied access to the router MAC Address Enter the MAC addresses in XX XX XX XX XX XX format of the wireless station to be allowed or denied access to the ZyXEL Device Description Type a name to identify this wireless station Apply Click Apply to save your changes Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh To activate MAC filtering on an SSID profile select the correct filter from the Enable MAC Filtering drop down list box in the WIRELESS gt SSID gt Edit screen and click Apply 11 5 Configuring Roaming A wireless station is a device with an IEEE 802 11a b g compliant wireless interface An access point AP acts as a bridge between the wireless and wired networks An AP creates its own wireless coverage area A wireless station can associate with a particular access point only if it is within the access point s coverage area In a network environment with multiple access points wireless stations are able to switch from one access point to another as they move between the coverage areas This is known as roaming As the wireless station moves from place to place it is responsib
241. ing them and resending them The MIC provides a strong mathematical function in which the receiver and the transmitter each compute and then compare the MIC If they do not match it is assumed that the data has been tampered with and the packet is dropped By generating unique data encryption keys for every data packet and by creating an integrity checking mechanism MIC with TKIP and AES it is more difficult to decrypt data on a Wi Fi network than WEP and difficult for an intruder to break into the network The encryption mechanisms used for WPA 2 and WPA 2 PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA 2 PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials The common password approach makes WPA 2 PSK susceptible to brute force password guessing attacks but it s still an improvement over WEP as it employs a consistent single alphanumeric password to derive a PMK which is used to generate unique temporal encryption keys This prevent all wireless devices sharing the same encryption keys a weakness of WEP User Authentication WPA and WPA2 apply IEEE 802 1x and Extensible Authentication Protocol EAP to authenticate wireless clients using an external RADIUS database WPA2 reduces the number of key exchange messages from six to four CCMP 4 way handshake and shortens the time required to connect to a network Other WPA2 authentication features that are different from WPA include key caching and pre a
242. instead of providing a remedy Fragmentation Threshold A Fragmentation Threshold is the maximum data fragment size between 256 and 2432 bytes that can be sent in the wireless network before the AP will fragment the packet into smaller data frames A large Fragmentation Threshold is recommended for networks not prone to interference while you should set a smaller threshold for busy networks or networks that are prone to interference ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix B Wireless LANs If the Fragmentation Threshold value is smaller than the RTS CTS value see previously you set then the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS size Preamble Type Preamble is used to signal that data is coming to the receiver Short and Long refer to the length of the synchronization field in a packet Short preamble increases performance as less time sending preamble means more time for sending data All IEEE 802 11b g compliant wireless adapters support long preamble but not all support short preamble Select Long preamble if you are unsure what preamble mode the wireless adapters support and to provide more reliable communications in busy wireless networks Select Short preamble if you are sure the wireless adapters support it and to provide more efficient communications Select Dynamic to have the AP automatically use short preamble wh
243. io use when crealing a tunnel fo Password for authenticating to a remote server Relative preference assigned to each tunnel when Group ID ter a parbcular tunneled session Mare used by the tunnel terminetor during the auth IP address of the server end of the tunnel Tunneling protocols to be used Used to support proprietary NAS fealures Cisco AY Pair VSA Ignere the users dial in properties Description not available Descripiion not available Description not available Description not available n Add Clese 12 The Enumerable Attribute Information screen displays Select the 802 value from the Attribute value drop down list box Click OK ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 18 VLAN Figure 140 802 Attribute Setting for Tunnel Medium Type aixi Attribute name Tunnel Mecium Type Attribute number 65 Attribute Format Enumerator Attribute value 802 includes all 802 media plus Ethemet canonical format Cancel 13 Return to the RADIUS Attribute Screen shown as Figure 139 on page 221 Select Tunnel Pvt Group ID Click Add 14 The Attribute Information screen displays n the Enter the attribute value in field select String and type a number in the range 1 to 4094 or a Name for this policy This Name should match a name in the VLAN mapping table on the ZyXEL Device Wireless stations belonging to the VLAN Group specified in this policy will be given a VLAN ID specified i
244. ion Menu 24 2 1 System Maintenance Information Name NWA Series Routing BRIDGE ZyNOS F W Version V3 60 AAL 0 b1 04 13 2007 Country Code LA Ethernet Address 00 19 CB 1C 08 2A IP Address 192 168 1 2 IP Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP None Press ESC or RETURN to Exit The following table describes the fields in this menu Table 100 Menu 24 2 1 System Maintenance Information FIELD DESCRIPTION Name Displays the system name of your ZyXEL Device This information can be changed in Menu 1 General Setup Routing Refers to the routing protocol used ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 253 Chapter 25 System Information and Diagnosis Table 100 Menu 24 2 1 System Maintenance Information FIELD DESCRIPTION ZyNOS F W Version Refers to the ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System system firmware version ZyNOS is a registered trademark of ZyXEL Communications Corporation Country Code Refers to the country code of the firmware LAN Ethernet Address Refers to the Ethernet MAC Media Access Control of your ZyXEL Device IP Address This is the IP address of the ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation IP Mask This shows the subnet mask of the ZyXEL Device DHCP This field shows the DHCP setting of the ZyXEL Device When you have completed this menu press ENTER at the prompt Press ENTER to confirm or ESC to cancel to save your conf
245. ireless network that uses an AP and an Ad Hoc network also known as Independent Basic Service Set IBSS as one that doesn t See the chapter on wireless configuration for more information on basic service sets BSS and extended service sets ESS MAC Address This field displays the MAC address of the AP in an Infrastructure wireless network It is randomly generated so ignore it in an Ad Hoc wireless network Channel This is the index number of the channel currently used by the associated AP in an Infrastructure wireless network or wireless station in an Ad Hoc wireless network Signal This field displays the strength of the AP s signal If you must choose a channel that s currently in use choose one with low signal strength for minimum interference Network Mode Network mode in this screen refers to your wireless LAN infrastructure refer to the Wireless LAN chapter and security setup Refresh Click Refresh to reload the screen 19 5 F W Upload Screen Find firmware at www zyxel com in a file that usually uses the system model name with a bin extension for example NWA 3160 bin The upload process uses HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol and may take up to two minutes After a successful upload the system will reboot See the Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance chapter for upgrading firmware using FTP TFTP commands Click MAINTENANCE gt F W Upload Follow the ins
246. is check box to use an external authentication server The ZyXEL Device does not use the internal authentication server when this check box is enabled Active Select the check box to enable user authentication through an external authentication server This check box is not available when you select Internal RADIUS Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the external authentication server in dotted decimal notation This field is not available when you select Internal RADIUS Server Port Enter the port number of the external authentication server The default port number is 1812 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so This field is not available when you select Internal Share Secret Enter a password up to 128 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external authentication server and the ZyXEL Device The key must be the same on the external authentication server and your ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network This field is not available when you select Internal Active Select the check box to enable user accounting through an external authentication server Accounting Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the external accounting server in dotted decimal notation Accounting Server Port Enter the port number of the external accounting server The default port number is 1813 You need not change this value
247. is screen Table 11 The Management Mode Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION AP Controller Select this to use the ZyXEL Device to manage up to eight other compatible ZyXEL access points on your network Standalone AP Select this to manage the ZyXEL Device using its own web configurator neither managing nor managed by other devices ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 5 Management Mode Table 11 The Management Mode Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Managed AP Select this to have the ZyXEL Device managed by another ZyXEL Device on your network When you do this the ZyXEL Device can be configured ONLY by the management AP If you do not have an AP controller on your network and want to return the ZyXEL Device to standalone mode you must use its physical RESET button All settings are returned to their default values Note When you set the ZyXEL Device to Managed AP mode it becomes a DHCP client To discover its new IP address check the DHCP server on your network If your network has no DHCP server the ZyXEL Device s IP address remains the same You can also check the Controller gt AP Lists screen of the AP controller on your network Apply Click this to save your changes Note If you change the mode in this screen the ZyXEL Device restarts Wait a short while before you attempt to log in again If you changed the mode to Managed AP you cannot log in as the web configurat
248. ith the correct security settings attempt to associate with the SERVER_1 network You should be unable to do so If you can do so MAC filtering is misconfigured 2 Test the SERVER 2 network Using Bob s computer and wireless client and the correct security settings do the following Attempt to access Server 2 You should be able to do so Attempt to access the Internet You should be able to do so Attempt to access Server 1 You should be unable to do so If you can do so layer 2 Isolation is misconfigured Using Bob s computer and wireless client and incorrect security settings attempt to associate with the SERVER 2 network You should be unable to do so If you can do so security is misconfigured Using another computer and wireless client but with the correct security settings attempt to associate with the SERVER 2 network You should be unable to do so If you can do so MAC filtering is misconfigured If you cannot do something that you should be able to do check the settings as described in Section 3 4 6 1 on page 72 and in the individual Security layer 2 isolation and MAC filter profiles for the relevant network If this does not help see the Troubleshooting chapter in this User s Guide ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Status Screens The Status screen displays when you log into the ZyXEL Device or click STATUS in the navigation menu
249. ity which then issues a certificate Use the My Certificate Import screen to import the certificate and replace the request SELF represents a self signed certificate SELF represents the default self signed certificate which the ZyXEL Device uses to sign imported trusted remote host certificates CERT represents a certificate issued by a certification authority Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate s owner such as CN Common Name OU Organizational Unit or department O Organization or company and C Country It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as a common name organizational unit or department organization or company and country With self signed certificates this is the same information as in the Subject field ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Certificates Table 71 My Certificates continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has alread
250. ize of the network number determines the maximum number of possible hosts you can have on your network The larger the number of network number bits the smaller the number of remaining host ID bits An IP address with host IDs of all zeros is the IP address of the network 192 168 1 0 with a 24 bit subnet mask for example An IP address with host IDs of all ones 1s the broadcast address for that network 192 168 1 255 with a 24 bit subnet mask for example As these two IP addresses cannot be used for individual hosts calculate the maximum number of possible hosts in a network as follows Table 122 Maximum Host Numbers SUBNET MASK HOST ID SIZE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF HOSTS 8bits 255 0 0 0 24 bits 242 16777214 16 bits 255 255 0 0 16 bits 216_2 65534 24 bits 255 255 255 0 8 bits 28 2 254 29 bits 255 255 255 248 3 bits 0925 6 Notation Since the mask 1s always a continuous number of ones beginning from the left followed by a continuous number of zeros for the remainder of the 32 bit mask you can simply specify the number of ones instead of writing the value of each octet This is usually specified by writing a followed by the number of bits in the mask after the address For example 192 1 1 0 25 is equivalent to saying 192 1 1 0 with subnet mask 255 255 255 128 The following table shows some possible subnet masks using both notations Table 123 Alternative Subnet Mask Not
251. lays ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial Figure 37 Tutorial SSID Edit Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter Profile Name SERVER 1 SSID ssiD3 Hide Name SSID Enable gt Security security03 gt RADIUS radius01 j macfilter3 v MAC Filtering Reset Select I2Isolation03 in the L2 Isolation field and select macfilter03 in the MAC Filtering field Click Apply 3 Click the Layer 2 Isolation tab When the Layer 2 Isolation screen appears select L2Isolation03 s entry and click Edit The following screen displays Figure 38 Tutorial Layer 2 Isolation Edit Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter ayer 2 Isolation Configuration Profile Name L 2480 SERVER 1 Allow devices with these MAC addresses Set MAC Address Description _ Set MAC Address Description _ ER NET ROUTER FEA fo0 00 00 00 00 00 ER sess SERVER 1 Eio 00 00 00 00 00 ERG GATEWAY Eoo 00 00 00 00 00 a E 20 pnoago g Enter the network router s MAC Address and add a Description NET ROUTER in this case in Set 1 s entry Enter server l s MAC Address and add a Description SERVER 1 in this case in Set 2 s entry Change the Profile Name to L 2 ISO SERVER 1 and click Apply You have restricted users on the SERVER 1 network to access only the devices with the MAC addresses you en
252. le for choosing the most appropriate access point depending on the signal strength network utilization or other factors The roaming feature on the access points allows the access points to relay information about the wireless stations to each other When a wireless station moves from a coverage area to another it scans and uses the channel of a new access point which then informs the other access points on the LAN about the change An example is shown in Figure 93 on page 155 With roaming a wireless LAN mobile user enjoys a continuous connection to the wired network through an access point while moving around the wireless LAN Enable roaming to exchange the latest bridge information of all wireless stations between APs when a wireless station moves between coverage areas Wireless stations can still associate with other APs even if you disable roaming Enabling roaming ensures correct traffic forwarding bridge tables are updated and maximum AP efficiency The AP deletes records of wireless stations that associate with other APs Non ZyXEL APs may not be able to perform this 802 1x authentication information is not exchanged at the time of writing ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Other Wireless Configuration Figure 93 Roaming Example G mx 4 eee 5 P T T T E N 7 x D 6 f O X H H i 1 1 i 1 i H 1 1 1 i AP 1 H E AP 2 H 1 i
253. less screens you can configure on the ZyXEL Device Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter 1 Configure the ZyXEL Device to operate in AP Bridge Repeater AP Bridge or MBSSID mode in the Wireless screen Bridge Repeater and AP Bridge modes are available on the NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only You can also select an SSID Profile in the Wireless screen Use the SSID screens to view and edit SSID profiles Use the Security screen to configure wireless profiles Use the RADIUS screen to configure RADIUS authentication and accounting settings a fF WN Use the Layer 2 Isolation screen to prevent wireless clients associated with your ZyXEL Device from communicating with other wireless clients APs computers or routers in a network 6 Use the MAC Filter screen to allow or restrict access to your wireless network based on a client s MAC address 112 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless Configuration 8 7 Configuring Wireless Settings Click WIRELESS gt Wireless The screen varies depending upon the operating mode you select 8 7 1 Access Point Mode NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 This section describes the Access Point mode screen for the NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 For the NWA 3165 see Section 8 7 2 on page 114 Select Access Point as the Operating Mode to display the screen shown next Figure 63 Wireless Access Point NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolati
254. livery that is the least cost fastest route and so on 8 3 4 1 DiffServ DiffServ is a class of service CoS model that marks packets so that they receive specific per hop treatment at DiffServ compliant network devices along the route based on the application types and traffic flow Packets are marked with DiffServ Code Points DSCPs indicating the level of service desired This allows the intermediary DiffServ compliant network devices to handle the packets differently depending on the code points without the need to negotiate paths or remember state information for every flow In addition applications do not have to request a particular service or give advanced notice of where the traffic is going 8 3 4 2 DSCP and Per Hop Behavior DiffServ defines a new DS Differentiated Services field to replace the Type of Service TOS field in the IP header The DS field contains a 2 bit unused field and a 6 bit DSCP field which can define up to 64 service levels The following figure illustrates the DS field Figure 62 DiffServ Differentiated Service Field DSCP Unused 6 bit 2 bit ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 8 Wireless Configuration DSCP is backward compatible with the three precedence bits in the ToS octet so that non DiffServ compliant ToS enabled network device will not conflict with the DSCP mapping The DSCP value determines the forwarding behavior the PHB Per Hop Behavior that each packet gets across
255. ll lose all the settings you previously configured The password will be reset to 1234 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 2 2 1 Methods of Restoring Factory Defaults You can erase the current configuration and restore factory defaults in three ways Use the RESET button to upload the default configuration file Hold this button in for about 10 seconds the lights will begin to blink Use this method for cases when the password or IP address of the ZyXEL Device is not known Use the web configurator to restore defaults refer to Chapter 19 on page 227 Transfer the configuration file to your ZyXEL Device using FTP See the section on SMT configuration for more information 2 3 Navigating the Web Configurator The following summarizes how to navigate the web configurator from the Status screen Click LOGOUT at any time to exit the web configurator Check the status bar at the bottom of the screen when you click Apply or OK to verify that the configuration has been updated Figure 10 The Status Screen of the Web Configurator ZyXEL STATUS MGNT MODE Automatic Refresh Interval None z Refresh SYSTEM belgie System Name NWA Series Flash kz 2 4MB ROGUE AP Laer Memory 19 32 MB REMOTE MGNT Firmware Version V3 60 AAL 1 b2 01 28 2008 AUTH SERVER pu OE Tae 06 37 20 CERTIFICATES Current Date Time 06 37 17 2000 01 01 LOGS VLAN 75 0 128 WLAN Operating Mode
256. llowing IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically C Use the following DNS server addresses 8 Click OK to close the Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window 9 Click OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties window 10 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings 1 Click Start All Programs Accessories and then Command Prompt 2 Inthe Command Prompt window type ipconfig and then press ENTER You can also open Network Connections right click a network connection click Status and then click the Support tab Macintosh OS 8 9 1 Click the Apple menu Control Panel and double click TCP IP to open the TCP IP Control Panel ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 196 Macintosh OS 8 9 Apple Menu About This Computer File Edit View Window Special D Apple System Profiler E Calculator Chooser Control Panels jj Favorites Key Caps GR Network Browser Gi Recent Applications i Recent Documents cif Remote Access Status Scrapbook 49 Sherlock 2 Speakable Items Stickies Text Help ADSL Control and Status Appearance Apple Menu Options AppleTalk ColorSync Control Strip Date amp Time DialAssist Energy Saver Extensions Manager File Exchange File Sharing General Controls Internet Keyboard Keychain Access Launcher Location Manag
257. logs are displayed in black Not all fields are available on all models When the ZyXEL Device is in CAPWAP AP controller mode log messages from managed APs are relayed to the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device s settings in this screen determine whether events on the managed APs are logged or not At the time of writing AP controller mode is available on the NWA 3160 only ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Log Screens Figure 122 Log Settings View Log Mail Server Mail Subject Send log to Send alerts to SMTP Authentication m User NAME Password Log V System Maintenance Iv System Errors iv PKI M SSL TLS v 802 1x V Wireless V Rogue AP Detection _Log Settings Outgoing SMTP Server NAME or IP Address E Mail Address E Mail Address Active Syslog IP Address 0 0 0 0 Server NAME or IP Address Log Facility Locall v Log Schedule None x Day for Sending Log Sunda Time for Sending Log hou minute F Clear log after sending mail Internal RADIUS Server Send immediate alert V System Errors iv PKI V Rogue AP Detection Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 79 Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Address Info Mail Server Enter the server name or the IP address of the mail server for the e mail addresses specified below If this field is left blank logs and alert messages
258. ly A rogue AP is a wireless access point operating in a network s coverage area that is not a sanctioned part of that network The example also shows how to set the ZyXEL Device to send out e mail alerts whenever it detects a rogue wireless access point See Chapter 13 on page 159 for background information on the rogue AP function and security considerations In this example you want to ensure that your company s data is not accessible to an attacker gaining entry to your wireless network through a rogue AP Your wireless network operates in an office building It consists of four access points all ZyXEL Devices and a variable number of wireless clients You also know that the coffee shop on the ground floor has a wireless network consisting of a single access point which can be detected and accessed from your floor of the building There are no other static wireless networks in your coverage area The following diagram shows the wireless networks in your area Your access points are marked A B C and D You also have a network mail file server marked E and a computer marked F connected to the wired network The coffee shop s access point is marked 1 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial Figure 27 Tutorial Wireless Network Example ume T Il E F E f In the figure the solid circle represents the range of your wireless network and the dashed circle represents the extent of the c
259. m 11 Reboot System Enter Menu Selection Number Host IP Address N A Follow the procedure next to display this menu 1 From the main menu type 24 to open Menu 24 System Maintenance 2 From this menu type 4 to open Menu 24 4 System Maintenance Diagnostic ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 25 System Information and Diagnosis The following table describes the diagnostic tests available in menu 24 4 for your ZyXEL Device and the connections Table 101 Menu 24 4 System Maintenance Menu Diagnostic FIELD DESCRIPTION Ping Host Ping the host to see if the links and TCP IP protocol on both systems are working DHCP Release Release the IP address assigned by the DHCP server DHCP Renewal Get a new IP address from the DHCP server Reboot System Reboot the ZyXEL Device Host IP Address If you typed 1 to Ping Host now type the address of the computer you want to ping ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance This chapter tells you how to backup and restore your configuration file as well as upload new firmware and configuration files using the SMT screens 26 1 Filename Conventions The configuration file often called the romfile or rom 0 contains the factory default settings in the menus such as password and TCP IP Setup etc It arrives from ZyXEL with a rom filename extensi
260. m 297 Figure 200 Peer to Peer Communication in an Ad hoc Network ssseeee 299 Foue 201 Basie Senice Dol eMe TEE 300 Figure 202 Inirastructure WLAN M 301 Figure 2D ESSE T5 adsspccienasebde pado Pre tO en dag ete ia Trent rer preter retire tre ttre ren Tre reer tr t c tre 302 Figure 204 WPA 2 with RADIUS Application Example iue tert tirar eraot not bete EE rp cecctneess 309 Figure 205 WPA 2 PSK hinc 310 Figure 206 Ppp BIOORET YT T T OO T 313 Figure 207 Internet Options PIVa esnnbanenk na 314 Figure 209 Irttemet Options PIYAY ccaiincVaniineten nities Md des home as Le aaa do dO Or RU ga RR 315 Figure 209 Pop up Blocker SeTIlc uisa cue eripuit ean d clk ES bah KR RU ERA D ball RR a E A 315 Figure 210 Internet Options Security A 316 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 25 List of Figures Figure 211 Security Settings Java Spi 225 cian retta red i td ated a Had di ha s teen 317 Figure 212 Security 5 TAS e Java Lecce adieu ux i scinanacisasspasitein seaiaaetes EE REA GU Lana U ebua FEE nc ER REA GU d asinine 317 Figure 213 Java SUN Re 318 Figure 214 Network Number and Host ID sisavversssscundlarsssasssarts hase Ra Patet Roa tens EROR acea Lud 320 Figure 215 Subnetting Example Before Subnetting ieu cess teipsccncraieded ceto bebat eee perpe aenea bete a eee ee veo ni nas 322 Figure 216 Subnet
261. m Host NutriBeres usas od dp DP TUERRUan D e a aod Le n UAR OR DOR RD 321 Table 123 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation eeesseeeiissseeese sena thth anna nha d 4 naa ERA aaa X XE sod ua 321 Table 124 Subnet e 323 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide List of Tables Uri Ae ll1 324 js UE US os s M terme 324 Table 127 SUBS e ERR 324 TOO TS EBL UDE c E 324 Table 129 24 bit Network Number Subnet Planning eerie tenerent neni thank ena 325 Table 130 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning 4 cecus ecciesie tiet dnte 325 Table 131 Auto Configuration by DIEI 4 cscccdit echa aba R3 o LSU b pL dida EHI Ida bna th Eo tata La bari teas 328 Table 132 Mantel CORNEA ccs isdeatrineesne ced ian aaa ieee 328 Tabie 133 Coniguration Va SNMP 41 1 etter Ere reer ree EP Terre err Terre ep ter Peer rerT tect Terre p i ern x E 328 Table 154 Displaying the File Version 1s eeeetae hbri nk hri dede d dn CY RE RA RR RM ERR RAE R KR 329 Table 135 Displaying the File VERSION c 329 Table 136 Displaying the Auto Configuration Status nee hene tnnt thea 330 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide PART Introduction Introducing the ZyXEL Device 33 Introducing the Web Configurator 43 Tutorial 47 Status Screens 75 Management Mode 7
262. managed devices The managed devices contain object variables managed objects that define each piece of information to be collected about a device Examples of variables include such as number of packets received node port status etc A Management Information Base MIB is a collection of managed objects SNMP allows a manager and agents to communicate for the purpose of accessing these objects SNMP itself is a simple request response protocol based on the manager agent model The manager issues a request and the agent returns responses using the following protocol operations Get Allows the manager to retrieve an object variable from the agent GetNext Allows the manager to retrieve the next object variable from a table or list within an agent In SNMPv1 when a manager wants to retrieve all elements of a table from an agent it initiates a Get operation followed by a series of GetNext operations Set Allows the manager to set values for object variables within an agent Trap Used by the agent to inform the manager of some events 14 5 1 Supported MIBs The ZyXEL Device supports MIB II that is defined in RFC 1213 and RFC 1215 as well as the proprietary ZyXEL private MIB The purpose of the MIBs is to let administrators collect statistical data and monitor status and performance ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 14 Remote Management Screens 14 5 2 SNMP Traps The ZyXEL Device can send the following tra
263. mmands sess 264 Table 106 System Maintenance Time and Date Setting eese nennen 265 Table 107 Menu 24 11 Remote Management Control senate aa nnt a nna nenas 268 Table 106 Hardware SpecificatiOnS e 277 Table 109 Fimware SPeCiNCAHONS oriras iarna aAA aAa PIRE REE AP SA edd 279 Table 110 North American Plug Standards sss betiud bert coN Ee eMpEo vedeqexF eid paire p turi ex PET t EET SAM EB RU dE 281 Table 111 European Plug Standards e 282 Table 112 United Kingdom Plug Standards 20 22 cccccseesseccesseseneeeeanseeneeceeenseeeeeeeateneeeseeetseneeeneaneneee 282 Table 113 Australia and New Zealand Plug Standards escena nnn nta na 282 Table 114 Power over Ethernet Injector Specifications cc ccccccesssneeceeesseneeceeetseeeeceeeseeaneeeeenteanees 282 Table 115 Power over Ethernet Injector RJ 45 Port Pin Assignments sssee 282 TABI T16 IEEE BOQ TIO ririri i n aa i EE an aniio i sina 303 Table 117 Wireless Socurb Levels tanc e dee eas ea an a d b on i a Lace aids 304 Table 118 Comparison of EAP Authentication Types ssssssssssesseeeemeem enne 307 Table 119 Wireless Security Relational MEI 2i toss eoruin untur sesastens naruto pru a rabbit qnn dn 310 Tabe TO SUME MENU TT 320 Table 121 Subnet ISSR Ss 2 1 HERI A REESE DEF FO N eM EME 321 Table 122 Maximu
264. mote location via Table 60 Remote Management Overview WLAN ALL LAN and WLAN LAN only Neither Disable To disable remote management of a service select Disable in the corresponding Server Access field You may only have one remote management session running at a time The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a remote management session of lower priority when another remote management session of higher priority starts The priorities for the different types of remote management sessions are as follows 1 Telnet 2 HTTP 14 1 1 Remote Management Limitations Remote management over LAN or WLAN will not work when 1 You have disabled that service in one of the remote management screens 2 The IP address in the Secured Client IP field does not match the client IP address If it does not match the ZyXEL Device will disconnect the session immediately 3 There is already another remote management session with an equal or higher priority running You may only have one remote management session running at one time 14 1 2 System Timeout There is a default system management idle timeout of five minutes three hundred seconds The ZyXEL Device automatically logs you out if the management session remains idle for longer than this timeout period The management session does not time out when a statistics screen is polling You can change the timeout period in the System screen ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 14 Remote M
265. n if you use daylight savings time Daylight saving is a period from late spring to early fall when many countries set their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daytime light in the evening Start Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected Yes in the Daylight Saving field The hr field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the second Sunday of March Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select Second Sunday March and 2 00 Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March All of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Mar Last Sun The time you type in the hr field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 02 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 End Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected Yes in the Daylight Saving field The hr field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the first Sunday of November Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time
266. n obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand if you are part of a much larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Text File Based Auto Configuration This chapter describes how administrators can use text configuration files to configure the wireless LAN settings for multiple APs Text File Based Auto Configuration Overview You can use plain text configuration files to configure the wireless LAN settings on multiple APs The AP can automatically get a configuration file from a TFTP server at startup or after renewing DHCP client information Figure 217 Text File Based Auto Configuration TRIP o O AP1cfg txt A gt AP 1 AP 2 AP2cfg txt AP3cfg txt AP 4cfg txt AP 3 AP 4 Use one of the following methods to give the AP the IP address of the TFTP server where you store the configuration files and the name of the configurati
267. n the ZyXEL Device VLAN table Click OK Figure 141 VLAN ID Attribute Setting for Tunnel Pvt Group ID FES Attribute name TunnelPvt Group ID Attribute number jet Attribute format OctetString Enter the attribute valuein Sting C Hexadecimal fi 0 Cancel 15 Return to the RADIUS Attribute Screen shown as Figure 139 on page 221 Select Tunnel Type Click Add 16 The Enumerable Attribute Information screen displays Select Virtual LANs VLAN from the attribute value drop down list box Click OK 222 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 18 VLAN Figure 142 VLAN Attribute Setting for Tunnel Type Enumerable Attribute Information xj Attribute name Attribute number Attribute format Attribute value Virtual LANs VLAN Tunnel Type g Enumerator Cancel 17 Return to the RADIUS Attribute Screen shown as Figure 139 on page 221 e Click the Close button The completed Advanced tab configuration should resemble the following screen Specty the condition Add hu Il auser matches tt Grant remote e C Dery remote e Access will be is ovenidden c Specily additional cormection attributes to be returned to the Remote Access Server Parameters Service Type Framed Proteca Tunrel Medium T ype Tunrel Pvl GroupiD Tunrel T ype Figure 143 Completed Advanced Tab Alow VLAN Group 10n ai
268. nd number of packets received for each port ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 227 Chapter 19 Maintenance 19 2 1 System Statistics Click Maintenance gt Show Statistics Read only information here includes port status packet specific statistics and bridge link status Also provided are system up time and poll interval s The Poll Interval field is configurable The fields in this screen vary according to the current wireless mode Figure 147 System Status Show Statistics Pon pee Dem mm Cei Taos Ra Bs __ UpTime BEES toomeun ud A l 1 41 39 ES sm m 735 o 6 15 52 Poll Interval s s sec Set Interval Stop The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 88 System Status Show Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION Port This is the Ethernet port LAN or wireless LAN Status This shows the port speed and duplex setting if you are using Ethernet encapsulation for the Ethernet port Ethernet port connections can be in half duplex or full duplex mode Full duplex refers to a device s ability to send and receive simultaneously while half duplex indicates that traffic can flow in only one direction at a time The Ethernet port must use the same speed or duplex mode setting as the peer Ethernet port in order to connect This shows the transmission speed only for the wireless adaptors TxPkts This is the number of transmitted packets on t
269. nded 14 6 SNMP Trap Interface Index Some traps include an SNMP interface index The following table maps the SNMP interface indexes to the ZyXEL Device s physical and virtual ports Table 65 SNMP Interface Index to Physical and Virtual Port Mapping TYPE INTERFACE PORT Physical enetO Wireless LAN adaptor WLAN1 enet1 Ethernet port LAN enet2 Wireless LAN adaptor WLAN2 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 14 Remote Management Screens 14 6 1 SNMP v3 and Security BS Table 65 SNMP Interface Index to Physical and Virtual Port Mapping TYPE INTERFACE PORT Virtual enet3 enet9 WLAN 1 in MBSSID mode enet10 enet16 WLAN2 in MBSSID mode enet17 enet21 WLAN 1 in WDS mode NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only enet22 enet26 WLAN2 in WDS mode NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only SNMP v3 enhances security for SNMP management SNMP managers can be required to authenticate with agents before conducting SNMP management sessions Security can be further enhanced by encrypting the SNMP messages sent from the managers Encryption protects the contents of the SNMP messages When the contents of the SNMP messages are encrypted only the intended recipients can read them At the time of writing only the NWA 3165 supports SNMP v3 14 6 2 Configuring SNMP To change your ZyXEL Device s SNMP settings click REMOTE MGNT gt SNMP The screen appears
270. nel ID Y Select SSID Channel ID Select SSID Profile Y Profiles Y Configure Configure WDS Security Y Configure SSID Profile WDS Security Configure each Y SSID Profile Y Select SSID Profile Y Edit S ity Profile Mire fois Y Configure each S ity Profile Y Contours ecurity Profile Configure RADIUS SSID Profile Y authentication optional Y Configure RADIUS authentication Edit Security Profile optional Configure internal AUTH Y Y SERVER optional Configure internal op zong Configure RADIUS AIR SERVER authentication optional optional Configure Layer 2 Y Isolation optional Configure internal AUTH Configure Layer 2 Y SERVER optional Isolation optional Configure MAC Filter Y Y optional Configure Layer 2 Configure MAC Filter Isolation optional optional Configure MAC Filter optional Y Y Check your settings and test ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial 3 1 3 Further Reading Use these links to find more information on the steps Choosing 802 11 Mode see Section 8 7 1 on page 113 Choosing a wireless Channel ID see Section 8 7 1 on page 113 Selecting and configuring SSID profile s see Section 8 7 1 on page 113 and Section 10 2 1 on page 142 Configuring and activating WDS Security NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only see Section 8 7 3 on page 116 Editing Security Profile s see Section 9 9 on page 128 Configuring an external R
271. neral Setup Use this menu to set up your general information 3 LAN Setup Use this menu to set up your LAN and WLAN connection 22 SNMP Configuration Use this menu to set up SNMP related parameters NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only 23 System Password Use this menu to change your password 24 System Maintenance This menu provides system status diagnostics software upload etc 99 Exit Use this to exit the SMT ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide General Setup The chapter shows you the information on general setup 21 1 General Setup Menu 1 General Setup contains administrative and system related information shown next The System Name field is for identification purposes The Domain Name entry is what is propagated to the DHCP clients on the LAN While you must enter the host name System Name on each individual computer the domain name can be assigned from the ZyXEL Device via DHCP 21 1 1 Procedure To Configure Menu 1 Enter 1 in the Main Menu to open Menu 1 General Setup as shown next Figure 165 Menu 1 General Setup Menu 1 General Setup System Name NWA Series Domain Name First System DNS Server None IP Address N A Second System DNS Server None IP Address N A Third System DNS Server None IP Address N A Fill in the required fields Refer to the following table for more information about these fields Table 96 Menu 1 General Setup FIELD DESCRIPTION Syst
272. nfigure their own computers wireless clients to your network s settings The standard network SSID04 is already using the security01 profile and the VoIP network is using the security02 profile renamed VoIP Security so select the security03 profile from the Security field Leave all the other fields at their defaults and click Apply 3 2 3 1 Set Up Security for the Guest Profile Now you need to configure the security settings to use on the guest wireless network Click the Security tab You already chose to use the security03 profile for this network so select security03 s entry in the list and click Edit The following screen appears Figure 22 Tutorial Guest Security Profile Edit Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter Name Guest Security Security Mode WPA PSK j Pre Shared Key hisismyGuestWPApre shared key ReAuthentication Timer 1800 in seconds Idle Timeout 3600 in seconds Group Key Update Timer 1800 in seconds Reset Change the Name field to Guest_Security to make it easier to remember and identify ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial Select WPA PSK in the Security Mode field WPA PSK provides strong security that is supported by most wireless clients Even though your Guest_SSID clients do not have access to sensitive information on the network you should not leave the network without security An attacker could s
273. nformation such as ZyNOS firmware port IP addresses and port traffic statistics 19 1 Maintenance Overview The maintenance screens can help you view system information upload new firmware manage configuration and restart your ZyXEL Device 19 2 System Status Screen NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only Click MAINTENANCE to open the System Status screen where you can see information about your ZyXEL Device Note that the labels in this screen are READ ONLY and are meant to be used for diagnostic purposes Figure 146 System Status Status Association List Channel Usage FAN Upload Configuration Restart System Name NWA 3160 ZyNOS Firmware Version V3 60 AAL 0 b1 04 13 2007 IP Address 192 168 1 2 DHCP None IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Show Statistics The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 87 System Status LABEL DESCRIPTION System Name This is the System Name you can configure in the SYSTEM General screen It is for identification purposes ZyNOS Firmware This is the ZyNOS Firmware version and date created ZyNOS is ZyXEL s Version proprietary Network Operating System design IP Address This is the Ethernet port IP address IP Subnet Mask This is the Ethernet port subnet mask DHCP This is the Ethernet port DHCP role Client or None Show Statistics Click Show Statistics to see router performance statistics such as number of packets sent a
274. ng as you know that they do not pose a threat to your network s security The Friendly AP screen now appears as follows Figure 29 Tutorial Friendly AP After Data Entry _ Configuration Friendy AP RogueAP MACAddes A BDescipion Add MAC Address SSID___ ChannellSecurity Description Add Friendly AP Friendly AP List 00 aa 00 aa 00 aa NA N A N A My Access Point A aa 00 aa 00 aa 00 NA N A N A My Access Point B G a0 0a a0 0a a0 0a N A N A N A My Access Point C 0a a0 0a a0 0a a0 N A N A N A My Access Point D af af af fa fa fa N A WA mA Coffee Shop Access Baint iy 3 Next you will save the list of friendly APs in order to provide a backup and upload it to your other access points Click the Configuration tab The following screen appears Figure 30 Tutorial Configuration Configuration Friendly AP Rogue AP Active Rogue AP Period Detection Period ves fi min Friendly AP List Export Browse Import Apply Reset 4 Click Export If a window similar to the following appears click Save ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial Figure 31 Tutorial Warning File Download x Q Some files can harm your computer If the file information below looks suspicious or you do not fully trust the source do not
275. nother access point that is not used in your network make a note of its MAC address and set it up next to each of your ZyXEL Devices in turn while the network is running Either wait for at least ten minutes to ensure the ZyXEL Device performs a scan in that time or login to the ZyXEL Device s Web configurator and click ROGUE AP gt Rogue AP gt Refresh to have the ZyXEL Device perform a scan immediately Check the ROGUE AP gt Rogue AP screen You should see an entry in the list with the same MAC address as your rogue AP Check the LOGS gt View Logs screen You should see a Rogue AP Detection entry in red text including the MAC address of your rogue AP ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial Check your e mail You should have received at least one e mail alert your other ZyXEL Devices may also have sent alerts depending on their proximity and the output power of your rogue AP 3 4 Using Multiple MAC Filters and L 2 Isolation Profiles This example shows you how to allow certain users to access only specific parts of your network You can do this by using multiple MAC filters and layer 2 isolation profiles 3 4 1 Scenario In this example you run a company network in which certain employees must wirelessly access secure file servers containing valuable proprietary data You have two secure servers 1 and 2 in the following figure Wireless user Alice A needs to access ser
276. ns that a Certification Authority signed the certificate Self signed means that the certificate s owner signed the certificate not a certification authority X 509 means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU T X 509 recommendation that defines the formats for public key certificates Version This field displays the X 509 version number Serial Number This field displays the certificate s identification number given by the certification authority or generated by the ZyXEL Device Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate such as Common Name CN Organizational Unit OU Organization O and Country C Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as Common Name Organizational Unit Organization and Country With self signed certificates this is the same as the Subject Name field Signature Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to sign the certificate The ZyXEL Device uses rsa pkcs1 sha1 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the SHA1 hash algorithm Some certification authorities may use ras pkcs1 md5 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the MD5 hash algorithm Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if
277. nterface and Down when the ZyXEL Device is not using the interface For the NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 this also displays the wireless channel number s Channel NWA 3165 For the WLAN interface this field displays the ZyXEL Device s active Only wireless channel number s Rate For the LAN port this displays the port speed and duplex setting For the WLAN interface it displays the downstream and upstream transmission rate or N A if the interface is not in use SSID Status SSID This field displays the SSID s currently used by the wireless module BSSID This field displays the MAC address of the wireless adaptor Security This field displays the type of wireless security used by each SSID VLAN This field displays the VLAN ID of each SSID in use or Disabled if the SSID does not use VLAN System Status Show Statistics Click this link to view port status and packet specific statistics See Section 19 2 1 on page 228 Association List Click this to see a list of wireless clients currently associated to each of the ZyXEL Device s wireless modules See Section 19 3 on page 228 Channel Usage Click this to see which wireless channels are currently in use in the local NWA 3160 and area See Section 19 4 on page 229 NWA 3163 only Logs Click this to see a list of logs produced by the ZyXEL Device See Section 17 1 on page 201 Rogue AP List Click this to see a list of unauthorized access points in t
278. ntication Dial In User Service server either on the WAN or your LAN to provide authentication service for wireless stations Table 39 Wireless Security Levels SECURITY LEVEL SECURITY TYPE Least Unique SSID Default Secure Unique SSID with Hide SSID Enabled MAC Address Filtering WEP Encryption IEEE802 1x EAP with RADIUS Server Authentication Wi Fi Protected Access WPA Most Secure WPA2 If you do not enable any wireless security on your ZyXEL Device your network is accessible to any wireless networking device within range 9 9 Configuring Security BS The following screens are configurable only in Access Point AP Bridge and MBSSID operating modes only Use the Security screen to create secure profiles A security profile is a group of configuration settings which can be assigned to an SSID profile in the SSID configuration screen You can configure up to 16 security profiles To change your ZyXEL Device s wireless security settings click WIRELESS gt Security ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless Security Configuration Figure 73 Wireless gt Security Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter index Profile Name ej 1 security01 None lo 2 security02 None 3 security03 None oe a4 security04 None 5 security05 None 6 security06 None
279. nything else for your standard network 3 2 2 Configure the VoIP Network Next click WIRELESS gt SSID The following screen displays Note that the SSID04 SSID profile the standard network is using the security01 security profile You cannot change this security profile without changing the standard network s parameters so when you set up security for the VoIP_SSID and Guest_SSID profiles you will need to set different security profiles Figure 15 Tutorial WIRELESS gt SSID Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter ECHEE GNE ravus aos ioon Fier VoIP_SSID ZyXELO1 security01 radius VoIP Disable Disable Guest SSID ZyXELO2 security01 radius NONE I2isolation01 Disable DE sso ZyXELO3 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable FEW ssi ZyXELOA security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable DIES SSDs ZyXELOS security01 radius 1 NONE Disable Disable IE ssp ZyXELO6 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable EIE sso ZyXELO7 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable IDE ssis ZyXELOS security08 radius 1 NONE Disable Disable DES sso ZyXELO9 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable DE ss ZyXEL10 security01 radius04 NONE Disable Disable DEN sso ZyXEL11 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable DEB sse ZyXEL12 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable DIES ssi ZyXEL13 security01 radius 1 NONE Disable Disable
280. nywhere from once every ten minutes to once every hour In this example enter 10 3 Click Apply 3 3 3 Set Up E mail Logs In this section you will configure the first of your four APs to send a log message to your e mail inbox whenever a rogue AP is discovered in your wireless network s coverage area 1 Click LOGS gt Log Settings The following screen appears Figure 34 Tutorial Log Settings Address Info ALERT Access Point A myname myfirm com Syslog Logging E Send Log m CE E G G E G Gi In this example your mail server s IP address is 192 168 1 25 Enter this IP address in the Mail Server field Enter a subject line for the alert e mails in the Mail Subject field Choose a subject that 1s eye catching and identifies the access point in this example ALERT Access Point A ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial Enter the email address to which you want alerts to be sent myname myfirm com in this example In the Send Immediate Alert section select the events you want to trigger immediate e mails Ensure that Rogue AP is selected Click Apply 3 3 4 Configure Your Other Access Points Access point A is now configured to do the following Scan for access points in its coverage area every ten minutes Recognize friendly access points from a list Send immediate alerts to your email account if it detects an access point not
281. o save your changes Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh 10 2 SSID When the ZyXEL Device is set to Access Point AP Bridge NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only or MBSSID mode you need to choose the SSID profile s you want to use in your wireless network see Section 8 6 on page 112 for more information on operating modes Use the WIRELESS gt SSID screen to see information about the SSID profiles on the ZyXEL Device and use the WIRELESS gt SSID gt Edit screen to configure the SSID profiles 10 2 1 The SSID Screen Click WIRELESS gt SSID to display the screen as shown ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 10 MBSSID and SSID Figure 83 SSID Wireless SSID DEM Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter tes so ous os ti E EB vor SSID ZyXELO01 security01 radius 1 VoIP Disable em FEE Guest SSID ZyXELO2 security01 radius01 NONE Uisolation 1 Disable ION sso ZyXELO3 security radiusD1 NONE Disable Disable DES ssp ZyXELO4 security01 radius 1 NONE Disable Disable DEJ sso zyxELOS securitygt radiusD1 NONE Disable Disable HEJ ssns ZyXELOG security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable SSIDO ZyXELO security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable SSID0S ZyXELO08 security01 radius01 NONE Disable Disable DEJ sso ZyxELo9 security t radius 1 NONE Disable Disable DE ssi
282. o the IAS server using RADIUS protocol Authentication by the RADIUS server is successful The RADIUS server sends three attributes related to this feature The ZyXEL Device compares these attributes with the VLAN screen mapping table 4a Ifthe Name for example VLAN 20 is found the mapped VLAN ID is used 4b If the Name is not found in the mapping table the string in the Tunnel Private Group ID attribute is considered as a number ID format for example 2493 The range of the number ID Name string is between 1 and 4094 4c Ifa or b are not matched the ZyXEL Device uses the VLAN ID configured in the WIRELESS VLAN screen and the wireless station This VLAN ID is independent and hence different to the ID in the VLAN screen 18 2 4 1 Configuring VLAN Groups To configure a VLAN group you must first define the VLAN Groups on the Active Directory server and assign the user accounts to each VLAN Group 1 Using the Active Directory Users and Computers administrative tool create the VLAN Groups that will be used for each VLAN ID One VLAN Group must be created for each VLAN defined on the ZyXEL Device The VLAN Groups must be created as Global Security groups Type a name for the VLAN Group that describes the VLAN Group s function Select the Global Group scope parameter check box Select the Security Group type parameter check box Click OK ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 18 VLAN Figure 130 New Global
283. offee shop s wireless network Note that the two networks overlap This means that one or more of your APs can detect the AP 1 in the other wireless network When configuring the rogue AP feature on your ZyXEL Devices in this example you will need to use the information in the following table You need the IP addresses of your APs to access their Web configurators and you need the MAC address of each AP to configure the friendly AP list You need the IP address of the mail server to set up e mail alerts Table 4 Tutorial Rogue AP Example Information DEVICE IP ADDRESS MAC ADDRESS Access Point A 192 168 1 1 00 AA 00 AA 00 AA Access Point B 192 168 1 2 AA 00 AA 00 AA 00 Access Point C 192 168 1 3 A0 0A A0 0A A0 0A Access Point D 192 168 1 4 0A A0 0A A0 0A A0 File Mail Server E 192 168 1 25 N A Access Point 1 UNKNOWN AF AF AF FA FA FA ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial BS The ZyXEL Device can detect the MAC addresses of APs automatically However it is more secure to obtain the correct MAC addresses from another source and add them to the friendly AP list manually For example an attacker s AP mimicking the correct SSID could be placed on the friendly AP list by accident if selected from the list of auto detected APs In this example you have spoken to the coffee shop s owner who has told you the correct MAC address of his AP In this example you will
284. ofiles 37 priorities 107 prioritization 33 private IP address 157 product registration 337 PSK 308 Q QoS 33 145 Quick Start Guide 43 R radio 34 RADIUS 304 message types 305 messages 305 shared secret key 305 rapid STP 110 RAS 254 rate receiving 252 transmission 252 reauthentication time 131 132 133 134 135 registration product 337 related documentation 3 remote management limitations 165 269 remote management setup 267 remote node 252 repeater 34 required fields 241 restore 233 restore configuration 260 RF interference 34 roaming 154 requirements 155 rogue AP 33 159 160 161 162 163 rogue AP list 163 root bridge 111 RTS Request To Send 302 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 347 Index threshold 301 302 RTS CTS handshake 94 114 115 119 141 S safety warnings 6 screws 280 security 34 security profiles 33 server 33 Service Set 114 116 141 Service Set Identifier see SSID SMT 240 SMT menu overview 240 SNMP 169 280 community 247 configuration 247 manager 170 MIBs 170 traps 171 trusted host 247 version 3 and security 172 Spanning Tree Protocol 110 specifications 282 SSID 36 hide SSID 123 SSID profile 143 pre configured 37 SSID profiles 36 37 STP 110 STP how it works 111 STP Spanning Tree Protocol 279 STP path costs 111 STP port states 112 STP terminology 111 subnet 319 subnet mask 246 254 279 320 subnetting 322
285. ommand The following is an example TFTP command TFTP i host get rom 0 config rom where i specifies binary image transfer mode use this mode when transferring binary files host is the ZyXEL Device IP address get transfers the file source on the ZyXEL Device rom 0 name of the configuration file on the ZyXEL Device to the file destination on the computer and renames it config rom The following table describes some of the fields that you may see in third party TFTP clients Table 104 General Commands for Third Party TFTP Clients COMMAND DESCRIPTION Host Enter the IP address of the ZyXEL Device 192 168 1 2 is the ZyXEL Device s default IP address when shipped Send Fetch Use Send to upload the file to the ZyXEL Device and Fetch to back up the file on your computer Local File Enter the path and name of the firmware file bin extension or configuration file rom extension on your computer Remote File This is the filename on the ZyXEL Device The filename for the firmware is ras and for the configuration file is rom 0 Binary Transfer the file in binary mode Abort Stop transfer of the file 26 3 Restore Configuration You can restore the configuration via FTP or TFTP to your ZyXEL Device The preferred method is FTP Note that this function erases the current configuration before restoring the previous backup configuration please do not attempt to restore unle
286. ommand interpreter 263 community 247 configuration 33 configuration file examples 330 format 329 configuration file rules 329 contact information 339 Control and Providioning of Wireless Access Points See CAPWAP copyright 335 CoS 109 CPU load 252 CTS Clear to Send 302 customer support 339 D default 234 DFS 112 DHCP 254 diagnostic 255 diagnostic tools 251 Differentiated Services 109 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Index DiffServ 109 DiffServ Code Point DSCP 109 DiffServ Code Points 109 DiffServ marking rule 110 disclaimer 335 Distribution System 106 DS field 109 DSCPs 109 Dynamic Frequency Selection 112 dynamic WEP key exchange 307 E EAP 123 124 EAP authentication 305 encryption 36 125 308 error log 254 error information messages sample 255 ESS 106 300 ESS IDentification 106 ESSID 275 Extended Service Set 106 see ESS Extended Service Set IDentification 114 116 141 F FCC interference statement 335 file version 329 filename conventions 257 filtering 33 firmware file maintenance 230 flow control 237 fragmentation threshold 302 friendly AP list 162 FTP 38 165 167 269 restrictions 165 269 G general setup 99 243 guest SSID 37 H hidden menus 241 hidden node 301 honeypot attack 160 host 101 humidity 278 IANA 326 IBSS 299 IEEE 802 11g 303 IEEE 802 1x 33 in band management 213 Independent Basic Service Set 230 see IBSS
287. ommended that each certificate have unique subject information Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as a common name organizational unit or department organization or company and country With self signed certificates this is the same information as in the Subject field Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired CRL Issuer This field displays Yes if the certification authority issues Certificate Revocation Lists for the certificates that it has issued and you have selected the Issues certificate revocation lists CRL check box in the certificate s details screen to have the ZyXEL Device check the CRL before trusting any certificates issued by the certification authority Otherwise the field displays No Details Click Details to view in depth information about the certification authority s certificate change the certificate s name and set whether or not you want the ZyXEL Device to check a certification authority s list of revoked certificates before trusting a certificate issued by the certification
288. on Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address Domain Suffix Search Order P Cancel 4 Click the Gateway tab Ifyou do not know your gateway s IP address remove previously installed gateways If you have a gateway IP address type it in the New gateway field and click Add 5 Click OK to save and close the TCP IP Properties window 6 Click OK to close the Network window Insert the Windows CD if prompted 7 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer when prompted Verifying Settings 1 Click Start and then Run 2 Inthe Run window type winipcfg and then click OK to open the IP Configuration window 3 Select your network adapter You should see your computer s IP address subnet mask and default gateway Windows 2000 NT XP 1 For Windows XP click start Control Panel In Windows 2000 NT click Start Settings Control Panel ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 190 Windows XP Start Menu Internet Explorer e My Documents 3 Outlook Express 5 My Recent Documents Y Paint 4 u My Pictures Files and Settings Transfer W gt a ERY Command Prompt 24 My Music E Acrobat Reader 4 0 Pi My Computer Tour Windows xP a Windows Movie Maker g Control Panel ka Printers and Faxes Q9 Help and Support Search All Programs gt untitled Paint 2 For Windows
289. on Once you have customized the ZyXEL Device s settings they can be saved back to your computer under a filename of your choosing ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System sometimes referred to as the ras file is the system firmware and has a bin filename extension With many FTP and TFTP clients the filenames are similar to those seen next ftp put firmware bin ras This is a sample FTP session showing the transfer of the computer file firmware bin to the ZyXEL Device ftp gt get rom 0 config cfg This is a sample FTP session saving the current configuration to the computer file config cfg If your T FTP client does not allow you to have a destination filename different than the source you will need to rename them as the ZyXEL Device only recognizes rom 0 and ras Be sure you keep unaltered copies of both files for later use ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 257 Chapter 26 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance The following table is a summary Please note that the internal filename refers to the filename on the ZyXEL Device and the external filename refers to the filename not on the ZyXEL Device that is on your computer local network or FTP site and so the name but not the extension will vary After uploading new firmware see the ZyNOS F W Version field in Menu 24 2 1 System Maintenance Information to confirm that you have uploaded the correct firmware version Table 102 Filename Con
290. on MAC Filter Operating Mode Access Point 802 11 Mode 80211b qg v Iv Super Mode Choose Channel ID Channel 06 2437MHz x or RTS CTS Threshold 2346 0258 2346 Fragmentation Threshold 256 2346 Fragmentation threshold shall be an even number Output Power 100 X SSID Profile Guest M Enable Spanning Tree Protocol STP Enable Roaming Apply Reset The following table describes the general wireless LAN labels in this screen Table 35 Wireless Access Point NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 LABEL DESCRIPTION Operating Mode Select Access Point from the drop down list 802 11 Mode Select 802 11b Only to allow only IEEE 802 11b compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11g Only to allow only IEEE 802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11b g to allow both IEEE802 11b and IEEE802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device The transmission rate of your ZyXEL Device might be reduced Select 802 11a NWA 3160 only to allow only IEEE 802 11a compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Super Mode Select this to improve data throughput on the WLAN by enabling fast frame and packet bursting Choose Set the operating frequency channel depending on your particular region Channel ID To manually set the ZyXEL Device to use a channel select a channel from the drop down list box Click MAINTENANCE and then th
291. on file that it should download You can have a different configuration file for each AP You can also have multiple APs use the same configuration file ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 327 Appendix E Text File Based Auto Configuration BS If adjacent APs use the same configuration file you should leave out the channel setting since they could interfere with each other s wireless traffic Auto Configuration by DHCP BS A DHCP response can use options 66 and 67 to assign a TFTP server IP address and a filename If the AP is configured as a DHCP client these settings can be used to perform auto configuration Table 131 Auto Configuration by DHCP COMMAND DESCRIPTION wcfg autocfg dhcp enable Turn configuration of TFTP server IP address and disable filename through DHCP on or off If this feature is enabled and the DHCP response provides a TFTP server IP address and a filename the AP will try to download the file from the specified TFTP server The AP then uses the file to configure wireless LAN settings Not all DHCP servers allow you to specify options 66 and 67 Manual Configuration Use the following command to manually configure a TFTP server IP address and a file name for the AP to use for auto provisioning whenever the AP starts up See Section 27 1 on page 263 for how to access the Command Interpreter CT Table 132 Manual Configuration COMMAND DESCRIPTION wcfg a
292. or Disable if Layer 2 Isolation is not configured on an SSID profile MAC Filter This field displays which MAC filter profile is currently associated with each SSID profile or Disable if MAC filtering is not configured on an SSID profile Edit Click the radio button next to the profile you want to configure and click Edit to go to the SSID configuration screen 10 2 2 Configuring SSID Each SSID profile references the settings configured in the following screens ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 10 MBSSID and SSID e WIRELESS gt Security one of the security profiles WIRELESS gt RADIUS one of the RADIUS profiles WIRELESS gt MAC Filter the MAC filter list if activated in the SSID profile WIRELESS gt Layer 2 Isolation the layer 2 isolation list if activated in the SSID profile Also use the VLAN screen to set up wireless VLANs based on SSID Configure the fields in the above screens to use the settings in an SSID profile Select an SSID profile in the WIRELESS gt SSID screen and click Edit to display the following screen Figure 84 Configuring SSID Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter Profile Name SSID04 SSID ITA PoM Hide Name SSID Disable 7 Security security0l v RADIUS radius 1 QoS NONE x Layer 2 Isolation Disable J Intra BSS Traffic blocking Disable MAC Filtering Disable Apply Reset The following table describes the lab
293. or is disabled you must manage the ZyXEL Device through the management AP on your network Reset Click this to return this screen to its previously saved settings ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide AP Controller Mode NWA 3160 Only When the ZyXEL Device is an AP controller it can manage other access points You configure settings for the AP controller and the managed access points in the AP controller which then sends the configuration details to the managed APs The ZyXEL Device can manage compatible access points only see Section 1 3 on page 38 for a list of compatible access points AP controller mode is part of the ZyXEL CAPWAP implementation Use the Management Mode screen to set your ZyXEL Device to AP controller mode see Section 5 2 on page 81 6 1 Status Screen When the ZyXEL Device is in AP controller mode the Status screen acquires some new fields in the System Information AP Status WLAN Association and System Status sections The System Status links take you to screens that provide information on the access points managed by the ZyXEL Device Click Status The following screen displays Figure 46 AP Controller the Status Screen Automatic Refresh Interval None x Refresh System Information System Resources System Name NWA Series Flash LZ 2 4MB hm sles Memory um eee Firmware Version V3 60 AAL 1 b2 01 28 2008 cpu a System UP Time 01 31 01 Current Date Time
294. ork the packets are delivered Structure An IP address is made up of four parts written in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 Each of these four parts is known as an octet An octet is an eight digit binary number for example 11000000 which is 192 in decimal notation Therefore each octet has a possible range of 00000000 to 11111111 in binary or 0 to 255 in decimal The following figure shows an example IP address in which the first three octets 192 168 1 are the network number and the fourth octet 16 is the host ID ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting Figure 214 Network Number and Host ID 192 168 1 16 i TERAS i at i i i M mmmh i I L I L L I L I i I L I L L 7 n mm m m m m m m m 9 How much of the IP address is the network number and how much is the host ID varies according to the subnet mask Subnet Masks A subnet mask is used to determine which bits are part of the network number and which bits are part of the host ID using a logical AND operation The term subnet is short for sub network A subnet mask has 32 bits If a bit in the subnet mask is a 1 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the network number If a bit in the subnet mask is 0 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the host ID The following example shows a subnet mask identifying
295. orks On APs without WMM QoS all traffic streams are given the same access priority to the wireless network If the introduction of another traffic stream creates a data transmission demand that exceeds the current network capacity then the new traffic stream reduces the throughput of the other traffic streams The ZyXEL Device uses WMM QoS to prioritize traffic streams according to the IEEE 802 1q or DSCP information in each packet s header The ZyXEL Device automatically determines the priority to use for an individual traffic stream This prevents reductions in data transmission for applications that are sensitive to latency and jitter variations in delay 8 3 1 1 WMM QoS Priorities The following table describes the WMM QoS priority levels that the ZyXEL Device uses Table 27 WMM QoS Priorities PRIORITY LEVEL DESCRIPTION voice Typically used for traffic that is especially sensitive to jitter Use this priority WMM VOICE to reduce latency for improved voice quality video Typically used for traffic which has some tolerance for jitter but needs to be WMM VIDEO prioritized over other data traffic best effort Typically used for traffic from applications or devices that lack QoS WMM BEST EFFORT capabilities Use best effort priority for traffic that is less sensitive to latency g 7 but is affected by long delays such as Internet surfing background This is typically used for non critical traffic such as bulk transfe
296. ou must configure all four keys but only one key can be activated at any one time The default key is key 1 Apply Click Apply to save your changes Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh 9 9 2 Security 802 1x Only Select 802 1x Only in the Security Mode field to display the following screen ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless Security Configuration Figure 75 Security 802 1x Only Wireless SSID Name security02 Security Mode 8021x Only gt ReAuthentication Timer ieo0 in seconds 0 mean no ReAuthentication Idle Timeout 3600 in seconds Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter Apply Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 42 Security 802 1x Only LABEL DESCRIPTION Name Type a name to identify this security profile Security Mode Choose 802 1x Only in this field ReAuthentication Specify how often wireless stations have to resend user names and passwords in Timer order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Alternatively enter 0 to turn reauthentication off Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from
297. ou reload this page the ZyXEL Device synchronizes the time with the time server if configured Current Date This field displays the last updated date from the time server Manual Select this radio button to enter the time and date manually If you configure a new time and date time zone and daylight saving at the same time the time zone and daylight saving will affect the new time and date you entered New Time hh mm ss This field displays the last updated time from the time server or the last time configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new time in this field and then click Apply New Date yyyy mm dd This field displays the last updated date from the time server or the last date configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new date in this field and then click Apply Get from Time Server Select this radio button to have the ZyXEL Device get the time and date from the time server you specify below Auto Select this to have the ZyXEL Device use the predefined list of time servers User Defined Time Server Address Enter the IP address or URL of your time server Check with your ISP network administrator if you are unsure of this information Time Zone Choose the time zone of your location This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time GMT Daylight Savings Select this optio
298. ough an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand if you are part of a much larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 12 IP Screen LES Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space 12 3 Configuring IP Settings Click IP to display the screen shown next Figure 95 IP Setup IP C Get automatically from DHCP Use fixed IP address IP Address 192 168 1 2 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 Apply Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 56 IP Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address Assignment Get automatically from Select this option if your ZyXEL Device is using a dynamically assigned IP DHCP address from a DHCP server each time Note You must know the IP address assigned to the ZyXEL Device by the DHCP server to access the ZyXEL Device again Use fixed IP address Select this option if your ZyXEL Device is using a static IP address When you select this option fill in the fields below IP Address Enter the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in dot
299. over IP SIP High lt 250 Online Gaming High 60 90 Web browsing http Medium 300 600 FTP Low 1500 When ATC is activated the device sends traffic with smaller packets before traffic with larger packets if the network is congested ATC assigns priority to packets as shown in the following table Table 29 Automatic Traffic Classifier Priorities PACKET SIZE BYTES ATC PRIORITY 1 250 ATC_High 250 1100 ATC_Medium 1100 ATC_Low You should activate ATC on the ZyXEL Device if your wireless network includes networking devices that do not support WMM QoS or if you want to prioritize traffic but do not want to configure WMM QoS settings 8 3 3 ATC WMM The ZyXEL Device can use a mapping mechanism to use both ATC and WMM QoS The ATC WMM function prioritizes all packets transmitted onto the wireless network using WMM Qos and prioritizes all packets transmitted onto the wired network using ATC See Section 10 2 2 on page 143 for details of how to configure ATC WMM Use the ATC WMM function if you want to do the following enable WMM QoS on your wireless network and automatically assign a WMM priority to packets that do not already have one see Section 8 3 3 1 on page 108 automatically prioritize all packets going from your wireless network to the wired network see Section 8 3 3 2 on page 109 8 3 3 1 ATC WMM from LAN to WLAN ATC WMM from LAN the wired Local Area Network to WLA
300. pa Kerr abi npn px a a iu Kcd 55 Figure 19 Tutorial VolP Soecunty Updated cic cciissssnnctscsscensctscnveneasean tenti eer nEn RE EE pLde 56 Figure ZU Tutorial Acivate VolP PINE iiir itas terere inanin PLAIN NEP E RSS REPRL ABA M EROHERA S EUH Ages KE ao K 56 mo D PAMI 0T T E saa sags ce cscs eeeeertm T 57 Figure 22 Tutorial Guest Security Profile Edil uiui crecer ttti o rr erret rt bd enr ect tie edd 57 Figure 23 Tutorial Guest Security Updated 1 2 sisse etre Leo eor e rad d La e eR ra e Eau 58 Figure 24 Tutorial Layer 2 SOla WOM recusan tet et Eb vai betbt obo ner tuae d cer a aan 58 Figure 25 Tutorial Layer 2 isolation Prone 1 sssesccis tenet aae PELIS a yr rEHISSE BARRE DEIN SRPEM AINE RPRM GEM RE A3 lasses 59 Figure 26 Tutorial Activate Guest Profile 12s iepeta tie Lb EI ena iek E RE pA DR ERR I ROT CLIE REEL ERR TE E ER EA 59 Figure 27 Tutorial Wireless Network Example 25 cciei eiie cbr derat ee rre etia aano 61 Figure 28 Tutorial Friendly AP Before Data Entry 12er rti reo e ioa opea E Rer d M pH Ks 62 Figure 29 Tutorial Friendly AP After Data Enty iuuat rin eter ce Ee o nnii na ena naan 63 Figure 30 Tutorial prr 63 Foue d1 ed PPM NETS E EAEN OA EAEAN ERNE E 64 Figure 32 Tutarial Save Friendly AF ISl ssssnenboneriiiininii Iur e Pep ir elo nadae nasa nae 64 Figure 33 Tutorial Periodic Rogue AP Detection Luise rr etaient naro rx satksapesdeacaiosdss easasoos Esa aa PERS 64 Figure 34 Tutorial Log Settin
301. pecify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 14 Remote Management Screens Table 61 Remote Management Telnet LABEL DESCRIPTION SSH Server Select the certificate whose corresponding private key is to be used to identify the Certificate ZyXEL Device for SSH connections You must have certificates already configured in the Certificates gt My Certificates screen Server Port You can change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Server Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device Access using SSH Secured A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the Client IP ZyXEL Device using this service Address Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh 14 3 Configuring FTP You can upload and download the ZyXEL Device s firmware and configuration files using FTP please see the chapter on firmware and configuration file maintenance for details To use this feature your com
302. port it into the ZyXEL Device ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Certificates Table 77 Trusted CA Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION SHA Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the SHA1 algorithm You cannot use this value to verify that this is the remote host s actual certificate because the ZyXEL Device has signed the certificate thus causing this value to be different from that of the remote host s actual certificate See Section 16 3 on page 184 for how to verify a remote host s certificate before you import it into the ZyXEL Device Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format This read only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form You can copy and paste the certificate into an e mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste the certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution via floppy disk for example Export Click this button and then Save in the File Download screen The Save As Screen opens browse to the location that you want to use and click Save Apply Click Apply to save your changes You can only change the name and or set whether or not you want the ZyXEL Device to check the CRL that the certification
303. practical The following table is a comparison of the features of authentication types Table 118 Comparison of EAP Authentication Types EAP MD5 EAP TLS EAP TTLS PEAP LEAP Mutual Authentication No Yes Yes Yes Yes Certificate Client No Yes Optional Optional No Certificate Server No Yes Yes Yes No Dynamic Key Exchange No Yes Yes Yes Yes Credential Integrity None Strong Strong Strong Moderate Deployment Difficulty Easy Hard Moderate Moderate Moderate Client Identity Protection No No Yes Yes No WPA and WPA2 Wi Fi Protected Access WPA is a subset of the IEEE 802 111 standard WPA2 IEEE 802 111 is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption authentication and key management than WPA Key differences between WPA or WPA2 and WEP are improved data encryption and user authentication If both an AP and the wireless clients support WPA2 and you have an external RADIUS server use WPA2 for stronger data encryption If you don t have an external RADIUS server you should use WPA2 PSK WPA2 Pre Shared Key that only requires a single identical password entered into each access point wireless gateway and wireless client As long as the passwords match a wireless client will be granted access to a WLAN If the AP or the wireless clients do not support WPA2 just use WPA or WPA PSK depending on whether you have an external RADIUS server or not Select WEP only when the
304. ps to the SNMP manager Table 64 SNMP Traps TRAP NAME OBJECT IDENTIFIER OID DESCRIPTION Generic Traps coldStart 1 3 6 1 6 3 1 1 5 1 This trap is sent after booting power on This trap is defined in RFC 1215 warmstart 1 3 6 1 6 3 1 1 5 2 This trap is sent after booting software reboot This trap is defined in RFC 1215 linkDown 1 3 6 1 6 3 1 1 5 3 This trap is sent when the Ethernet link is down linkUp 1 3 6 1 6 3 1 1 5 4 This trap is sent when the Ethernet link is up authenticationFailure defined in RFC 1215 1 3 6 1 6 3 1 1 5 5 The device sends this trap when it receives any SNMP get or set requirements with the wrong community password Note snmpEnableAuthenTraps OID 1 3 6 1 2 1 11 30 defined in RFC 1214 and RFC 1907 must be enabled on in order for the device to send authenticationFailure traps Use a MIB browser to enable or disable snmpEnableAuthenTraps Traps defined in the ZyXEL Private MIB whyReboot 1 3 6 1 4 1 890 1 5 13 0 1 This trap is sent with the reason for restarting before the system reboots warm start System reboot by user is added for an intentional reboot for example download new files CI command sys reboot If the system reboots because of fatal errors a code for the error is listed pwTFTPStatus 1 3 6 1 4 1 890 1 9 2 3 3 1 This trap is sent to indicate the status and result of a TFTP client session that has e
305. puter must have an FTP client To change your ZyXEL Device s FTP settings click REMOTE MGNT gt FTP The screen appears as shown Figure 103 Remote Management FTP TELNET FTP www SNMP Server Port z1 Server Access WLAN amp LAN Secured Client IP Address All Selected 0 0 0 0 Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 62 Remote Management FTP LABEL DESCRIPTION Server Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Server Access Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 14 Remote Management Screens Table 62 Remote Management FTP LABEL DESCRIPTION Secured Client IP Address A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh 14 4 Configuring WWW To change your ZyXEL Device s World Wide Web settings
306. quare brackets The symbol means or sys filter netbios config type onJoff means that you must specify the type of netbios filter and whether to turn it on or off 27 1 2 Command Usage A list of valid commands can be found by typing help or at the command prompt Always type the full command Type exit to return to the SMT main menu when finished 27 1 3 Brute Force Password Guessing Protection The following describes the commands for enabling disabling and configuring the brute force password guessing protection mechanism for the password Table 105 Brute Force Password Guessing Protection Commands COMMAND DESCRIPTION sys pwderrtm This command displays the brute force guessing password protection settings sys pwderrtm 0 This command turns off the password s protection from brute force guessing The brute force password guessing protection is turned off by default sys pwderrtm N This command sets the password protection to block all access attempts for N a number from 1 to 60 minutes after the third time an incorrect password is entered 27 1 3 1 Configuring Brute Force Password Guessing Protection Example sys pwderrtm 5 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 27 System Maintenance and Information This command sets the password protection to block all access attempts for five minutes after the third time an incorrect password is entered 27 2 Time and Date
307. r Profile Screen NWA 3165 Only 174 Chapter 15 Internal RADIUS SBIVOE Lois niea pi REALI nikaa RENA NANANA Eren LYAERVERENE KE NR EAS A Anikin TARTE NOE ZERRMR 177 13 1 imema SUITES rr c D E 177 15 2 internal RADIUS Server Setting i1ceisesicese aseo uote tuae iore taaue epe Pt aue nep e A sceceusi cesreeumancasuveuiees 177 Ta sed E u araa NENE 179 154 SPU MIAP cezcajatiresinastacccasispaiadogestapireacrau ide loainaseaosseebanneniecisanneaaiarenineenes 180 15 3 Comiguring Trusted Rel ca isscited entendiendo t adit addo tec ota dice 181 Chapter 16 E QoncsiepeiextibUvies E E A T TE ORTE E E la E Lx DAR A FeTE AS AREA 183 TT Cenas OVON ec N 183 16 1 1 Advantages of Certificates ssiri 184 16 2 Self signed Certificates asc ona habe D PERRA ebd dk b e d Ga ad dk td ad E 184 jc auro RET UM o D I S errr tree 184 16 3 1 Checking the Fingerprint of a Certificate on Your Computer sssusse 184 o desir Debs I DUREE TEE 185 16 5 My COMBA E 185 TOO Gertificate FIO FDUTIBUS quei ode nd pes ra ddl ba a deo hte otv rh a t d oa 187 ywluespor ce uper 188 je cupqeem ur r M 189 Teo Ee i iR i r PER RM TUR 191 QE ols Br qc TED 194 16 11 Importing a Trusted CAS Certificale auis sosiiedici pb a ra de DR t o odd a dt ta 195 16 12 Trusted CA Certificate Details 1 odiis enda Dora k rho bed aa xk da ER had d ad Roa da dd 196 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Use
308. r a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the user name and password again before access to the wired network is allowed The default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour Group Key The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP sends a new group key Update Timer out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA equivalent of automatically changing the group key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis Setting of the Group Key Update Timer is also supported in WPA PSK mode The ZyXEL Device default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Apply Click Apply to save your changes Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh 9 9 5 Security WPA2 or WPA2 MIX Select WPA2 or WPA2 MIX in the Security Mode field to display the following screen ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 133 Chapter 9 Wireless Security Configuration Figure 78 Security WPA2 or WPA2 MIX Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter Name security02 Security Mode WPA2 MIX M ReAuthentication Timer h 800 in seconds 0 mean no ReAuthentication Idle Timeout 3600 in seconds Group Key Update Timer 1800 in seconds PMK Cache Enable Pre Authentication Disable v Apply Reset The following table describes the labels not previously discussed Table 45 Security WPA2 or WPA2 MIX LABEL DESCRIPTIONS Name Type a name to identify this security profile
309. r s Guide Table of Contents Chapter 17 ES I Per 201 TE TEMA gt cT 201 17 2 COMNGUIING LOG uns Me 202 163 Example Log IS uuucopcetidrtod tabe aedi nebenbei cad ado cde ta Eo led a bte deo t HUC dca Kat 204 pA pe DOULEUR ET 1 SESS 206 17 4 1 Configuring What You Want the ZyXEL Device to Log eeseeeee 206 TAZ Rohe cid 9 aif We Mu cence ee een eC men Tener Ener Oty ea renee Peru een non Tim PRONE T Cry ener ean errr 206 17 5 LOG Command EXeImplo erisir ires ee EE E 207 Chapter 18 WBN 209 TE FLAN we nM ET cV 209 19 1 7 Managemen VLAN IU 5e tebe iv REDE AE b bedua p ERR PDr DER EFE n Ebr bu eu EE obra Ree ARR Be 209 EEY LANTIO aiite e EYE rte CHE patti otii eerie e a Rp dia bbc edd 209 ums Upper es NUUS 210 DR E UD o RUM rm 210 TR RABIUS VS etuer eb o IR a unb o bit dece ras 212 18 2 3 Configuring Management VLAN Example eere ntn nnn nenas 213 18 2 4 Configuring Microsoft s IAS Server Example cc c cccccsseneeccsesseeeceeesseneeeeeeneenes 216 18 2 4 1 Configuring VLAN Groups i esses pina kara ehh danneavbuasbabaatliarandary 216 18 2 4 2 Configuring Remote Access Policies scenes 217 125 253 Secohd Rx VLAN ID Example sb she na ses er e eR Ba aere neces Pra ad ped aend 224 18 2 5 1 Second Rx VLAN Setup Example sssssssssss 224 Chapter 19 Lip o T
310. ra 90 0 3 9 The Coniiguraton SORREIV m 91 64 The Prole Edit SCEN nisaire TO OTRO 92 6 4 1 The Radio Profile Screen 2 aun bei ere Er EEA E A FE Pv AREATA 92 55 The Radio Profile Edit SOGE 1er tae toa e aH VG pet t atrii a 93 Part Il The Web Configurator eese 97 Chapter 7 vi il snorris 9 7 79 2 7 uVu4U y 99 FE crc IESU Ug c saa T T S I T a 99 Ta CONGO uelle n nR NA 99 Ta Administrator Authentication on RADIUS uissisos ettet rrr tt pe tq n or t p xx at 100 Zo Coniguring the Password es narcecetieni enden a cetur lo Fe DI aoa td ua a Cu kl ks RD et dat 100 TA Conigunng Time Setting et 102 7 5 Predefined NTP Time Servers List us e e EA 104 Chapter 8 Wireloss ConhguratiOh el 105 8 1 Wireless LAN Ver uunc qur ERAS FER Ee N R EA 105 DL BO ae sr se a dev b En D ce 105 BIZESS tbi xd S EI DL S IDEE 106 a2 Wireless LAN BASICS uictis eri emuscsbis Hee ess iat2sicEri a e pacha AM UI Fa tin NUITS Saca t FEX Ee s EA s URM FE UE 106 Oy COUSINS OT SIPING e 107 xw EI Be ee ee eC t T 107 B3 1 1 VII OOS PRES 203 e orco daba ghar Eis ebur es hdd abd bot ERE en ER aaa 107 DO I E EEI E EO E EAEE ENT MUS SAL RAMS I ence mr as TERS rene did 107 Do RATE ANIMA ee eee ae mop ree UR tv idit eei tute tuat fuleii indem ie ad 108 8 3 3 1 ATCFWMM from LAN To WLAN 5 erat rtt neis 108
311. ransport Layer Security transmissions Enter 8 32 English keyboard characters The proprietary AutoPSK protocol transfers the DTLS key from the ZyXEL Device to the manages AP automatically Registration Type This controls whether the ZyXEL Device manages all CAPWAP enabled APs that transmit management request packets or requires the user to select which such APs to manage Select Manual to choose which APs to manage select the APs you want to manage in the Controller gt AP Lists screen Select Always Accept to manage any AP on your network that transmits a CAPWAP request for management Apply Click this to save the changes in this screen Reset Click this to return the fields in this screen to their previously saved values ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 AP Controller Mode NWA 3160 Only 6 4 The Profile Edit Screens This section describes the Profile Edit screens which are available only in AP controller mode NWA 3160 only The following Profile Edit screens are identical to those available in standalone mode The Profile Edit gt SSID screen see Section 10 2 1 on page 142 The Profile Edit gt Security screen see Section 9 9 on page 128 The Profile Edit gt RADIUS screen see Section 9 11 on page 136 The Profile Edit gt Layer 2 Isolation screen see Section 11 2 on page 148 The Profile Edit gt MAC Filter screen see Section 11 4 on page 152
312. rce destination 172 22 255 255 137 not ACC es ESS message BLOCK ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 207 Chapter 17 Log Screens ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide VLAN This chapter discusses how to configure VLAN on the ZyXEL Device 18 1 VLAN A VLAN Virtual Local Area Network allows a physical network to be partitioned into multiple logical networks Stations on a logical network can belong to one or more groups Only stations within the same group can talk to each other 18 1 1 Management VLAN ID BS The Management VLAN ID identifies the management VLAN A device must be a member of this management VLAN in order to access and manage the ZyXEL Device If a device is not a member of this VLAN then that device cannot manage the ZyXEL Device If no devices are in the management VLAN then you will be able to access the ZyXEL Device only through the console port not through the network 18 1 2 VLAN Tagging The ZyXEL Device supports IEEE 802 1q VLAN tagging Tagged VLAN uses an explicit tag VLAN ID in the MAC header ofa frame to identify VLAN membership The ZyXEL Device can identify VLAN tags for incoming Ethernet frames and add VLAN tags to outgoing Ethernet frames You must connect the ZyXEL Device to a VLAN aware device that is a member of the management VLAN in order to perform management See the Configuring Management VLAN example BEFORE you configure the VL
313. rd again before access to the wired network is allowed The default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour Apply Click Apply to save your changes Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless Security Configuration 9 9 4 Security WPA Select WPA in the Security Mode field to display the following screen Figure 77 Security WPA Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter Name security02 Security Mode WPA gt ReAuthentication Timer 1800 im seconds 0 mean no ReAuthentication Idle Timeout 3600 in seconds Group Key Update Timer i900 in seconds Apply Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 44 Security WPA LABEL DESCRIPTION Name Type a name to identify this security profile Security Mode Choose WPA in this field ReAuthentication Specify how often wireless stations have to resend user names and passwords in Timer order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Alternatively enter 0 to turn reauthentication off Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired network afte
314. re 198 Macintosh OS X Apple Menu E Grab File Edit Capt About This Mac Get Mac OS X Software System Preferences Dock gt Location gt 2 Click Network in the icon bar Select Automatic from the Location list Select Built in Ethernet from the Show list Click the TCP IP tab 3 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP from the Configure list ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 199 Macintosh OS X Network ome Network m oO a Show All Displays Network Startup Disk Location Automatic ry Show Built in Ethernet B PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies Configure Using DHCP A Domain Name Servers Optional IP Address 192 168 11 12 168 95 1 1 Provided by DHCP Server Subnet Mask 255 255 254 0 Router 192 168 10 11 Search Domains Optional DHCP Client ID Optional Ethernet Address 00 05 02 43 93 ff Click the lock to prevent further changes Example apple com earthlink net 4 For statically assigned settings do the following From the Configure box select Manually Type your IP address in the IP Address box Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box Type the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in the Router address box 5 Click Apply Now and close the window 6 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Setting
315. re shared key See Section 8 7 4 on page 120 for more details Unless specified the term security settings refers to the traffic between the wireless stations and the ZyXEL Device Figure 4 AP Bridge Application O O annman or ea M ID Ma a ma LOS Poa d r Y a of N s a Pa 4 s Fo t S Pa ya i y s uj b 7 X r a i Lj t d ES 7 A 1 a 1 1 ONSE 4 H i H x EE z E i a XA ig J R E ks NE be TE t EN lt gt yf Ld Ms Pid of n P mm mous m i 1 2 4 MBSSID A BSS Basic Service Set is the set of devices forming a single wireless network usually an access point and one or more wireless clients An SSID Service Set IDentifier is the name of a BSS In MBSSID Multiple BSS mode the ZyXEL Device provides multiple virtual APs each forming its own BSS and using its own individual SSID profile You can configure up to sixteen SSID profiles and have up to eight active at any one time You can assign different wireless and security settings to each SSID profile This allows you to compartmentalize groups of users set varying access privileges and prioritize network traffic to and from certain BSSs To the wireless clients in the network each SSID appears to be a different access point As in any wireless network clients can associate only with the SSIDs for which they have th
316. reate continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Common Name Select a radio button to identify the certificate s owner by IP address domain name or e mail address Type the IP address in dotted decimal notation domain name or e mail address in the field provided The domain name or e mail address can be up to 31 ASCII characters The domain name or e mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string Organizational Unit Type up to 127 characters to identify the organizational unit or department to which the certificate owner belongs You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces Organization Type up to 127 characters to identify the company or group to which the certificate owner belongs You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces Country Type up to 127 characters to identify the nation where the certificate owner is located You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces Key Length Select a number from the drop down list box to determine how many bits the key should use 512 to 2048 The longer the key the more secure it is A longer key also uses more PKI storage space Enrollment Options These radio buttons deal with how and when the certificate is to be generated Create a self signed certificate Select Create a self signed certificate to have the
317. revent bridge loops When the ZyXEL Device is in Bridge Repeater mode security between APs the Wireless Distribution System or WDS is independent of the security between the wireless stations and the AP If you do not enable WDS security traffic between APs is not encrypted When WDS security is enabled both APs must use the same pre shared key See Section 8 7 3 on page 116 for more details Once the security settings of peer sides match one another the connection between devices is made At the time of writing WDS security is compatible with other ZyXEL access points only Refer to your other access point s documentation for details ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Figure 2 Bridge Application Figure 3 Repeater Application 1 2 3 AP Bridge NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only In AP Bridge mode the ZyXEL Device supports both AP and bridge connection at the same time ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 35 Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device In the figure below A and B use X as an AP to access the wired network while X and Y communicate in bridge mode When the ZyXEL Device is in AP Bridge mode security between APs the Wireless Distribution System or WDS is independent of the security between the wireless stations and the AP If you do not enable WDS security traffic between APs is not encrypted When WDS security is enabled both APs must use the same p
318. rface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the Address ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh 14 6 2 1 The SNMPv3 User Profile Screen NWA 3165 Only Use this screen to set up the details of SNMPv3 users Click Configure SNMPv3 User Profile in the REMOTE MGNT gt SNMP screen The following screen displays Figure 107 Remote Management SNMPv3 User Profile V Enable SNMPv3Admin User Name Password Confirm Password Access Type Privacy Protocol V Enable SNMPv3User User Name Password Confirm Password Access Type Privacy Protocol Authentication Protocol SNMPv3User Authentication Protocol SNMPV3Admin peveecces Set X MD5 None SNMPv3User MD5 None Reset ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 14 Remote Management Screens The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 67 Remote Management SNMP User Profile LABEL DESCRIPTI
319. ries User s Guide Chapter 10 MBSSID and SSID The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 48 Wireless Multiple BSS LABEL DESCRIPTION Operating Mode Select MBSSID in this field to display the screen as shown 802 11 Mode Select 802 11b Only to allow only IEEE 802 11b compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11g Only to allow only IEEE 802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11b g to allow both IEEE802 11b and IEEE802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device The transmission rate of your ZyXEL Device might be reduced Select 802 11a NWA 3160 only to allow only IEEE 802 11a compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Super Mode Select this to improve data throughput on the WLAN by enabling fast frame and packet bursting Choose Channel ID Set the operating frequency channel depending on your particular region To manually set the ZyXEL Device to use a channel select a channel from the drop down list box NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only click MAINTENANCE and then the Channel Usage tab to open the Channel Usage screen to make sure the channel is not already used by another AP or independent peer to peer wireless network To have the ZyXEL Device automatically select a channel click Scan instead Scan Click this button to have the ZyXEL Device automatically select the wireless c
320. ries User s Guide Chapter 27 System Maintenance and Information 27 3 5 Remote Management Limitations Remote management over LAN or WAN will not work when 1 You have disabled that service in menu 24 11 2 The IP address in the Secured Client IP field menu 24 11 does not match the client IP address If it does not match the ZyXEL Device will disconnect the session immediately 3 There is already another remote management session of the same type Telnet FTP or Web running You may only have one remote management session of the same type running at one time 4 There is a web remote management session running with a Telnet session A Telnet session will be disconnected if you begin a web session it will not begin if there already is a web session 27 4 System Timeout There is a system timeout of five minutes 300 seconds for Telnet web FTP connections Your ZyXEL Device will automatically log you out if you do nothing in this timeout period except when it is continuously updating the status in menu 24 1 or when sys stdio has been changed on the command line ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 27 System Maintenance and Information 270 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Troubleshooting This chapter offers some suggestions to solve problems you might encounter The potential problems are divided into the following categories Power Hardware Connections and LEDs ZyXEL Device Access and Login
321. rnal ME coe T A Hu EE I Active Active mnBN Apply Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 47 RADIUS LABEL DESCRIPTION Index Select the RADIUS profile you want to configure from the drop down list box Profile Name Type a name for the RADIUS profile associated with the Index number above Primary Configure the fields below to set up user authentication and accounting ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless Security Configuration Table 47 RADIUS LABEL DESCRIPTION Backup If the ZyXEL Device cannot communicate with the Primary accounting server you can have the ZyXEL Device use a Backup RADIUS server Make sure the Active check boxes are selected if you want to use backup servers The ZyXEL Device will attempt to communicate three times before using the Backup servers Requests can be issued from the client interface to use the backup server The length of time for each authentication is decided by the wireless client or based on the configuration of the ReAuthentication Timer field in the Security screen RADIUS Option Internal Select this check box to use the ZyXEL Device s internal authentication server The Active RADIUS Server IP Address RADIUS Server Port and Share Secret fields are not available when you use the internal authentication server External Select th
322. rotocol Key Type the key that the certification authority gave you Apply Click Apply to begin certificate or certification request generation Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the My Certificates screen After you click Apply in the My Certificate Create screen you see a screen that tells you the ZyXEL Device is generating the self signed certificate or certification request After the ZyXEL Device successfully enrolls a certificate or generates a certification request or a self signed certificate you see a screen with a Return button that takes you back to the My Certificates screen If you configured the My Certificate Create screen to have the ZyXEL Device enroll a certificate and the certificate enrollment is not successful you see a screen with a Return button that takes you back to the My Certificate Create screen Click Return and check your information in the My Certificate Create screen Make sure that the certification authority information is correct and that your Internet connection is working properly if you want the ZyXEL Device to enroll a certificate online 16 9 My Certificate Details Click CERTIFICATES gt My Certificates to open the My Certificates screen Figure 114 on page 186 Click the details button to open the My Certificate Details screen You can use this screen to view in depth certificate information and change the certificate s name In the case of a self signed certificate yo
323. rrive at the AP at the same time resulting in a loss of messages for both stations RTS CTS is designed to prevent collisions due to hidden nodes An RTS CTS defines the biggest size data frame you can send before an RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake is invoked When a data frame exceeds the RTS CTS value you set between 0 to 2432 bytes the station that wants to transmit this frame must first send an RTS Request To Send message to the AP for permission to send it The AP then responds with a CTS Clear to Send message to all other stations within its range to notify them to defer their transmission It also reserves and confirms with the requesting station the time frame for the requested transmission Stations can send frames smaller than the specified RTS CTS directly to the AP without the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake You should only configure RTS CTS if the possibility of hidden nodes exists on your network and the cost of resending large frames is more than the extra network overhead involved in the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake If the RTS CTS value is greater than the Fragmentation Threshold value see next then the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS size Enabling the RTS Threshold causes redundant network overhead that could negatively affect the throughput performance
324. rs and print WMM_BACKGROUND jobs that are allowed but that should not affect other applications and users Use background priority for applications that do not have strict latency and throughput requirements 8 3 2 ATC Automatic Traffic Classifier ATC is a bandwidth management tool that prioritizes data packets sent across the network ATC assigns each packet a priority and then queues the packet accordingly Packets assigned a high priority are processed more quickly than those with low priority if there is congestion allowing time sensitive applications to flow more smoothly Time sensitive applications include both those that require a low level of latency and a low level of jitter such as Voice over IP or Internet gaming and those for which jitter alone is a problem such as Internet radio or streaming video ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 8 Wireless Configuration ATC assigns priority based on packet size since time sensitive applications such as Internet telephony Voice over IP or VoIP tend to have smaller packet sizes than non time sensitive applications such as FTP File Transfer Protocol The following table shows some common applications their time sensitivity and their typical data packet sizes Note that the figures given are merely examples sizes may differ according to application and circumstances Table 28 Typical Packet Sizes AER REALIGN SENSITIVITY BYTES a Voice
325. rts in most parts of the United States on the second Sunday of March Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select Second Sunday March and 2 00 Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March All of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Mar Last Sun The time you type in the hr field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 02 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 End Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected Yes in the Daylight Saving field The hr field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the first Sunday of November Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select First Sunday November and 2 00 Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Oct Last Sun The time you type in the hr field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 02 because Germany s
326. ryption WEP encryption scrambles the data transmitted between the wireless stations and the access points to keep network communications private It encrypts unicast and multicast communications in a network Both the wireless stations and the access points must use the same WEP key ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 123 Chapter 9 Wireless Security Configuration Your ZyXEL Device allows you to configure up to four 64 bit 128 bit or 152 bit WEP keys but only one key can be enabled at any one time 9 2 802 1x Overview The IEEE 802 1x standard outlines enhanced security methods for both the authentication of wireless stations and encryption key management Authentication can be done using a RADIUS server 9 3 EAP Authentication Overview EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol is an authentication protocol that runs on top of the IEEES802 1x transport mechanism in order to support multiple types of user authentication By using EAP to interact with an EAP compatible RADIUS server the access point helps a wireless station and a RADIUS server perform authentication The type of authentication you use depends on the RADIUS server or the AP The ZyXEL Device supports EAP TLS EAP TTLS EAP MDS and PEAP with RADIUS Refer to the Types of EAP Authentication appendix for descriptions on the common types The following figure shows an overview of authentication when you specify a RADIUS server on your access point Figure 70 EAP
327. s PIN NO RJ 45 SIGNAL ASSIGNMENT ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 29 Product Specifications Table 115 Power over Ethernet Injector RJ 45 Port Pin Assignments Output Transmit Data ITTV TTT 12345678 Output Transmit Data Lt Receive Data Power Power Receive Data Power CO NI om A w N gt Power ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 29 Product Specifications ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide PART IV Appendices and Index Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 263 Wireless LANs 299 Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 313 IP Addresses and Subnetting 319 Text File Based Auto Configuration 327 Legal Information 335 Customer Support 339 Index 345 Setting up Your Computer s IP Address All computers must have a 10M or 100M Ethernet adapter card and TCP IP installed Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems and all versions of UNIX LINUX include the software components you need to install and use TCP IP on your computer Windows 3 1 requires the purchase of a third party TCP IP application package TCP IP should already be installed on computers using Windows NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems After the appropriate TCP IP components are installed configur
328. s Check your TCP IP properties in the Network window ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Wireless LANs Wireless LAN Topologies This section discusses ad hoc and infrastructure wireless LAN topologies Ad hoc Wireless LAN Configuration The simplest WLAN configuration is an independent Ad hoc WLAN that connects a set of computers with wireless adapters A B C Any time two or more wireless adapters are within range of each other they can set up an independent network which is commonly referred to as an ad hoc network or Independent Basic Service Set IBSS The following diagram shows an example of notebook computers using wireless adapters to form an ad hoc wireless LAN Figure 200 Peer to Peer Communication in an Ad hoc Network A B C BSS A Basic Service Set BSS exists when all communications between wireless clients or between a wireless client and a wired network client go through one access point AP Intra BSS traffic is traffic between wireless clients in the BSS When Intra BSS is enabled wireless client A and B can access the wired network and communicate with each other When Intra BSS is disabled wireless client A and B can still access the wired network but cannot communicate with each other ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix B Wireless LANs Figure 201 Basic Service S
329. s points See Section 1 2 3 on page 35 for details Use MBSSID operating mode if you want to use the ZyXEL Device as an access point with some groups of users having different security or QoS settings from other groups of users See Section 1 2 4 on page 36 for details ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial 3 1 2 Wireless LAN Configuration Overview The following figure shows the steps you should take to configure the wireless settings according to the operating mode you select Use the Web Configurator to set up your ZyXEL Device s wireless network see your Quick Start Guide for information on setting up your ZyXEL Device and accessing the Web Configurator ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial Figure 11 Configuring Wireless LAN Select Operating Mode Access Point Bridge AP Bridge MBSSID Mode Repeater Mode Mode Mode NWA 3160 and NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only NWA 3163 only Y Select 802 11 Select 802 11 Mode and Mode and Channel ID Channel ID Select 802 11 Select 802 11 Mode Mode and and Chan
330. s the WEP keys Hex Select this option to enter hexadecimal characters as the WEP keys The preceding Ox is entered automatically Key 1 to Key 4 If you chose 802 1x Static 64 then enter any 5 characters ASCII string or 10 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F preceded by Ox for each key If you chose 802 1x Static 128 bit then enter 13 characters ASCII string or 26 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F preceded by Ox for each key There are four data encryption keys to secure your data from eavesdropping by unauthorized wireless users The values for the keys must be set up exactly the same on the access points as they are on the wireless stations The preceding Ox is entered automatically You must configure all four keys but only one key can be activated at any one time The default key is key 1 ReAuthentication Timer Specify how often wireless stations have to resend user names and passwords in order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Alternatively enter 0 to turn reauthentication off Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the user name and passwo
331. same SSID to allow roaming Apply Click Apply to save your changes Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh 8 7 2 Access Point Mode NWA 3165 This section describes the Access Point mode screen for the NWA 3165 For the NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 see Section 8 7 1 on page 113 Select Access Point as the Operating Mode to display the screen shown next ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless Configuration Figure 64 Wireless Access Point NWA 3165 Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter Operating Mode Access Point v 802 11 Mode 802 11n g Channel Width 20 40MHz E Channel ID Channel 06 2437MHz Short GI Enable S A MPDU Aggregation Enable gt RTS CTS Threshold 2346 256 2346 Fragmentation Threshold 2346 258 2348 Fragmentation threshold shall be an even number Output Power 100 Be SSID Profile ssipoa Iv Enable Breathing LED Enable Roaming Apply Reset The following table describes the general wireless LAN labels in this screen Table 36 Wireless Access Point NWA 3165 LABEL DESCRIPTION Operating Mode Select Access Point from the drop down list 802 11 Mode Select 802 11b g to allow both IEEE802 11b and IEEE802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device The transmission rate of your ZyXEL Device might be reduced Select 802 11n g to allow both IEEE802 11n and IEEE802 11g compliant WLAN devices to a
332. se to identify itself The ZyXEL Device is the SSL server and must always authenticate itself to the SSL client the computer which requests the HTTPS connection with the ZyXEL Device Authenticate Client Certificates Select Authenticate Client Certificates optional to require the SSL client to authenticate itself with the ZyXEL Device by sending the ZyXEL Device a certificate To do that the SSL client must have a CA signed certificate from a CA that has been imported as a trusted CA on the ZyXEL Device see the appendix on importing certificates for details Server Port The HTTPS proxy server listens on port 443 by default If you change the HTTPS proxy server port to a different number on the ZyXEL Device for example 8443 then you must notify people who need to access the ZyXEL Device web configurator to use https ZyXEL Device IP Address 8443 as the URL Server Access Select a ZyXEL Device interface from Server Access on which incoming HTTPS access is allowed You can allow only secure web configurator access by setting the HTTP Server Access field to Disable and setting the HTTPS Server Access field to an interface s Secured Client IP A secure client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the Address ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP ad
333. select WPA2 PSK in the Security Mode field WPA2 PSK provides strong security that anyone with a compatible wireless client can use once they know the pre shared key PSK Enter the PSK you want to use in your network in the Pre Shared Key field In this example the PSK is ThisismyWPA2 PSKpre sharedkey ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 55 Chapter 3 Tutorial Click Apply The WIRELESS gt Security screen displays Ensure that the Profile Name for entry 2 displays VoIP Security and that the Security Mode is WPA2 PSK Figure 19 Tutorial VoIP Security Updated Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter a index Profile Name s 1 securitvf p OT Sz VoIP Security WPA2 PSK 3 2 2 2 Activate the VoIP Profile You need to activate the VoIP_SSID profile before it can be used Click the Wireless tab In the Select SSID Profile table select the VoIP_SSID profile and click Apply Figure 20 Tutorial Activate VoIP Profile Select SSID Profile Index Profile index Profile ssib03 ssipo3 ssip03 gt ssiD03 gt Guest_SSID ssipo4 gt 551003 Your VoIP wireless network is now ready to use Any traffic using the VoIP_SSID profile will be given the highest priority across the wireless network 3 2 3 Configure the Guest Network When you are setting up the wireless n
334. server Information matching the certificate is held on the wireless client s utility A password and user name on the utility must match the Trusted Users list so that the RADIUS server can be authenticated ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 15 Internal RADIUS Server BS The internal RADIUS server does not support domain accounts DOMAIN user When you configure your Windows XP SP2 Wireless Zero Configuration PEAP MS CHAPv2 settings deselect the Use Windows logon name and password check box When authentication begins a pop up dialog box requests you to type a Name Password and Domain of the RADIUS server Specify a name and password only do not specify a domain Click AUTH SERVER gt Setting The screen appears as shown Figure 108 Internal RADIUS Server Setting Screen Setting Trusted AP Trusted Users M Active Valid finde tame type subject issuer Vata From Yg 0019CB000001 00 00 00 00 00 00 019 CB000001 GMT GMT 2000 Jan 2030 CN NWA e generated _self_signed_cert SELF 3160 Sar oae te RRE Apply Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 68 Internal RADIUS Server Setting Screen Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the Active check box to have the ZyXEL Device use its internal RADIUS server to authenticate wireless clients or other APs Index This field displays the certificate index number The certific
335. ss you have a backup configuration stored on disk To restore configuration using FTP or TFTP is the same as uploading the configuration file please refer to the following sections on FTP and TFTP file transfer for more details The ZyXEL Device restarts automatically after the file transfer is complete 26 3 1 Using the FTP command from the DOS Prompt Example 1 Launch the FTP client on your computer 2 Enter open and the IP address of your ZyXEL Device 3 Press ENTER when prompted for a username ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 26 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance 4 Enter root and your SMT password as requested The default is 1234 5 Enter bin to set transfer mode to binary 6 Use put to transfer files from the computer to the ZyXEL Device for example put firmware bin ras transfers the firmware on your computer firmware bin to the ZyXEL Device and renames it ras Similarly put config rom rom 0 transfers the configuration file on your computer config rom to the ZyXEL Device and renames it rom 0 Likewise get rom 0 config rom transfers the configuration file on the ZyXEL Device to your computer and renames it config rom See earlier in this chapter for more information on filename conventions 7 Enter quit to exit the FTP prompt Figure 179 FTP Session Example 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp bin 200 Type I OK f
336. ssesssseesrsrsessernnneerrnnnessernneeetsrnnssenenneenes 118 Figure 68 Wireless Bridge Repeater NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only seee 118 Figure 69 Wireless PP 1n scat epe tUa ido de ints Rp ir Seana bib So pep pda Rud te ap eels seeds 121 Foue TO EAF suasque o Oo oT ES 124 Figure 71 WALZ PPK SBITPIBIVECBUOEE 2iiiasaeccm apt epa EepCHE EU Hd ISO KI RARI RR KR ub dS adt d ron 126 Figure 72 WPA 2 with RADIUS Application Example sse 127 Figure 73 Wireless gt SOCUntly e 129 Figura 74 WIRELESS Securib WEP o e bae pn dde a nad aiit at eases sued puis Fan RS d Ad 130 Figure T5 opu ODE IKONY reaa nu cis d uuu Depto iv sein a ecbtulutegsn tivi siut a vg iedia 131 Figure 76 Security 602 1 Static 64 bit 802 1x Static 128 bit uiis ie secet terni ttt ttai bbt a rae uS Eva as 132 Foue Fo o ocur WPA errira ENEE E E EENE DE E ECE ESE SESER 133 Figure 73 Sectnit WPAZ2 or WPAZ MIX cren nnn Enn S 134 Figure 79 Security WPA PSK WPA2 PSK or WPA2 PSK MIX csssesseseeeeeene nennen 135 Foure SORAS usiri a Gabr dac en ien He cree emer dida 136 Figure 81 Multiple BSS with VLAN Example cutccsiceuscrenanssseceessanincraccasancseebiaanervensacanedauessuureeadhaaaurreani lt 140 22 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide List of Figures Figured o2 Wireless Mulo BS T N 140 FOGO a E e a E E E RSE ERU 143 Figure 64 enitn 144 Figure 35 Laygr Z Isolation Applicaton 2 e rdi cn as oe Uta
337. ssociate with the ZyXEL Device Channel Width This field is available only when 802 11n g is selected as the 802 11 Mode Select whether the ZyXEL Device uses a wireless channel bandwidth of 20 or 40 MHz A standard 20MHz channel offers transfer speeds of up to 150Mbps whereas a 40MHz channel uses two standard channels and offers speeds of up to 300Mbps However not all devices support 40MHz channels Select 20MHz to use regular 20MHz channels or select 20 40 MHz to allow the ZyXEL Device to adjust the channel bandwidth depending on network conditions Channel ID Set the operating frequency channel depending on your particular region To manually set the ZyXEL Device to use a channel select a channel from the drop down list box Short Gl This field is available only when 802 11n g is selected as the 802 11 Mode Select Enable to use the Short GI Guard Interval The guard interval is the gap introduced between data transmission from users in order to reduce interference Reducing the Gl increases data transfer rates but also increases interference Increasing the GI reduces data transfer rates but also reduces interference A MPDU This field is available only when 802 11n g is selected as the 802 11 Mode Select Aggregation Enable to allow the grouping of several A MSDUs Aggregate MAC Service Data Units into one large A MPDU Aggregate MAC Protocol Data Unit This function allows faster data transfer rates RTS
338. st of friendly APs often especially if you have a network with a large number of access points You can choose to scan for rogue APs manually or to have the ZyXEL Device scan automatically at pre defined intervals You can also set the ZyXEL Device to email you immediately when a rogue AP is detected see Chapter 17 on page 201 for information on how to set up email logs ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 Rogue AP 13 3 1 Rogue AP Configuration Click ROGUE AP gt Configuration The following screen appears Figure 98 ROGUE AP gt Configuration Configuration Friendly AP Rogue AP Enable Rogue AP Period Detection No gt Period 10 minutes Friendly AP List File Path Browse Apply Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 57 ROGUE AP gt Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable Rogue AP Period Detection Select Yes to turn rogue AP detection on You must also enter a time value in the Period field Select No to turn rogue AP detection off Period minutes Enter the period you want the ZyXEL Device to wait between scanning for rogue APs between 10 and 60 minutes You must also select Yes in the Active Rogue AP Period Detection field Friendly AP List Export Click this button to save the current list of friendly APs MAC addresses and descriptions as displayed in the ROGUE AP gt Friendly AP screen
339. start your computer so the changes you made take effect ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Configuring 1 In the Network window Configuration tab select your network adapter s TCP IP entry and click Properties 2 Click the IP Address tab f your IP address is dynamic select Obtain an IP address automatically Ifyou have a static IP address select Specify an IP address and type your information into the IP Address and Subnet Mask fields Figure 188 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties IP Address 2x Bindings Advanced NetBios DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address An IP address can be automatically assigned to this computer If your network does not automatically assign IP addresses ask your network administrator for an address and then type it in the space below C Specify an IP address v Detect connection to network media Cancel 3 Click the DNS Configuration tab f you do not know your DNS information select Disable DNS f you know your DNS information select Enable DNS and type the information in the fields below you may not need to fill them all in ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 189 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration TCP IP Properties 21 xl Bindings Advanced Ne Bos DNS Configurati
340. sufficient power and is broadcasting the correct SSID Service Set IDentifier clients have no way of knowing that they are not associating with a legitimate company AP The attacker can forward network traffic from associated clients to a legitimate AP creating the impression of normal service This is a variety of man in the middle attack This scenario can also be part of a wireless denial of service DoS attack in which associated wireless clients are deprived of network access Other opportunities for the attacker include the introduction of malware malicious software into the network ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 13 Rogue AP Figure 97 Honeypot Attack f rem Ma Va M UNUS Let Ta a od on A At 2 2 a i L E z E e amp d 3 E Internet X Q px q ur VEDAA g 13 3 Configuring Rogue AP Detection NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only You can configure the ZyXEL Device to detect rogue IEEE 802 11a 5 GHz NWA 3160 only and IEEE 802 11b g n 2 4 GHz APs LS Rogue AP detection is not available on the NWA 3165 If you have more than one AP in your wireless network you must also configure the list of friendly APs Friendly APs are the other wireless access points in your network as well as any others that you know are not a threat those from neighboring networks for example It is recommended that you export save your li
341. syntax conventions 4 system console port speed 254 diagnostic 255 log and trace 254 system information 253 System status 251 time and date 265 system information 253 system information amp diagnosis 251 system maintenance 251 253 259 261 263 265 System name 99 system timeout 165 269 T tagged VLAN example 213 TCP IP 256 267 telnet 166 266 telnet configuration 266 267 telnet under NAT 267 temperature 278 Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP 308 terminal emulation 237 text file based auto configuration 280 327 TFTP restrictions 269 TFTP file transfer 261 TFTP restrictions 165 time and date setting 265 time setting 102 time zone 266 time sensitive 33 ToS 109 trace records 254 trademarks 335 traffic security 33 Type of Service 109 U use 33 user authentication 125 V Virtual Local Area Network 209 VLAN 209 VoIP 33 37 145 VoIP SSID 37 VT100 237 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Index WwW warranty 337 note 337 wcfg command 330 WDS 34 36 116 web 168 web configurator 33 43 45 WEP 33 WEP encryption 123 130 Wi Fi Multimedia QoS 107 Wi Fi Protected Access 33 307 wired network 33 34 wireless channel 275 wireless client WPA supplicants 128 309 Wireless Distribution System WDS 36 wireless Internet connection 34 wireless LAN 275 wireless security 36 123 275 303 WLAN interference 301 security parameters 310 WLAN interface 34 WMM 145 WPA 33 124 3
342. t allowed to go directly from blocking state to forwarding state so as to eliminate transient loops Table 34 STP Port States PORT STATES DESCRIPTIONS Disabled STP is disabled default Blocking Only configuration and management BPDUS are received and processed Listening All BPDUs are received and processed Learning All BPDUs are received and processed Information frames are submitted to the learning process but not forwarded Forwarding All BPDUs are received and processed All information frames are received and forwarded 8 5 DFS When you choose 802 11a in Access Point mode NWA 3160 only the ZyXEL Device uses DFS Dynamic Frequency Selection to give you a wider choice of wireless channels DFS allows you to use channels in the frequency range normally reserved for radar systems Radar uses radio signals to detect the location of objects for military meteorological or air traffic control purposes As long as your ZyXEL Device detects no radar activity on the channel you select you can use the channel to communicate However a wireless LAN operating on the same frequency as an active radar system could disrupt the radar system Therefore if the ZyXEL Device detects radar activity on the channel you select it automatically instructs the wireless clients to move to another channel then resumes communications on the new channel 8 6 Wireless Screen Overview The following is a list of the wire
343. t on the power adaptor or cord and do NOT place the product where anyone can walk on the power adaptor or cord Do NOT use the device if the power adaptor or cord is damaged as it might cause electrocution If the power adaptor or cord is damaged remove it from the power outlet Do NOT attempt to repair the power adaptor or cord Contact your local vendor to order a new one Do not use the device outside and make sure all the connections are indoors There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Antenna Warning This device meets ETSI and FCC certification requirements when using the included antenna s Only use the included antenna s If you wall mount your device make sure that no electrical lines gas or water pipes will be damaged The PoE Power over Ethernet devices that supply or receive power and their connected Ethernet cables must all be completely indoors This product is recyclable Dispose of it properly ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Safety Warnings ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Safety Warnings ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Contents Overview Contents Overview troduction eee 31 aL pene GINS Hie Ly AL ee ausosccskl io E RPOULRU VMALADURRHOUL EUR LANERO UA LGRU PRA GUN PROS RR MODE 33 introducing the Web Configurator ew 43 TUONA viaaa 47 E NOI IS AM E Baccano eae T5 su uci ee E 79 AP Controll
344. t the FTP prompt oath WD ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 26 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance Figure 178 FTP Session Example 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp gt bin 200 Type I OK ftp get rom 0 zyxel rom 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR ras 226 File received OK ftp 327680 bytes sent in 1 10Seconds 297 89Kbytes sec ftp gt quit The following table describes some of the commands that you may see in third party FTP clients Table 103 General Commands for Third Party FTP Clients COMMAND DESCRIPTION Host Address Enter the address of the host server Login Type Anonymous This is when a user I D and password is automatically supplied to the server for anonymous access Anonymous logins will work only if your ISP or service administrator has enabled this option Normal The server requires a unique User ID and Password to login Transfer Type Transfer files in either ASCII plain text format or in binary mode Initial Remote Specify the default remote directory path Directory Initial Local Directory Specify the default local directory path 26 2 2 Backup Configuration Using TFTP The ZyXEL Device supports the up downloading of the firmware and the configuration file using TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol over LAN Although TFTP should work over WAN as well it is not recommended To use
345. t to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the certificate file you want to upload Apply Click Apply to save the certificate on the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the Trusted CAs screen 16 12 Trusted CA Certificate Details Click CERTIFICATES gt Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen Click the details icon to open the Trusted CA Details screen Use this screen to view in depth information about the certification authority s certificate change the certificate s name and set whether or not you want the ZyXEL Device to check a certification authority s list of revoked certificates before trusting a certificate issued by the certification authority ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Certificates Figure 120 Trusted CA Details Name VeriSign cer Property Check incoming certificates issued by this CA against a CRL Certificate Path Refresh Certificate Information Type Selfsigned X 509 Certificate Version V1 Serial Number 355880216084885406223240701 1527417280 Subject OU Secure Server Certification Authority O RSA Data Security Inc C US Issuer OU Secure Server Certification Authority O RSA Data Security Inc C US Signature Algorithm rsa pkes1 md2 Valid From 1994 Nov 9th 00 00 00 GMT Valid To 2010 Jan 7th 23 59 59 GMT Key Algorithm rsaEncryption 1000 bits MD5 Fingerprint 74 7b 82
346. te Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action Refresh Click Refresh to display the current validity status of the certificates 16 6 Certificate File Formats The certification authority certificate that you want to import has to be in one of these file formats Binary X 509 This is an ITU T recommendation that defines the formats for X 509 certificates PEM Base 64 encoded X 509 This Privacy Enhanced Mail format uses 64 ASCII characters to convert a binary X 509 certificate into a printable form Binary PKCS 7 This is a standard that defines the general syntax for data including digital signatures that may be encrypted The ZyXEL Device currently allows the importation of a PKS 7 file that contains a single certificate PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS 7 This Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format uses 64 ASCII characters to convert a binary PKCS 7 certificate into a printable form ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Certificates 16 7 Importing a Certificate BS Click CERTIFICATES gt My Certificates and then Import to open the My Certificate Import screen Follow the instructions in this screen to save an existing certificate to the ZyXEL Device You can import only a certificate that matches a corresponding certification request that was generated by the ZyXEL Device The certificate you import replaces the corresponding request in the My Certif
347. ted decimal notation Note If you change the ZyXEL Device s IP address you must use the new IP address if you want to access the web configurator again IP Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the IP address of the gateway The gateway is an immediate neighbor of your ZyXEL Device that will forward the packet to the destination On the LAN the gateway must be a router on the same segment as your ZyXEL Device over the WAN the gateway must be the IP address of one of the remote nodes Apply Click Apply to save your changes Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Rogue AP This chapter discusses rogue wireless access points APs and how to configure the ZyXEL Device s rogue AP detection feature LES Rogue AP detection features are available on the NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 only 13 1 Rogue AP Introduction A rogue AP is a wireless access point operating in a network s coverage area that is not a sanctioned part of that network Rogue APs are not under the control of the network s administrators and can open up holes in a network s security Attackers can take advantage of a rogue AP s weaker or non existent security to gain access to the network or set up their own rogue APs in order to capture information from wireless clients If a scan reveals a rogue AP you can use commercially available software to physic
348. ter Hiie Security RADIUS ze MAC Filter Name Isolation EN vor SSID ZyXEL01 sacart radius01 VoIP Disable Disable L2 SERVER 1 SSID S1 security03 radiusi 1 NONE ISO SERVER 4 MacFilter SERVER 1 SERVER 2 SSID S2 security04 radius 1 NONE L2 S MacFilter SERVER 2 ISO SERVER 2 5 DO XELOS securityl radiusi O Disable Disable IONS sso zyxELO6 securi radius 1 NONE Dis isable L e If the settings are not as shown follow the steps in the relevant section of this tutorial again 3 4 6 2 Testing the Configuration Before you allow employees to use the network you need to thoroughly test whether the setup behaves as it should Take the following steps to do this 1 Testthe SERVER 1 network ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial Using Alice s computer and wireless client and the correct security settings do the following Attempt to access Server 1 You should be able to do so Attempt to access the Internet You should be able to do so Attempt to access Server 2 You should be unable to do so If you can do so layer 2 Isolation is misconfigured Using Alice s computer and wireless client and incorrect security settings attempt to associate with the SERVER 1 network You should be unable to do so If you can do so security is misconfigured Using another computer and wireless client but w
349. tered 4 Click the MAC Filter tab When the MAC Filter screen appears select macfilter03 s entry and click Edit Enter the MAC address of the device Alice uses to connect to the network in Set 1 s MAC Address field and enter her name in the Description field as shown in the following figure Change the Profile Name to MacFilter SERVER 1 Select Allow Association from the Filter Action field and click Apply ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial Figure 39 Tutorial MAC Filter Edit SERVER 1 Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter MAC Address Filter Profile Name MacFilter SERVER 1 Filter Action Allow Association z Set _MAC Address Description Set _MAC Address Description LI PA Ep EM COS You have restricted access to the SERVER 1 network to only the networking device whose MAC address you entered The SERVER 1 network is now configured 3 4 5 Configure the SERVER 2 Network Next you will configure the SERVER 2 network that allows Bob to access secure server 2 and the Internet To do this repeat the procedure in Section 3 4 4 on page 68 substituting the following information Table 9 Tutorial SERVER 2 Network Information SSID Screen Index 4 Profile Name SERVER 2 SSID Edit SERVER 2 Screen L2 Isolation L2lsolation04 MAC Filtering macfilter04 Layer 2 Isolation L2Isolation0
350. th VLAN ID 2 are forwarded to SSID02 and also to SSID01 However SSID02 has no second Rx VLAN ID configured and the ZyXEL Device forwards only packets tagged with VLAN ID 2 to it 18 2 5 1 Second Rx VLAN Setup Example The following steps show you how to setup a second Rx VLAN ID on the ZyXEL Device 1 Log into the Web Configurator 2 Click VLAN gt Wireless VLAN 3 If VLAN is not already enabled click Enable Virtual LAN and set up the Management VLAN ID see Section 18 2 3 on page 213 AS If no devices are in the management VLAN then no one will be able to access the ZyXEL Device and you will have to restore the default configuration file 4 Select the SSID profile you want to configure SSID03 in this example and enter the VLAN ID number between 1 and 4094 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 18 VLAN 5 Enter a Second Rx VLAN ID The following screen shows SSID03 tagged with a VLAN ID of 3 and a Second Rx VLAN ID of 4 Figure 145 Configuring SSID Second Rx VLAN ID Example VIRTUAL LAN Setup Iv Wireless VIRTUAL LAN Setup SSID VLAN ID Second Rx VLAN ID 6 Click Apply to save these settings Outgoing packets from clients in SSID03 are tagged with a VLAN ID of 3 and incoming packets with a VLAN ID of 3 or 4 are forwarded to SSID03 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 225 Chapter 18 VLAN ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Maintenance This chapter displays system i
351. the ZyXEL Device SSID This field displays the SSID to which the wireless station is associated Signal This field displays the RSSI Received Signal Strength Indicator of the wireless connection Refresh Click Refresh to reload the screen 19 4 Channel Usage NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 Only The Channel Usage screen shows whether a channel is used by another wireless network or not If a channel is being used you should select a channel removed from it by five channels to completely avoid overlap Click MAINTENANCE gt Channel Usage to display the screen shown next Wait a moment while the ZyXEL Device compiles the information Figure 149 Channel Usage Status Association List Channel Usage FAW Upload Configuration Restart O OSSIDO MAC Address METTET Network Mode ZyXEL_1237 00 13 49 00 00 01 23 h Infra ZyXEL 00 13 49 00 00 05 6 82 Infra Wireless 00 A0 C5 00 07 77 6 425 Infra Wireless 00 A0 C5 5C AF 7A 11 25 Infra 4 amp 3214 G3000 00 A0 C5 F5 02 06 11 22 Infra WEP Refresh ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 19 Maintenance The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 90 Channel Usage LABEL DESCRIPTION SSID This is the Service Set IDentification name of the AP in an Infrastructure wireless network or wireless station in an Ad Hoc wireless network For our purposes we define an Infrastructure network as a w
352. the network number in bold text and host ID of an IP address 192 168 1 2 in decimal Table 120 Subnet Masks OCTET OCTET OCTET OCTET 192 168 1 2 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000010 Subnet Mask Binary 111114144 11111114 11111111 00000000 Network Number 11000000 10101000 00000001 Host ID 00000010 By convention subnet masks always consist of a continuous sequence of ones beginning from the leftmost bit of the mask followed by a continuous sequence of zeros for a total number of 32 bits Subnet masks can be referred to by the size of the network number part the bits with a 1 value For example an 8 bit mask means that the first 8 bits of the mask are ones and the remaining 24 bits are zeroes ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix D IP Addresses and Subnetting Subnet masks are expressed in dotted decimal notation just like IP addresses The following examples show the binary and decimal notation for 8 bit 16 bit 24 bit and 29 bit subnet masks Table 121 Subnet Masks BINARY DECIMAL OcrET OCTET OcTET SCTE 8 bit mask 11111111 00000000 00000000 00000000 255 0 0 0 16 bit mask 11111111 11111111 00000000 00000000 255 255 0 0 24 bit mask 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 255 255 255 0 29 bit mask 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111000 255 255 255 248 Network Size The s
353. the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the user name and password again before access to the wired network is allowed The default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour Apply Click Apply to save your changes Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh 9 9 3 Security 802 1x Static 64 bit 802 1x Static 128 bit Select 802 1x Static 64 or 802 1x Static 128 in the Security Mode field to display the following screen ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 131 Chapter 9 Wireless Security Configuration Figure 76 Security 802 1x Static 64 bit 802 1x Static 128 bit Wireless SSID Profile Name Key1 C Key2 C Key3 C Key4 Idle Timeout Security Mode Enter 13 ASCII characters or 26 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for each Key 1 4 ReAuthentication Timer Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter security4 J8021x Statict 28 ASCII C Hex L m fi 800 in seconds 0 mean no ReAuthentication 3600 in seconds Apply Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 43 Security 802 1x Static 64 bit 802 1x Static 128 bit LABEL DESCRIPTION Name Type a name to identify this security profile Security Mode Choose 802 1x Static 64 or 802 1x Static 128 in this field ASCII Select this option to enter ASCII characters a
354. thentication MS CHAP Encrypted Authentization CHAP Unenerypted Authentication PAP SPAP Unauthenticated Access Allow remote PPP clients to connect without negotiating any authentication method Cancel Apply 8 Click the Encryption tab Select the Strongest encryption option This step is not required for EAP MDS but is performed as a safeguard Figure 137 Encryption Tab Settings Diakin Constraints IP Multilink Authentication Encryption Advanced NOTE These ericiypliuri sellirius apply uri lu the Wirduws 2000 Ruutiniy and Remote Access Service Select the level s of encryption that should be allowed by this profile No Encryption Basic Strong I Strongest Cancel Apply 9 Click the IP tab and select the Client may request an IP address check box for DHCP support 10 Click the Advanced tab The current default parameters returned to the ZyXEL Device should be Service Type and Framed Protocol Click the Add button to add an additional three RADIUS VLAN attributes required for 802 1X Dynamic VLAN Assignment ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 18 VLAN Edit Dial in Profile Dialin Constraints Authentication Access Server Parameters Service T ype Framed Protocol IP Multilink Encryption Advanced Specify additional connection attributes to be returned to the Remote RADIUS Standard Framed RADIUS Standard P
355. thentication server 802 1x Static128 Select this to use 802 1x authentication with a static 128bit WEP key and an authentication server WPA Select this to use WPA WPA PSK Select this to use WPA with a pre shared key WPA2 Select this to use WPA2 WPA2 MIX Select this to use either WPA2 or WPA depending on which security mode the wireless client uses WPA2 PSK Select this to use WPA2 with a pre shared key WPA2 PSK MIX Select this to use either WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK depending on which security mode the wireless client uses ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless Security Configuration 9 7 Wireless Client WPA Supplicants A wireless client supplicant is the software that runs on an operating system instructing the wireless client how to use WPA At the time of writing the most widely available supplicant is the WPA patch for Windows XP Funk Software s Odyssey client and Meetinghouse Data Communications AEGIS client The Windows XP patch is a free download that adds WPA capability to Windows XP s built in Zero Configuration wireless client However you must run Windows XP to use it 9 8 Wireless Security Effectiveness The following figure shows the relative effectiveness of these wireless security methods available on your ZyXEL Device EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol is used for authentication and utilizes static WEP key exchange It requires interaction with a RADIUS Remote Authe
356. tificates CERT represents a certificate issued by a certification authority Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate s owner such as CN Common Name OU Organizational Unit or department O Organization or company and C Country It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as a common name organizational unit or department organization or company and country With self signed certificates this is the same information as in the Subject field Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Apply Click Apply to have the ZyXEL Device use certificates to authenticate wireless clients Reset Click Reset to start configuring this screen afresh 15 3 Trusted AP Overview A trusted AP is an AP that uses the ZyXEL Device s internal RADIUS server to authenticate its wireless clients Each wireless client must have a user name and password configured in the AUTH SERVER
357. tificates that you import to the ZyXEL Device This check box is only available with self signed certificates If this check box is already selected you cannot clear it in this screen you must select this check box in another self signed certificate s details screen This automatically clears the check box in the details screen of the certificate that was previously set to sign the imported trusted remote host certificates ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Certificates Table 74 My Certificate Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Certificate Path Click the Refresh button to have this read only text box display the hierarchy of certification authorities that validate the certificate and the certificate itself If the issuing certification authority is one that you have imported as a trusted certification authority it may be the only certification authority in the list along with the certificate itself If the certificate is a self signed certificate the certificate itself is the only one in the list The ZyXEL Device does not trust the certificate and displays Not trusted in this field if any certificate on the path has expired or been revoked Refresh Click Refresh to display the certification path Certificate These read only fields display detailed information about the certificate Information Type This field displays general information about the certificate CA signed mea
358. till cause damage to the network or intercept unsecured communications Enter the PSK you want to use in your network in the Pre Shared Key field In this example the PSK is ThisismyGuestWPApre sharedkey Click Apply The WIRELESS gt Security screen displays Ensure that the Profile Name for entry 3 displays Guest_Security and that the Security Mode is WPA PSK Figure 23 Tutorial Guest Security Updated Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Profile Name Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter security01 VoIP Securi 3 2 3 2 Set up Layer 2 Isolation Configure layer 2 isolation to control the specific devices you want the users on your guest network to access Click WIRELESS gt Layer 2 Isolation The following screen appears Figure 24 Tutorial Layer 2 Isolation Wireless SSID Index 1 2 2isolationO ee _ _ _ Se Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation I2isolation 1 MAC Filter Profile Name I2isolation 2 I2isolation 3 MB t t itam 5 I2isolation15 I2isolation16 zi The Guest SSID network uses the I2isolation01 profile by default so select its entry and click Edit The following screen displays ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial Figure 25 Tutorial Layer 2 Isolation Profile Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer Isola
359. ting CAPWAP management requests 802 11a This field displays the number of wireless clients associated with APs managed by the ZyXEL Device including the ZyXEL Device itself using IEEE 802 1a 802 11b g This field displays the number of wireless clients associated with APs managed by the ZyXEL Device including the ZyXEL Device itself using IEEE 802 1b or IEEE 802 11g AP List Click this to see a list of the APs managed by the ZyXEL Device See Section 6 1 1 on page 84 AP Statistics Click this to see packet statistics related to each of the APs managed by the ZyXEL Device See Section 6 1 2 on page 85 Association List Click this to see information about each of the wireless clients connected to APs managed by the ZyXEL Device See Section 6 1 3 on page 86 SSID Information Click this to see details of the security settings used by each SSID Service Set IDentifier and the number of wireless clients associated with each SSID See Section 6 1 4 on page 86 6 1 1 The AP List Status Screen Use this screen to see a list of the APs managed by the ZyXEL Device When the ZyXEL Device is in AP controller mode click AP List in the Status screen The following screen displays Figure 47 AP List Status AP Description D Radio MAC v ue SSID List Ta ode ID Local AP NWA 3160 00 19 CB 11 22 33 802 11b g Auto 11 ZyXELO3 Refresh ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide C
360. ting Example After Subnetting esisiini 323 Figure 217 Text File Based Auto Configuration eeeeeeesee enitn anat ath tnn etna nuu nih a ak na taa 327 Figure 219 Configuration File Formal 2 ER EEERQUI e EHE UR PX vEppPU HP CERO EH EUR PIQ et ERUNT RE E ERI EE EUD ae 329 Figure 219 WEP Configuration File Example 4555 aded oen dri ados ex d p cce doe ados Babine 330 Figure 220 802 1X Configuration File Example eseeeseeseeeeseeeee seen nnn nnn tnnt kan innt nn dna naa 331 Figure 221 WPA PSK Configuration File Exemple cciccsscccascssccacnsccsstnmeassertennecueuvieneasssttianaessateenassuriennee 331 Figure 222 WPA Configuration File EXAIIIG iss tette dace a pd ti Oen SM Ote SS ERI Rb t 332 Figure 223 Wlan Configuration File EXsermfplg sicisess sontectee rp drea pq RRR ERU RERo AR EUR APTAFR Pep E MAR EUM qM M ERES 333 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide List of Tables List of Tables VME UNS i E E aed ote ae a EIE al aaa gl lal kd E al Aaa aire 33 ils EED eee C Rn NR RN 40 Tabes Tutonal Example IMnOnmAtNON e 51 Table 4 Tutorial Rogue AP Example Info BRIT ssicssisisssssossssatesansssensessonssseasssaqasseoensanasseosssooaasieesansassen 61 Table S TuUtonal Fhendiy AP Informatio em 62 Table 6 Tutorial SSID Profile Security SetingSs ssisissireiisssiciisnrni ana 68 Table 7 Tutorial Example Network MAC Addresses sse 68 Table 8 Tutorial Example User MAC Addresses cccccc
361. tion MAC Filter ayer 2 Isolation Configuration Profile Name I2isoletiont Allow devices with these MAC addresses San Rts Set MAC Address 00 A4 00 AA 00 AA 00 00 00 00 00 00 A4 00 AA 00 AA 00 EN 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Mmr 00 00 00 00 00 00 Em 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Reset Enter the MAC addresses of the two network devices you want users on the guest network to be able to access the main network router 00 AA 00 AA 00 AA and the network printer AA 00 AA 00 AA 00 Click Apply 3 2 3 3 Activate the Guest Profile You need to activate the Guest SSID profile before it can be used Click the Wireless tab In the Select SSID Profile table select the check box for the Guest SSID profile and click Apply Figure 26 Tutorial Activate Guest Profile Output Power 100 Select SSID Profile Index Profile Index Profile VoIP SSID ssipo3 ssipo3 j ssip03 SsID03 j 551004 SsIDO3 v Your Guest wireless network is now ready to use 3 2 4 Testing the Wireless Networks To make sure that the three networks are correctly configured do the following e On a computer with a wireless client scan for access points You should see the Guest SSID network but not the VoIP SSID network If you can see the VoIP SSID network go to its SSID Edit screen and make sure Hide Name
362. tion Example You need the IP address of the RADIUS server its port number default is 1812 and the RADIUS shared secret A WPA 2 application example with an external RADIUS server looks as follows A is the RADIUS server DS is the distribution system 1 The AP passes the wireless client s authentication request to the RADIUS server 2 The RADIUS server then checks the user s identification against its database and grants or denies network access accordingly Co The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key PMK key to the AP that then sets up a key hierarchy and management system using the pair wise key to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless Security Configuration Figure 72 WPA 2 with RADIUS Application Example v 0 eA a AC x m JJ za 3 J o nN E Y 9 6 Security Modes The following table describes the security modes you can configure Table 38 Security Modes SECURITY MODE DESCRIPTION None Select this to have no data encryption WEP Select this to use WEP encryption 802 1x Only Select this to use 802 1x authentication with no data encryption 802 1x Static64 Select this to use 802 1x authentication with a static 64bit WEP key and an au
363. tions Shanghai Corp e Support E mail cso zycn zyxel cn Sales E mail sales zyxel cn Telephone 86 021 61199055 Fax 86 021 52069033 Document Title Appendix G Customer Support Address 1005F ShengGao International Tower No 137 XianXia Rd Shanghai Web http www zyxel cn Costa Rica Support E mail soporte zyxel co cr Sales E mail sales zyxel co cr Telephone 506 2017878 Fax 506 2015098 Web www zyxel co cr Regular Mail ZyXEL Costa Rica Plaza Roble Escaz Etapa El Patio Tercer Piso San Jos Costa Rica Czech Republic E mail info cz zyxel com Telephone 420 241 091 350 Fax 420 241 091 359 Web www zyxel cz Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Czech s r o Modransk 621 143 01 Praha 4 Modrany Cesk Republika Denmark Support E mail support zyxel dk Sales E mail sales zyxel dk Telephone 45 39 55 07 00 Fax 45 39 55 07 07 Web www zyxel dk Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Columbusvej 2860 Soeborg Denmark Finland Support E mail support zyxel fi Sales E mail sales zyxel fi Telephone 358 9 4780 8411 Fax 358 9 4780 8448 Web www zyxel fi Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Oy Malminkaari 10 00700 Helsinki Finland France E mail info zyxel fr Telephone 33 4 72 52 97 97 Fax 33 4 72 52 19 20 Web www zyxel fr Regular Mail ZyXEL France 1 rue des Vergers Bat 1 C 69760 Limonest France Document Title Appendix G
364. tor System Screens 99 Wireless Configuration 105 Wireless Security Configuration 123 MBSSID and SSID 139 Other Wireless Configuration 147 IP Screen 157 Rogue AP 159 Remote Management Screens 165 Internal RADIUS Server 177 Certificates 183 Log Screens 201 VLAN 209 Maintenance 227 System Screens 7 1 System Overview This section provides information on general system setup 7 2 Configuring General Setup Click SYSTEM gt General Figure 57 System gt General System Name Domain Name First DNS Server Third DNS Server General Password Time Setting Administrator Inactivity Timer fi 0 minutes 0 means no timeout System DNS Servers Second DNS Server NWA Series From DHCP J 0 0 0 0 From DHCP gt 0 0 0 0 From DHCP j 0 0 0 0 Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 23 System General LABEL DESCRIPTION General Setup System Name Type a descriptive name to identify the ZyXEL Device in the Ethernet network This name can be up to 30 alphanumeric characters long Spaces are not allowed but dashes and underscores are accepted Domain Name This is not a required field Leave this field blank or enter the domain name here if you know it Administrator Inactivity Timer Type how many minutes a management session either via the web configurator or SMT can be left
365. tory default settings Refer to Section 2 2 on page 44 for more information 19 7 Restart Screen System restart allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off Click MAINTENANCE gt Restart Click Restart to have the ZyXEL Device reboot This does not affect the ZyXEL Device s configuration Figure 159 Restart Screen Status Association List Channel Usage FAW Upload Configuration Restart Click Restart to have the device perform a software restart The SYS LED blinks as the device restarts and then stays steady off if the restart is successful Wait a minute before logging into the device again Restart ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide ART III Introducing the SMT 237 General Setup 243 LAN Setup 245 SNMP Configuration 247 System Password 249 System Information and Diagnosis 251 nance 257 System Maintenance and Information 263 Troubleshooting 271 Product Specifications 277 Firmware and Configuration File Maint Introducing the SMT This chapter describes how to access the SMT and provides an overview of its menus LES At the time of writing only the NWA 3165 provides an SMT 20 1 Introduction to the SMT The ZyXEL Device s SMT System Management Terminal is a menu driven interface that you can access from a terminal emulator through the console port or over a telnet connection This chapter shows you how to access the SM
366. tp put firmware bin ras 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR ras 226 File received OK ftp 327680 bytes sent in 1 10Seconds 297 89Kbytes sec ftp quit More commands that you may find in third party FTP clients are listed earlier in this chapter 26 3 2 TFTP File Upload The ZyXEL Device also supports the up downloading of the firmware and the configuration file using TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol over LAN Although TFTP should work over WAN as well it is not recommended To use TFTP your computer must have both telnet and TFTP clients To transfer the firmware and the configuration file follow the procedure shown next 1 Use telnet from your computer to connect to the ZyXEL Device and log in Because TFTP does not have any security checks the ZyXEL Device records the IP address of the telnet client and accepts TFTP requests only from this address 2 Put the SMT in command interpreter CI mode by entering 8 in Menu 24 System Maintenance 3 Enter the command sys stdio 0 to disable the SMT timeout so the TFTP transfer will not be interrupted Enter command sys stdio 5 to restore the five minute SMT timeout default when the file transfer is complete 4 Launch the TFTP client on your computer and connect to the ZyXEL Device Set the transfer mode to binary before starting data transfer 5 Use the TFTP client see the example below to transfer files between the ZyXEL Device
367. tructions in this screen to upload firmware to your ZyXEL Device Figure 150 Firmware Upload Status Association List Channel Usage FAW Upload Configuration Restart To upgrade the internal device firmware browse to the location of the binary BIN upgrade file and click Upload Upgrade files can be downloaded from website If the upgrade file is compressed ZIP file you must first extract the binary BIN file In some cases you may need to reconfigure File Path Browse Upload The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 91 Firmware Upload LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 19 Maintenance Table 91 Firmware Upload LABEL DESCRIPTION Browse Click Browse to find the bin file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed zip files before you can upload them Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process This process may take up to two minutes D gt Do not turn off the ZyXEL Device while firmware upload is in progress After you see the Firmware Upload in Process screen wait two minutes before logging into the ZyXEL Device again Figure 151 Firmware Upload In Process Firmware Upload In Process Warning Do Not Turn Off the Device Please wait for t
368. u can set it to be the one that the ZyXEL Device uses to sign the trusted remote host certificates that you import to the ZyXEL Device ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Certificates Figure 117 My Certificate Details Certificate Path Certificate Information Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format eUFJUiBHLTEwMDBOIEZhY3RvcnkgRGVmYXVsdCBDZXJOaWZpYZFOZTAeFwOwMDAx MDEwMDAwMDBaFwOzMDAxMDEwMDAwMDBaMDOxMjAwBgNVBAMTKVpSQUISIECCMT w MFAgRmFjdG9yeSBEZWZhdWxOIENlcnRpZmljYXRl1MFwwDQYJKOoZIhvcNAQEBBQAD SwAwSAJBANB1YebOCBx9tjUjVLZVOIFvlWBrQM613TF1WOoOHKQtSFywWdFNnXXS5L qXfXlYHFgoO8MnC6cJGUGGhd5pWAuBSMCAwEAAaN MHkwDgYDVROPAQEABAQDAGKk MCAGA1UdEQOZMBeBFWZhY3RvcnlAYXVOby5nZW4uYZVydDASBgNVHRMBAQAECDAG AQH AgEBMDEGA1UdJQOqMCQgGCCSGAQUFCAICBggrBgEFBOcDAQYIKwYBBQUHAwOG CCSGAQUFBwMCMAOGCSqGSID3DQEBBQUAAOEAk 6Zai UjL 4WZkiE h6UmGJYT gG DOyeDwtMOzydOZRn3dDLGISQJUtZwJrD8njPGv3oR7 ZrcwlTZVQKkASFA9g The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 74 My Certificate Details Default self signed certificate which signs the imported remote host certificates LABEL DESCRIPTION Name This field displays the identifying name of this certificate If you want to change the name type up to 31 characters to identify this certificate You may use any character not including spaces Property Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device use this certificate to sign the trusted remote host cer
369. u will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Index Select the check box to activate an SSID profile ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 10 MBSSID and SSID Table 48 Wireless Multiple BSS LABEL DESCRIPTION Profile Select the profile s of the SSIDs you want to use in your wireless network You can have up to eight BSSs running on the ZyXEL Device simultaneously one of which is always the pre configured VoIP SSID profile and another of which is always the pre configured Guest SSID profile Configure SSID profiles in the SSID screen Enable Spanning Tree R STP detects and breaks network loops and provides backup links between Control STP Switches bridges or routers It allows a bridge to interact with other R STP compliant bridges in your network to ensure that only one path exists between any two stations on the network Select the check box to activate STP on the ZyXEL Device Roaming Active Roaming allows wireless stations to switch from one access point to another as they move from one coverage area to another Select this checkbox to enable roaming on the ZyXEL Device if you have two or more ZyXEL Devices on the same subnet Note All APs on the same subnet and the wireless stations must have the same SSID to allow roaming Apply Click Apply t
370. ubnet mask in Subnet mask and then click Add Repeat the above two steps for each IP address you want to add Configure additional default gateways in the IP Settings tab by clicking Add in Default gateways In TCP IP Gateway Address type the IP address of the default gateway in Gateway To manually configure a default metric the number of transmission hops clear the Automatic metric check box and type a metric in Metric Click Add Repeat the previous three steps for each default gateway you want to add Click OK when finished 7 Inthe Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window the General tab in Windows XP Click Obtain DNS server address automatically if you do not know your DNS server IP address es If you know your DNS server IP address es click Use the following DNS server addresses and type them in the Preferred DNS server and Alternate DNS server ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide fields Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address If you have previously configured DNS servers click Advanced and then the DNS tab to order them Figure 195 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the fo
371. ugh proxy connections 29 Java Sun C v Use Java 2 v1 4 1 07 for applet requires restart Microsoft vv O Java console enabled requires restart O Java logging enabled JIT compiler for virtual machine enabled requires restart Multimedia O Always show Internet Explorer 5 0 or later Radio toolbar O Don t display online media content in the media bar Enable Automatic Image Resizing x b Restore Defaults Cancel Apply ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide IP Addresses and Subnetting This appendix introduces IP addresses and subnet masks IP addresses identify individual devices on a network Every networking device including computers servers routers printers etc needs an IP address to communicate across the network These networking devices are also known as hosts Subnet masks determine the maximum number of possible hosts on a network You can also use subnet masks to divide one network into multiple sub networks Introduction to IP Addresses One part of the IP address is the network number and the other part is the host ID In the same way that houses on a street share a common street name the hosts on a network share a common network number Similarly as each house has its own house number each host on the network has its own unique identifying number the host ID Routers use the network number to send packets to the correct network while the host ID determines to which host on the netw
372. ult is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Apply Click Apply to save your changes Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide E Chapter 9 Wireless Security Configuration 9 10 Introduction to RADIUS RADIUS is based on a client sever model that supports authentication and accounting where the access point is the client and the server is the RADIUS server The RADIUS server handles the following tasks among others Authentication Determines the identity of the users Accounting Keeps track of the client s network activity The ZyXEL Device is equipped with an internal RADIUS server See Section 15 1 on page 177 for more details 9 11 Configuring RADIUS Use RADIUS if you want to authenticate wireless users using the internal authentication server see Section 15 1 on page 177 or an external server You can configure up to four RADIUS server profiles Each profile also has one backup authentication server and a backup accounting server These profiles can be assigned to an SSID profile in the SSID configuration screen To set up your ZyXEL Device s RADIUS server settings click WIRELESS gt RADIUS The screen appears as shown Figure 80 RADIUS Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter Index fi x Profile Name rediust po Primary Backup _ _ _ C Internal External C Internal Exte
373. un ER EERUR 216 TRE OF System SIMS d prEehE 227 Table 86 System Status Show SEefIellOS iussa cci ERR DELEER Fa EXE KRE EON aada N RECEN EFE Pad UI Regu 228 Table oH AsBOCIBIOD CLE gerichtet 229 Table DU CAE DGBEO quuestdentusvet diei G od died po ded M cd dd en DO dern dd 230 Tabie 91 TX TUIS Upa auaespusatiesdud re PES io epa ien deren dsna iai uai eub Via ATI RSde 230 TABI 92 Restore ConfiguUratiOri 233 Table 99 OMT Mathis OVETAOW sirasinda B oO d S Pr Lt a at Fl t ad 240 Table 2 rum ES usce et 241 Table 95 Mab Menu SUMMAN E 242 Table 96 Menu 1 General SEI iuc pe e Ee ertt pli ians anaiai ai aE aaa a reb aaa ee lumens 243 Table 97 Menu 3 2 TEPHP SOR sceisciiieceteqrE o v RIEF estar nakomaielantatacadsialadionees ae 246 Table 99 Menu 22 SNMP Configuration 42 rr d E RRERHC DIS RR HER PR LSU LL HC S 247 Table 99 Menu 24 1 System Maintenance Status ssssssssssssssssseseenene emere 252 Table 100 Menu 24 2 1 System Maintenance Information ssssssssssssee 253 Table 101 Menu 24 4 System Maintenance Menu Diagnostic sss 256 Tabie 102 Filbname Comente Am 258 Table 103 General Commands for Third Party FTP Clients ssiiissiessiinscierssineisesriiesissiinrenreriiisrsn 259 Table 104 General Commands for Third Party TFTP Clients 1 rtm nena 260 Table 105 Brute Force Password Guessing Protection Co
374. unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information Share Secret Enter a password up to 128 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external accounting server and the ZyXEL Device The key must be the same on the external accounting server and your ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network Apply Click Apply to save your changes Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 9 Wireless Security Configuration ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide MBSSID and SSID This chapter describes how to configure and use your ZyXEL Device s MBSSID mode and configure SSID profiles 10 1 Wireless LAN Infrastructures See the Wireless LAN chapter for some basic WLAN scenarios and terminology 10 1 1 MBSSID Traditionally you needed to use different APs to configure different Basic Service Sets BSSs As well as the cost of buying extra APs there was also the possibility of channel interference The ZyXEL Device s MBSSID Multiple Basic Service Set IDentifier function allows you to use one access point to provide several BSSs simultaneously You can then assign varying levels of privilege to different SSIDs Wireless stations can use different BSSIDs to associate with the same AP 10 1 2 Notes on Multiple BSS There is a maximum number of BSSs allowed on one AP simultaneousl
375. ur ZyXEL Device s MAC filter settings click WIRELESS gt MAC Filter gt Edit The screen appears as shown Figure 92 MAC Address Filter Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer2 Isolation MAC Filter MAC Address Filter Profile Name mactiltert Filter Action Deny Association Set _MACAddress__ Description _ Set MAC Address_ Description _ o0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Joo 00 00 00 0 0 00 o0 00 00 00 00 00 osoo 0 00 00 00 Pfc o000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 EREREDDSERES 00 00 00 00 Poo 00000 0000 00 00 00 00 00 9 00 00 00 00 00 00 o0 00 00 00 00 00 osoo 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Poo oo00000000 2s 0 00 00 00 Efo 00000 0000 00 00 00 00 00 m 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 o0 00 00 00 00 00 Joo 00 00 00 00 00 Efo 00 00 00 0000 ao o0 00 00 000 0 00 15 ERETEDEEDSERES 00 00 Dn 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 E 00 00 00 00 00 00 Reset ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 11 Other Wireless Configuration The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 54 MAC Address Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Profile Name Type a name to identify this profile F
376. ur network printer is marked B ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial Figure 12 Tutorial Example MBSSID Setup m Internet i w ll Vol P_SSID The standard network SSID04 has access to all resources The VoIP network VoIP_SSID has access to all resources and a high Quality of Service QoS setting see Chapter 8 on page 105 for information on QoS The guest network Guest SSID has access to the Internet and the network printer only and a low QoS setting To configure these settings you need to know the MAC Media Access Control addresses of the devices you want to allow users of the guest network to access The following table shows the addresses used in this example Table 3 Tutorial Example Information Network router A MAC address 00 AA 00 AA 00 AA Network printer B MAC address AA 00 AA 00 AA 00 3 2 1 Change the Operating Mode Log in to the ZyXEL Device see Section 2 1 on page 43 Click WIRELESS gt Wireless The Wireless screen appears In this example the ZyXEL Device is using Access Point operating mode and is currently set to use the SSID04 profile ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 51 Chapter 3 Tutorial Figure 13 Tutorial Wireless LAN Before Wireless SSID Security RADIUS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter Operating Mode Access Foint 802 11 Mode 802 11b g Choose Channel ID Channel 06 2437MHz or RTS CTS Threshold j
377. ure 120 Trusted CA Detalls MT 197 ac xad Atos eer eee ne err rrr mer eer erect rrre erecrr yer reer rrer eerretrerr rere r 201 Figur 122 Lon Shinde J 5a ana atin anon HR AR FI dz i OR dod een c Li c a aes 203 Figure 123 WIRELESS VLAN 1iudansecicun ie beber bu Tei Lii uio eL Uo orav OL ANNI ip te MO Lab Mp eA pa 211 Figure 124 RADIUS VLAN M 212 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 23 List of Figures Figure 125 Management VLAN Configuration Example sssseseene enne 214 Figure 126 VLAN Aware Switch Statie VLAN 1er innt ph t anu ht tin e ei t aan 214 Figure 127 VLAN AWare SWIG 125 2 iaa raa s vendacevestiaaaaivsisamanbuy AA i EE tencebueiseaandui ven 214 Figure 128 VLAN Aware Switch VLAN Status iuis senio nsed ien hodie ed eoa cea sd den a n a odo CERA na 215 Figure T29 a G NDC aaa N Naa 215 Figure 130 New Global Security Group sccciciisisccseceustocaa sic tiocsaacsietoriaascadsonnaaenss teviaanstteeciaashteemausaryveens 217 Figure 131 Add Group Members eer 217 Figure 132 New Remote Access Policy for VLAN Group aeessesssssssesesreerssenssesersreernneessererneerssensaeeenneeas 218 Figure 133 Specifying Windows Group Condition 4n ritratto c Ra edax od ee bd a etes latns 218 Figura 134 Adding VLAN Group auieebesecosiuite etus ie edat ade Fer Sena Retro p EE KAREENA S dana eiu P kati aaa 219 Figure 135 Granting Permissions and User Profile Screens esee nennen nanus 219 Figure 135 Autigi
378. ure 186 on page 281 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 29 Product Specifications Table 108 Hardware Specifications SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION Approvals EMC FCC Class B CE EMC Class B C Tick Class B Safety CSA International CE EN60950 1 Plenum Rating The ZyXEL Device s housing is treated with fire retardant chemicals In the event of fire plenum rated materials burn more slowly and produce less smoke than non plenum rated materials decreasing the quantity of toxic or asphyxiating material produced Table 109 Firmware Specifications Default IP Address 192 168 1 2 Default Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 24 bits Default Password 1234 Wireless LAN Standards NWA 3160 IEEE 802 11a IEEE 802 11b IEEE 802 119 NWA 3163 IEEE 802 11b IEEE 802 11g NWA 3165 IEEE 802 11b IEEE 802 11g IEEE 802 11n Wireless security WEP WPA 2 WPA 2 PSK 802 1x Layer 2 isolation Prevents wireless clients associated with your ZyXEL Device from communicating with other wireless clients APs computers or routers in a network Multiple BSSID MBSSID MBSSID mode allows the ZyXEL Device to operate up to 8 different wireless networks BSSs simultaneously each with independently configurable wireless and security settings 3160 and NWA 3163 only Rogue AP detection NWA Rogue AP detection detects and logs unknown access points APs operating in the
379. uthentication These two features are optional and may not be supported in all wireless devices Key caching allows a wireless client to store the PMK it derived through a successful authentication with an AP The wireless client uses the PMK when it tries to connect to the same AP and does not need to go with the authentication process again Pre authentication enables fast roaming by allowing the wireless client already connecting to an AP to perform IEEE 802 1x authentication with another AP before connecting to it ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Appendix B Wireless LANs Wireless Client WPA Supplicants A wireless client supplicant is the software that runs on an operating system instructing the wireless client how to use WPA At the time of writing the most widely available supplicant is the WPA patch for Windows XP Funk Software s Odyssey client The Windows XP patch is a free download that adds WPA capability to Windows XP s built in Zero Configuration wireless client However you must run Windows XP to use it WPA 2 with RADIUS Application Example You need the IP address of the RADIUS server its port number default is 1812 and the RADIUS shared secret A WPA 2 application example with an external RADIUS server looks as follows A is the RADIUS server DS is the distribution system 1 The AP passes the wireless client s authentication request to the RADIUS server 2 The RADIUS server then checks the user
380. utocfg server IP Specify the TFTP server IP address and file name from filename which the AP is to download a configuration file whenever the AP starts up Configuration Via SNMP You can configure and trigger the auto configuration remotely via SNMP Use the following procedure to have the AP download the configuration file Table 133 Configuration via SNMP STEPS MIB VARIABLE VALUE Step 1 pwTftpServer Set the IP address of the TFTP server Step 2 pwTftpFileName Set the file name for example g3000hcfg txt ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Appendix E Text File Based Auto Configuration Table 133 Configuration via SNMP STEPS MIB VARIABLE VALUE Step 3 pwTftpFileType Set to 3 text configuration file Step 4 pwTftpOpCommand Set to 2 download Verifying Your Configuration File Upload Via SNMP You can use SNMP management software to display the configuration file version currently on the device by using the following MIB Table 134 Displaying the File Version ITEM OBJECT ID DESCRIPTION 1 3 6 1 4 1 890 1 9 1 2 This displays the current configuration file version pwCfgVersion Troubleshooting Via SNMP If you have any difficulties with the configuration file upload you can try using the following MIB 10 to 20 seconds after using SNMP to have the AP download the configuration file Table 135 Displaying the File Version
381. ventions INTERNAL EXTERNAL FILE TYPE NAME NAME DESCRIPTION Configuration File Rom 0 rom This is the configuration filename on the ZyXEL Device Uploading the rom 0 file replaces the entire ROM file system including your ZyXEL Device configurations system related data including the default password the error log and the trace log Firmware Ras bin This is the generic name for the ZyNOS firmware on the ZyXEL Device 26 2 Backup Configuration Backup is highly recommended once your ZyXEL Device is functioning properly FTP is the preferred method although TFTP can also be used Please note that the terms download and upload are relative to the computer Download means to transfer from the ZyXEL Device to the computer while upload means from your computer to the ZyXEL Device 26 2 1 Using the FTP command from the DOS Prompt Launch the FTP client on your computer Enter open and the IP address of your ZyXEL Device Press ENTER when prompted for a username Enter root and your SMT password as requested The default is 1234 Enter bin to set transfer mode to binary Use get to transfer files from the ZyXEL Device to the computer for example get rom 0 config rom transfers the configuration file on the ZyXEL Device to your computer and renames it config rom See earlier in this chapter for more information on filename conventions 7 Enter quit to exi
382. ver 1 but should not access server 2 and wireless user Bob B needs to access server 2 but should not access server 1 Your ZyXEL Device is marked Z C is a workstation on your wired network D is your main network switch and E is the security gateway you use to connect to the Internet Figure 35 Tutorial Example Network AM F Dd wees bom oet ea 5 NE o E 2 C r il m k n J Lih Des S 3 4 2 Your Requirements 1 You want to set up a wireless network to allow only Alice to access Server 1 and the Internet 2 You want to set up a second wireless network to allow only Bob to access Server 2 and the Internet ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 3 Tutorial 3 4 3 Setup In this example you have already set up the ZyXEL Device in MBSSID mode see Chapter 10 on page 139 It uses two SSID profiles simultaneously You have configured each SSID profile as shown in the following table Table 6 Tutorial SSID Profile Security Settings blocking SSID Profile Name SERVER 1 SERVER 2 SSID SSID S1 SSID S2 Security Security Profile security03 Security Profile security04 WPA2 PSK WPA2 PSK Hide SSID Hide SSID Intra BSS traffic Enabled Enabled Each SSID profile already uses a different pre shared key In this example you will configure access limitations for each SSID profile To do this you will take the following steps
383. vice User Name Enter a username for the SNMPv3 user Only SNMP commands carrying this username are allowed to get details about the ZyXEL Device Password Enter a password for the SNMPv3 administrator Only SNMP commands carrying this password are allowed to get details about the ZyXEL Device Confirm Re enter the Password Password Access Type For the administrator this is always Get SNMP Get commands allow the user to make see configuration details about the ZyXEL Device Authentication Select an authentication algorithm MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA Secure Protocol Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate SNMP data SHA authentication is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Privacy Protocol Specify the encryption method for SNMP communication with this user You can choose one of the following DES Data Encryption Standard is a widely used but breakable method of data encryption It applies a 56 bit key to each 64 bit block of data AES Advanced Encryption Standard is another method for data encryption that also uses a secret key AES applies a 128 bit key to 128 bit blocks of data None no encryption is used Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series Users Guide Chapter 14 Remote Management Screens ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Gu
384. vice click WIRELESS gt Wireless The screen appears as shown ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide 155 Chapter 11 Other Wireless Configuration Figure 94 Roaming Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter MBSSID 802 11b g emeroo 24376 ar Scen Index Select the Roaming Active check box and click Apply ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide IP Screen This chapter discusses how to configure IP settings on the ZyXEL Device 12 1 Factory Ethernet Defaults The Ethernet parameters of the ZyXEL Device are preset in the factory with the following values 1 IP address of 192 168 1 2 2 Subnet mask of 255 255 255 0 24 bits These parameters should work for the majority of installations 12 2 TCP IP Parameters 12 2 1 WAN IP Address Assignment Every computer on the Internet must have a unique IP address If your networks are isolated from the Internet only between your two branch offices for instance you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks Table 55 Private IP Address Ranges 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 You can obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or have it assigned by a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is thr
385. vice for TCP IP To edit menu 3 2 enter 3 from the main menu to display Menu 3 LAN Setup When menu 3 appears type 2 and press ENTER to display Menu 3 2 TCP IP Setup as shown next Figure 167 Menu 3 2 TCP IP Setup Menu 3 2 TCP IP Setup IP Address Assignment Static IP Address 192 168 1 2 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 22 LAN Setup Follow the instructions in the following table on how to configure the fields in this menu Table 97 Menu 3 2 TCP IP Setup FIELD DESCRIPTION IP Address Press SPACE BAR and then ENTER to select Dynamic to have the ZyXEL Assignment Device obtain an IP address from a DHCP server You must know the IP address assigned to the ZyXEL Device by the DHCP server to access the ZyXEL Device again Select Static to give the ZyXEL Device a fixed unique IP address Enter a subnet mask appropriate to your network and the gateway IP address if applicable IP Address Enter the LAN IP address of your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation IP Subnet Mask Your ZyXEL Device will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the IP address that you assign Unless you are implementing subnetting use the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device Gateway IP Address Type the IP address of the gateway The gateway is an immediate neighbor of your ZyXEL Device that will forward the packet
386. will not be sent via e mail Mail Subject Type a title that you want to be in the subject line of the log e mail message that the ZyXEL Device sends Send Log to Logs are sent to the e mail address specified in this field If this field is left blank logs will not be sent via e mail Send Alerts to Enter the e mail address where the alert messages will be sent If this field is left blank alert messages will not be sent via e mail SMTP Authentication If you use SMTP authentication the mail receiver should be the owner of the SMTP account User Name If your e mail account requires SMTP authentication enter the username here Password Enter the password associated with the above username Syslog Logging Syslog logging sends a log to an external syslog server used to store logs Active Click Active to enable syslog logging Syslog Server IP Address Enter the server name or IP address of the syslog server that will log the selected categories of logs ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 17 Log Screens Table 79 Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Log Facility Select a location from the drop down list box The log facility allows you to log the messages to different files in the syslog server Refer to the documentation of your syslog program for more details Send Log Log Schedule This drop down menu is used to configure the frequency of log messages being s
387. wireless mode the radio profile uses Channel ID This field displays the wireless channel the radio profile uses Edit Click the radio button next to the profile you want to configure and click Edit to go to the radio profile configuration screen 6 5 The Radio Profile Edit Screen Use this screen to configure a specific radio profile In the Profile Edit gt Radio screen select a profile and click Edit The following screen displays Figure 56 The Profile Edit gt Radio gt Edit Screen Layer Isolation MAC Filter ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 6 AP Controller Mode NWA 3160 Only The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 22 The Profile Edit gt Radio gt Edit Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Profile Name Enter a name identifying this profile 802 11 Mode Select 802 11b Only to allow only IEEE 802 11b compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11g Only to allow only IEEE 802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11b g to allow both IEEE802 11b and IEEE802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device The transmission rate of your ZyXEL Device might be reduced Select 802 11a NWA 3160 only to allow only IEEE 802 11a compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Super Mode Select this to improve data throughput on the WLAN by enabling fast frame and packet bursting
388. with a certification authority or generate a certification request see the following figure Figure 116 My Certificate Create Common Name C E Mail Organization Country Key Length Key Certificate Name Subject Information Host IP Address Host Domain Name EC MM Organizational Unit Create a self signed certificate C Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual enrollment C Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immediately online Enrollment Protocol CA Server Address CA Certificate Request Authentication 0 0 0 0 e m 1024 v bits See Trusted CAs Reference Number m Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 73 My Certificate Create LABEL DESCRIPTION Certificate Name Type up to 31 ASCII characters not including spaces to identify this certificate Subject Information Use these fields to record information that identifies the owner of the certificate You do not have to fill in every field although the Common Name is mandatory The certification authority may add fields such as a serial number to the subject information when it issues a certificate It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 16 Certificates Table 73 My Certificate C
389. ww ua zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Ukraine 13 Pimonenko Str Kiev 04050 Ukraine Kingdom Support E mail support zyxel co uk Sales E mail sales zyxel co uk Telephone 44 1344 303044 0845 122 0301 UK only Fax 44 1344 303034 Web www zyxel co uk Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications UK Ltd 11 The Courtyard Eastern Road Bracknell Berkshire RG12 2XB United Kingdom UK Document Title Index A access 34 access point 34 access privileges 36 address assignment 157 address filtering 33 administrator authentication on RADIUS 100 Advanced Encryption Standard See AES AES 308 alternative subnet mask notation 321 antenna 277 directional 311 gain 311 omni directional 311 AP 33 34 35 159 301 AP controller 83 AP Bridge 33 35 applications 33 Access Point 34 AP Bridge 36 Bridge Repeater 34 MBSSID 36 ATC 107 145 ATC WMM 145 ATM 107 authentication server 33 auto configuration 327 auto configuration status 330 B backup 232 Basic Service Set 105 see BSS bridge 34 35 Bridge Protocol Data Units BPDUs 111 Bridge Repeater 33 34 BSS 36 105 299 BSSID 33 Index C CA 306 CAPWAP 79 83 Certificate Authority See CA certificates 178 thumbprint algorithms 184 thumbprints 184 verifying fingerprints 184 certifications 335 notices 336 viewing 337 channel 34 301 interference 301 CI commands 264 Class of Service CoS 109 collision 252 command interface 38 c
390. x Sell si six Policy name Dia in Constraints IP Multilink Authentication Encryption Advanced PUE Add Fem zT RADIUS Stancard Framed RADIUS Standard PPP RADIUS Standard 802 includes all 802 rr RADIUS Standard 10 RADIUS Standard Virtual LANs VLAN coos m BES Repeat the Configuring Remote Access Policies procedure for each VLAN Group defined in the Active Directory Remember to place the most general Remote Access Policies at the bottom of the list and the most specific at the top of the list ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 18 VLAN 18 2 5 Second Rx VLAN ID Example In this example the ZyXEL Device is configured to tag packets from SSID01 with VLAN ID 1 and tag packets from SSID02 with VLAN ID 2 VLAN 1 and VLAN 2 have access to a server S and the Internet as shown in the following figure Figure 144 Second Rx VLAN ID Example SSID01 A VLAN ID 1 Second Rx VLAN ID 2 es 5 b __ T Internet J UL Es t ee SSIDO2 n d 7 VLAN ID 2 ui Second Rx VLAN ID 0 Packets sent from the server S back to the switch are tagged with a VLAN ID incoming VLAN ID These incoming VLAN packets are forwarded to the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device compares the VLAN ID in the packet header with each SSID s configured VLAN ID and second Rx VLAN ID settings In this example SSIDOT s second Rx VLAN ID is set to 2 All incoming packets tagged wi
391. y On the NWA 3160 and NWA 3163 a maximum of eight simultaneous BSSs are allowed On the NWA 3165 a maximum of four simultaneous BSSs are allowed You must use different WEP keys for different BSSs If two stations have different BSSIDs they are in different BSSs but have the same WEP keys they may hear each other s communications but not communicate with each other MBSSID should not replace but rather be used in conjunction with 802 1x security 10 1 3 Multiple BSS Example Refer to the applications section for more information 10 1 4 Multiple BSS with VLAN Example In this example VLAN 1 includes the computers in BSS1 and LAN 1 Computers in BSS2 and LAN 2 belong to VLAN 2 Users in BSS1 are limited to accessing the resources on LAN 1 and similarly users in BSS2 may only access resources on LAN 2 VLAN 2 is the management VLAN ZyXEL NWA 3160 Series User s Guide Chapter 10 MBSSID and SSID The switch adds PVID Port VLAN IDentity tags to incoming frames that don t already have tags on switch ports where PVID is enabled Figure 81 Multiple BSS with VLAN Example BSS1 w ig BSS 2 7 F 10 1 5 Configuring Multiple BSSs Click WIRELESS gt Wireless and select MBSSID in the Operating Mode drop down list box to display the screen as shown Figure 82 Wireless Multiple BSS Layer 2 Isolation MAC Filter MBSSID 802 11b g Channel 06 2437MHz fioo z 00 BENIN ZyXEL NWA 3160 Se
392. y expired Details Click the details icon to open a screen with an in depth list of information about the certificate Click the delete icon to remove the certificate A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the certificate You cannot delete a certificate that one or more features is configured to use Do the following to delete a certificate that shows SELF in the Type field 1 Make sure that no other features such as HTTPS VPN SSH are configured to use the SELF certificate 2 Click the details icon next to another self signed certificate see the description on the Create button if you need to create a self signed certificate 3 Select the Default self signed certificate which signs the imported remote host certificates check box 4 Click Apply to save the changes and return to the My Certificates screen 5 The certificate that originally showed SELF displays SELF and you can delete it now Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action Create Click Create to go to the screen where you can have the ZyXEL Device generate a certificate or a certification request Import Click Import to open a screen where you can save the certificate that you have enrolled from a certification authority from your computer to the ZyXEL Device Delete Click Delete to delete an existing certificate A window display asking you to confirm that you want to delete the certifica

ZyXEL Communications NWA3160-N User`s guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents